CA2151386A1 - Prevention and treatment of sepsis - Google Patents
Prevention and treatment of sepsisInfo
- Publication number
- CA2151386A1 CA2151386A1 CA002151386A CA2151386A CA2151386A1 CA 2151386 A1 CA2151386 A1 CA 2151386A1 CA 002151386 A CA002151386 A CA 002151386A CA 2151386 A CA2151386 A CA 2151386A CA 2151386 A1 CA2151386 A1 CA 2151386A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- conjugate
- igg
- antibiotic
- pmb
- binding
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 85
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims description 35
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 title description 16
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 claims description 285
- 108010093965 Polymyxin B Proteins 0.000 claims description 212
- 229920000024 polymyxin B Polymers 0.000 claims description 210
- 229960005266 polymyxin b Drugs 0.000 claims description 210
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 199
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 174
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 161
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 105
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 105
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 claims description 95
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 claims description 72
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 64
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims description 60
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 56
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 56
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical group OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 53
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 47
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 45
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 38
- 108010040201 Polymyxins Proteins 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 229960003071 bacitracin Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 18
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 18
- DIYPCWKHSODVAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical group O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=C1 DIYPCWKHSODVAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 108010001478 Bacitracin Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 229930184125 bacitracin Natural products 0.000 claims description 16
- CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N bacitracin A Chemical compound C1SC([C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)=N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCCCC1 CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 claims description 14
- NGHVIOIJCVXTGV-ALEPSDHESA-N 6-aminopenicillanic acid Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H]1C(C)(C)S[C@@H]2[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)N21 NGHVIOIJCVXTGV-ALEPSDHESA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 10
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 claims description 9
- HSHGZXNAXBPPDL-HZGVNTEJSA-N 7beta-aminocephalosporanic acid Chemical group S1CC(COC(=O)C)=C(C([O-])=O)N2C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])[C@@H]12 HSHGZXNAXBPPDL-HZGVNTEJSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 claims description 8
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-KIIOPKALSA-N chembl3301825 Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)C(O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-KIIOPKALSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010072542 endotoxin binding proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- NGHVIOIJCVXTGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6beta-amino-penicillanic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1C(C)(C)SC2C(N)C(=O)N21 NGHVIOIJCVXTGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 101710099705 Anti-lipopolysaccharide factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000239218 Limulus Species 0.000 claims description 7
- CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiolan-2-imine Chemical group N=C1CCCS1 CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000607762 Shigella flexneri Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000607715 Serratia marcescens Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000191043 Rhodobacter sphaeroides Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims 10
- 229940099408 Oxidizing agent Drugs 0.000 claims 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 58
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 abstract description 11
- 208000018773 low birth weight Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 231100000533 low birth weight Toxicity 0.000 abstract description 3
- HUOOMAOYXQFIDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoginkgetin Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=CC(=O)C2=C(O)C=C(O)C(C=3C(=CC=C(C=3)C=3OC4=CC(O)=CC(O)=C4C(=O)C=3)OC)=C2O1 HUOOMAOYXQFIDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 318
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 77
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 70
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 69
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 67
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 65
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 58
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 51
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 50
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 48
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 42
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 42
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 40
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 40
- 208000031729 Bacteremia Diseases 0.000 description 39
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 35
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 34
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 34
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 33
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 29
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 27
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- TVZRAEYQIKYCPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(trimethylsilyl)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCCS(O)(=O)=O TVZRAEYQIKYCPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 24
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 24
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 23
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 21
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- -1 sulfosuccinimidyl Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 230000024203 complement activation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 18
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 18
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 17
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 16
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 16
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 16
- FPKVOQKZMBDBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexanecarbonyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical group O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1CCC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CC1 FPKVOQKZMBDBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-GASJEMHNSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-galactopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 15
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 15
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 14
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 208000037487 Endotoxemia Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 13
- 102100033620 Calponin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 12
- 101000945318 Homo sapiens Calponin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 101000652736 Homo sapiens Transgelin Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000003855 L-lactate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108700023483 L-lactate dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 12
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 12
- ASNTZYQMIUCEBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dioxo-1-[6-[3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoylamino]hexanoyloxy]pyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 ASNTZYQMIUCEBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 241001131785 Escherichia coli HB101 Species 0.000 description 11
- 102100036378 T-cell immunomodulatory protein Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 101710194900 T-cell immunomodulatory protein Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 231100000225 lethality Toxicity 0.000 description 11
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000014207 opsonization Effects 0.000 description 11
- JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1CC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CCC1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 10
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 10
- 231100000636 lethal dose Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 10
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 10
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 208000013223 septicemia Diseases 0.000 description 10
- ATGUDZODTABURZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiolan-2-ylideneazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.N=C1CCCS1 ATGUDZODTABURZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 10
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 9
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 9
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-NJBDSQKTSA-N amoxicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=C(O)C=C1 LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 9
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 8
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 8
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 229960003022 amoxicillin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-Hydroxyampicillin Natural products O=C1N2C(C(O)=O)C(C)(C)SC2C1NC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 8
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009640 blood culture Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229960004841 cefadroxil Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000625 opsonophagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 7
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 7
- WFIYPADYPQQLNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(4-bromopyrazol-1-yl)ethyl]isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C=NN1CCN1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C1=O WFIYPADYPQQLNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 241000191963 Staphylococcus epidermidis Species 0.000 description 6
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- NBFNMSULHIODTC-CYJZLJNKSA-N cefadroxil monohydrate Chemical compound O.C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@@H]3N(C2=O)C(=C(CS3)C)C(O)=O)=CC=C(O)C=C1 NBFNMSULHIODTC-CYJZLJNKSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 6
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940041153 polymyxins Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000002764 solid phase assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000006150 trypticase soy agar Substances 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 5
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical group SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960002668 sodium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000699 Bacterial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 108010078777 Colistin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000007987 MES buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010029155 Nephropathy toxic Diseases 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000688 bacterial toxin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- JORAUNFTUVJTNG-BSTBCYLQSA-N n-[(2s)-4-amino-1-[[(2s,3r)-1-[[(2s)-4-amino-1-oxo-1-[[(3s,6s,9s,12s,15r,18s,21s)-6,9,18-tris(2-aminoethyl)-3-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-12,15-bis(2-methylpropyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17,20-heptaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,16,19-heptazacyclotricos-21-yl]amino]butan-2-yl]amino]-3-h Polymers CC(C)CCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)CN[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC1=O.CCC(C)CCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)CN[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC1=O JORAUNFTUVJTNG-BSTBCYLQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007694 nephrotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000417 nephrotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- GWUSZQUVEVMBPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nimetazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 GWUSZQUVEVMBPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001662 opsonic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 4
- XDJYMJULXQKGMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N polymyxin E1 Natural products CCC(C)CCCCC(=O)NC(CCN)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)NC(CCN)C(=O)NC1CCNC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC1=O XDJYMJULXQKGMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- AHTFMWCHTGEJHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-(2,5-dioxooxolan-3-yl) ethanethioate Chemical group CC(=O)SC1CC(=O)OC1=O AHTFMWCHTGEJHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- VUFNRPJNRFOTGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-[4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexanecarbonyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1CCC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CC1 VUFNRPJNRFOTGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- CULQNACJHGHAER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)CI)C=C1 CULQNACJHGHAER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Nitrophenyl Phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010014824 Endotoxic shock Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010017523 Fungaemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000052508 Lipopolysaccharide-binding protein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YFONKFDEZLYQDH-OPQQBVKSSA-N N-[(1R,2S)-2,6-dimethyindan-1-yl]-6-[(1R)-1-fluoroethyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound C[C@@H](F)C1=NC(N)=NC(N[C@H]2C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C[C@@H]2C)=N1 YFONKFDEZLYQDH-OPQQBVKSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 3
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000000837 carbohydrate group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960003346 colistin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004676 glycans Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003907 kidney function Effects 0.000 description 3
- GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N lipid A (E. coli) Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O1 GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940056360 penicillin g Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004260 plant-type cell wall biogenesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- KNIWPHSUTGNZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N polymyxin E2 Natural products CC(C)CCCCC(=O)NC(CCN)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)NC(CCN)C(=O)NC1CCNC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC1=O KNIWPHSUTGNZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000009890 sinusitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000007974 sodium acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011287 therapeutic dose Methods 0.000 description 3
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 3
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyl-4-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]oxydecanoyloxy]decanoic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC1C(OC(CC(=O)OC(CCCCCCC)CC(O)=O)CCCCCCC)OC(C)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000010444 Acidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010067484 Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710145634 Antigen 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004625 Aspartate Aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010003415 Aspartate Aminotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N Bilirubin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C)=C(C=C)\C1=C\C1=C(C)C(CCC(O)=O)=C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(\C=C/3C(=C(C=C)C(=O)N\3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)N1 BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 206010009192 Circulatory collapse Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150082208 DIABLO gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100033189 Diablo IAP-binding mitochondrial protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000006395 Globulins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010044091 Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012480 LAL reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010015372 Low Density Lipoprotein Receptor-Related Protein-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100021922 Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010027417 Metabolic acidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000194105 Paenibacillus polymyxa Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000008050 Total Bilirubin Reagent Methods 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LEHOTFFKMJEONL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uric Acid Chemical compound N1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1NC(=O)N2 LEHOTFFKMJEONL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVWHNULVHGKJHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uric acid Natural products N1C(=O)NC(=O)C2NC(=O)NC21 TVWHNULVHGKJHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010058874 Viraemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006838 adverse reaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002969 egg yolk Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000052637 human pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000035987 intoxication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000566 intoxication Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 2
- 230000007775 late Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011587 new zealand white rabbit Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000013223 sprague-dawley female rat Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 2
- 208000008203 tachypnea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010043089 tachypnoea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000024033 toxin binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940116269 uric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009423 ventilation Methods 0.000 description 2
- CKAAWCHIBBNLOJ-QTNFYWBSSA-N (2s)-2,4-diaminobutanoic acid;dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.NCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O CKAAWCHIBBNLOJ-QTNFYWBSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHYRLCJMMJQUBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]butanoyloxy]-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)C=C1 VHYRLCJMMJQUBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(N-morpholiniumyl)ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)CC[NH+]1CCOCC1 SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQILVUYCDHSGEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC(C(=O)O)CCC1CN1C(=O)C=CC1=O LQILVUYCDHSGEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZXLYGAUEAPJET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-amino-3h-1-benzofuran-2-one Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2OC(=O)CC2=C1 XZXLYGAUEAPJET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUBDBMMJDZJVOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-2-{[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridin-2-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}-1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound N=1C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2NC=1S(=O)CC1=NC=C(C)C(OC)=C1C SUBDBMMJDZJVOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000018680 Abdominal injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adrenaline Natural products CNCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002199 Anaphylactic shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003598 Atelectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010004053 Bacterial toxaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710125089 Bindin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000736839 Chara Species 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010009657 Clostridium difficile colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010065152 Coagulase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010069112 Complement System Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000989 Complement System Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000028399 Critical Illness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QKPLRMLTKYXDST-BMZZJELJSA-N D-(+)-Galactosamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O QKPLRMLTKYXDST-BMZZJELJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030453 Drug-Related Side Effects and Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002322 Egg Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000912 Egg Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000028771 Facial injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010014172 Factor V Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000228957 Ferula foetida Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010026389 Gramicidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001622557 Hesperia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000019223 Interleukin-1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050006617 Interleukin-1 receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026018 Interleukin-1 receptor antagonist protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710144554 Interleukin-1 receptor antagonist protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044467 Isoenzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010023129 Jaundice cholestatic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011050 LAL assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000239220 Limulus polyphemus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010053632 Lipopolysaccharide-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010025476 Malabsorption Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004155 Malabsorption Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 201000009906 Meningitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058780 Meningitis neonatal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034486 Multi-organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010718 Multiple Organ Failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004221 Multiple Trauma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Muraminsaeure Natural products OC(=O)C(C)OC1C(N)C(O)OC(CO)C1O MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000029549 Muscle injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005717 Myeloma Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010045503 Myeloma Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QTUVCTXXMOZFHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(8-aminooctyl)-2-[2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1,3-dioxoisoindol-4-yl]oxyacetamide Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCNC(=O)COC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)N(C1CCC(=O)NC1=O)C2=O QTUVCTXXMOZFHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHAZCVNUKKZTLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethyl-succinimide Natural products CCN1C(=O)CCC1=O GHAZCVNUKKZTLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDFGOPSGAURCEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylmaleimide Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)C=CC1=O HDFGOPSGAURCEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006816 Neonatal Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YJQPYGGHQPGBLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Novobiocin Natural products O1C(C)(C)C(OC)C(OC(N)=O)C(O)C1OC1=CC=C(C(O)=C(NC(=O)C=2C=C(CC=C(C)C)C(O)=CC=2)C(=O)O2)C2=C1C YJQPYGGHQPGBLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZWWIYWUTAWCDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC[S+]=C(C=C1)N(CC2CCCCC2)C1=O Chemical compound OCC[S+]=C(C=C1)N(CC2CCCCC2)C1=O CZWWIYWUTAWCDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005267 Obstructive Jaundice Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002565 Open Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700022034 Opsonin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010053159 Organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009182 Parasitemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030852 Parasitic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930195708 Penicillin V Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010013639 Peptidoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000045595 Phosphoprotein Phosphatases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700019535 Phosphoprotein Phosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000396922 Pontia daplidice Species 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000003100 Pseudomembranous Enterocolitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037128 Pseudomembranous colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007123 Pulmonary Atelectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037596 Pyelonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000191025 Rhodobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010081391 Ristocetin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001354013 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Enteritidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001222774 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Minnesota Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000685914 Sepsis sepsi Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010053879 Sepsis syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010051379 Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000013222 Toxemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010070863 Toxicity to various agents Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004357 Transferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000992 Transferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010045240 Type I hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010076164 Tyrocidine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710123661 Venom allergen 5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010015940 Viomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OZKXLOZHHUHGNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Viomycin Natural products NCCCC(N)CC(=O)NC1CNC(=O)C(=CNC(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(NC1=O)C2CC(O)NC(=N)N2 OZKXLOZHHUHGNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108070000030 Viral receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010048038 Wound infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058041 Wound sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PNNCWTXUWKENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].NC(N)=O Chemical compound [N].NC(N)=O PNNCWTXUWKENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012084 abdominal surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DGOBMKYRQHEFGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L acid green 5 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 DGOBMKYRQHEFGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940102884 adrenalin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GZCGUPFRVQAUEE-KCDKBNATSA-N aldehydo-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O GZCGUPFRVQAUEE-KCDKBNATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- DKNWSYNQZKUICI-UHFFFAOYSA-N amantadine Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2CC1(N)C3 DKNWSYNQZKUICI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003805 amantadine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002647 aminoglycoside antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004920 amoxicillin trihydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002052 anaphylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003455 anaphylaxis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001986 anti-endotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010065183 antilipopolysaccharide antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010009352 antilipopolysaccharide factor (Limulus) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002802 antimicrobial activity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000005008 bacterial sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013357 binding ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012490 blank solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006161 blood agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004161 brilliant blue FCF Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002815 broth microdilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005341 cation exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SLAYUXIURFNXPG-CRAIPNDOSA-N ceforanide Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1CC(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2C(C(O)=O)=C(CSC=3N(N=NN=3)CC(O)=O)CS[C@@H]21 SLAYUXIURFNXPG-CRAIPNDOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004292 ceforanide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WZOZEZRFJCJXNZ-ZBFHGGJFSA-N cefoxitin Chemical compound N([C@]1(OC)C(N2C(=C(COC(N)=O)CS[C@@H]21)C(O)=O)=O)C(=O)CC1=CC=CS1 WZOZEZRFJCJXNZ-ZBFHGGJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002682 cefoxitin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZAIPMKNFIOOWCQ-UEKVPHQBSA-N cephalexin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@@H]3N(C2=O)C(=C(CS3)C)C(O)=O)=CC=CC=C1 ZAIPMKNFIOOWCQ-UEKVPHQBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010040474 cerexins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- BGTFCAQCKWKTRL-YDEUACAXSA-N chembl1095986 Chemical compound C1[C@@H](N)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]1C(N[C@H](C2=CC(O)=CC(O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C(C=2)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]2NC(=O)[C@@H]3C=4C=C(C(=C(O)C=4)C)OC=4C(O)=CC=C(C=4)[C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(=O)N3)[C@H](O)C=3C=CC(O4)=CC=3)C(=O)N1)C(O)=O)=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=C(O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO[C@@H]5[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O5)O)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)C4=CC2=C1 BGTFCAQCKWKTRL-YDEUACAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002192 cholecystectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005796 circulatory shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- YLHJFOAQDDQFIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N circulin Chemical compound CCC(C)C1NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCN)NC=O)C(C)O)CCNC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC1=O YLHJFOAQDDQFIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010002696 circulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003022 colostrum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000021277 colostrum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCC1 NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CCCC1 PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteamine Chemical compound NCCS UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000012969 defense response to bacterium Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KAKKHKRHCKCAGH-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate;hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(OP([O-])([O-])=O)C=C1 KAKKHKRHCKCAGH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013345 egg yolk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007893 endotoxin activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001641 gel filtration chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000000059 gram-positive pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- IUAYMJGZBVDSGL-XNNAEKOYSA-N gramicidin S Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1)C(C)C)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 IUAYMJGZBVDSGL-XNNAEKOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950009774 gramicidin s Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000224 granular leucocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011554 guinea pig model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940045808 haemophilus influenzae type b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000006750 hematuria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002008 hemorrhagic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000334 hepatotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003082 hepatotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000413 hydrolysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009802 hysterectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007124 immune defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012642 immune effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003547 immunosorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037797 influenza A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009533 lab test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010024378 leukocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940051132 light green sf yellowish Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003151 mercaptamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BRMYZIKAHFEUFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L mercury diacetate Chemical compound CC(=O)O[Hg]OC(C)=O BRMYZIKAHFEUFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FJQXCDYVZAHXNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methadone hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CC(C)N(C)C)(C(=O)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 FJQXCDYVZAHXNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical class CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006178 methyl benzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012543 microbiological analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000668 minimum lethal dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000029744 multiple organ dysfunction syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035363 muscle relaxants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004165 myocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- YKQOSKADJPQZHB-YNWHQGOSSA-N n-[(2s)-4-amino-1-[[(2s,3r)-1-[[(2s)-4-amino-1-oxo-1-[[(3s,6s,9s,12s,15r,18s,21s)-6,9,18-tris(2-aminoethyl)-3-[(1s)-1-hydroxyethyl]-12,15-bis(2-methylpropyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17,20-heptaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,16,19-heptazacyclotricos-21-yl]amino]butan-2-yl]amino]-3-h Polymers CCC(C)CCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC1=O YKQOSKADJPQZHB-YNWHQGOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPXLMGHLHQJAGZ-JTDSTZFVSA-N nafcillin Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(C(=O)N[C@@H]3C(N4[C@H](C(C)(C)S[C@@H]43)C(O)=O)=O)C(OCC)=CC=C21 GPXLMGHLHQJAGZ-JTDSTZFVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000515 nafcillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004848 nephelometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000189 neurotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002887 neurotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002950 novobiocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YJQPYGGHQPGBLI-KGSXXDOSSA-N novobiocin Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=CC=C(C(O)=C(NC(=O)C=2C=C(CC=C(C)C)C(O)=CC=2)C(=O)O2)C2=C1C YJQPYGGHQPGBLI-KGSXXDOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000039328 opportunistic pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003571 opsonizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005789 organism growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101710135378 pH 6 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940056367 penicillin v Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-M periodate Chemical compound [O-]I(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036581 peripheral resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001050 pharmacotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- BPLBGHOLXOTWMN-MBNYWOFBSA-N phenoxymethylpenicillin Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 BPLBGHOLXOTWMN-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000554 physical therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004291 polyenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010019177 polypeptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionamide Chemical compound CCC(N)=O QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080818 propionamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000001474 proteinuria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000000040 protozoan parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006853 reporter group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001533 respiratory mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036387 respiratory rate Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010039083 rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004708 ribosome subunit Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950004257 ristocetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012898 sample dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011896 sensitive detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010040400 serum sickness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040560 shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZDQYSKICYIVCPN-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium succinate (anhydrous) Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O ZDQYSKICYIVCPN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HHSGWIABCIVPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-[4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)CI)C=C1 HHSGWIABCIVPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940037645 staphylococcus epidermidis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000057 systemic toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012085 test solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SRVJKTDHMYAMHA-WUXMJOGZSA-N thioacetazone Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(\C=N\NC(N)=S)C=C1 SRVJKTDHMYAMHA-WUXMJOGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OHKOGUYZJXTSFX-KZFFXBSXSA-N ticarcillin Chemical compound C=1([C@@H](C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C=CSC=1 OHKOGUYZJXTSFX-KZFFXBSXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004659 ticarcillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000041 toxicology testing Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GSXRBRIWJGAPDU-BBVRJQLQSA-N tyrocidine A Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N1)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GSXRBRIWJGAPDU-BBVRJQLQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000019206 urinary tract infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004218 vascular function Effects 0.000 description 1
- GXFAIFRPOKBQRV-GHXCTMGLSA-N viomycin Chemical compound N1C(=O)\C(=C\NC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](N)CCCN)CNC(=O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1NC(=N)N[C@@H](O)C1 GXFAIFRPOKBQRV-GHXCTMGLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950001272 viomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012224 working solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K7/50—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
- C07K7/54—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring
- C07K7/60—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring the cyclisation occurring through the 4-amino group of 2,4-diamino-butanoic acid
- C07K7/62—Polymyxins; Related peptides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
- A61K47/6807—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug or compound being a sugar, nucleoside, nucleotide, nucleic acid, e.g. RNA antisense
- A61K47/6809—Antibiotics, e.g. antitumor antibiotics anthracyclins, adriamycin, doxorubicin or daunomycin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/43504—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates
- C07K14/43509—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from crustaceans
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K7/50—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
- C07K7/54—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring
- C07K7/56—Cyclic peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link with at least one abnormal peptide link in the ring the cyclisation not occurring through 2,4-diamino-butanoic acid
- C07K7/58—Bacitracins; Related peptides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K9/00—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids, containing saccharide radicals and having a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K9/006—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids, containing saccharide radicals and having a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof the peptide sequence being part of a ring structure
- C07K9/008—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids, containing saccharide radicals and having a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof the peptide sequence being part of a ring structure directly attached to a hetero atom of the saccharide radical, e.g. actaplanin, avoparcin, ristomycin, vancomycin
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/531—Production of immunochemical test materials
- G01N33/532—Production of labelled immunochemicals
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56911—Bacteria
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/77—Internalization into the cell
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Insects & Arthropods (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
Abstract
Compositions and methods are described for preventing and treating sepsis in humans and other animals. Surgical patients, low birth weight infants, burn and trauma victims, as well as other individuals at risk can be treated prophylactically. Method for treating acute infections with advantages over current therapeutic approaches are provided.
Description
WO 94/14~37 21513 8 6 PCT/US93112381 PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF SEPSIS
RELATED APPLICATION DATA
~,, This Application is a Continuation-in-Part Application of Co-Pending Application Serial No. 07/995,388, filed on December 21, 1992.
The present invention relates to therapeutics for the prevention and treatment of blood-borne and toxin mediated ~ e~ec~ and in particular the prevention and treatment of sepsis in humans as well as other ~nim~ls BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
10 I. Sepsis Sepsis is a major cause of morbidity and mortality in hllm~n~ and other ~nim~lc It is çstim~ted that 400,000-500,000 episodes of sepsis resulted in 100,000-175,000 human deaths in the U.S. alone in 1991. Sepsis has become the leading cause of death in intensive care units among patients with non-traumatic illnPs~es [G.W. Machiedo et al., Surg. Gyn. &
15 Obstet. 152:757-759 (1981).] It is also the leading cause of death in young livestock, affecting 7.5-29% of neonatal calves [D.D. Morris e~ ., Am. J. Vet. Res. 47:2554-2565 (1986)], and is a common medical problem in neonatal foals. [A.M. Hoffman et al., J. Vet.
Int. Med. 6:89-95 (1992).] Despite the major advances of the past several dec~des in the treatment of serious infections, the incidence and mortality due to sepsis continues to rise.
20 [S.M. Wolff, New Eng. J. Med. 324:486-488 (1991).]
Sepsis is a systemic reaction characterized by arterial hypotension, metabolic acidosis, decreased systemic vascular resi~t~nce, tachypnea and organ dysfunction. Sepsis can result from septicemia (i.e., org~ni~mc, their metabolic end-products or toxins in the blood stream), ,. including bacteremia (i.e.. bacteria in the blood). as well as toxemia (i.e., toxins in the blood), 25 including endotoxemia (i.e., endotoxin in the blood). The term "bacteremia" includes occult ~^ bacteremia observed in young febrile children with no ap~ L foci of infection. The term "sepsis" also encompasses fungemia (i.e., fungi in the blood), viremia (i.e., viruses or virus particles in the blood), and parasitemia (i.e., helminthic or protozoan parasites in the blood).
RELATED APPLICATION DATA
~,, This Application is a Continuation-in-Part Application of Co-Pending Application Serial No. 07/995,388, filed on December 21, 1992.
The present invention relates to therapeutics for the prevention and treatment of blood-borne and toxin mediated ~ e~ec~ and in particular the prevention and treatment of sepsis in humans as well as other ~nim~ls BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
10 I. Sepsis Sepsis is a major cause of morbidity and mortality in hllm~n~ and other ~nim~lc It is çstim~ted that 400,000-500,000 episodes of sepsis resulted in 100,000-175,000 human deaths in the U.S. alone in 1991. Sepsis has become the leading cause of death in intensive care units among patients with non-traumatic illnPs~es [G.W. Machiedo et al., Surg. Gyn. &
15 Obstet. 152:757-759 (1981).] It is also the leading cause of death in young livestock, affecting 7.5-29% of neonatal calves [D.D. Morris e~ ., Am. J. Vet. Res. 47:2554-2565 (1986)], and is a common medical problem in neonatal foals. [A.M. Hoffman et al., J. Vet.
Int. Med. 6:89-95 (1992).] Despite the major advances of the past several dec~des in the treatment of serious infections, the incidence and mortality due to sepsis continues to rise.
20 [S.M. Wolff, New Eng. J. Med. 324:486-488 (1991).]
Sepsis is a systemic reaction characterized by arterial hypotension, metabolic acidosis, decreased systemic vascular resi~t~nce, tachypnea and organ dysfunction. Sepsis can result from septicemia (i.e., org~ni~mc, their metabolic end-products or toxins in the blood stream), ,. including bacteremia (i.e.. bacteria in the blood). as well as toxemia (i.e., toxins in the blood), 25 including endotoxemia (i.e., endotoxin in the blood). The term "bacteremia" includes occult ~^ bacteremia observed in young febrile children with no ap~ L foci of infection. The term "sepsis" also encompasses fungemia (i.e., fungi in the blood), viremia (i.e., viruses or virus particles in the blood), and parasitemia (i.e., helminthic or protozoan parasites in the blood).
2 `~ 3 8 ~ --Thus, septicemia and septic shock (acute circulatory failure resulting from septicemia often associated with multiple organ failure and a high mortality rate) may be caused by a number of org~ni~m~
The systemic invasion of microorg~ni~m~ presents two distinct problems. First, the ,"
5 growth of the microorg~ni~mc can directly damage tissues, organs, and vascular function.
Second, toxic components of the microorg~ni~m~ can lead to rapid systemic infl~mm~t~ry responses that can quickly damage vital organs and lead to circulatory collapse (i.e., septic shock) and o*entimec, death.
There are three major types of sepsis characterized by the type of infecting organism.
10 Gram-negative sepsis is the most common and has a case fatality rate of about 35%. The majority of these infections are caused by Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Gram-positive pathogens such as the staphylococci and streptococci are the second major cause of sepsis. The third major group includes the fungi, with fungal infections causing a relatively small pt;.c~l,~ge of sepsis cases, but with a high 15 mortality rate.
Many of these infections are acquired in a hospital setting and can result from certain types of surgery (e.g, abdomin~l procedures), immlme ~u~ple~ion due to cancer ortransplantation therapy, immunr deficiency ~ e~ec, and exposure through intravenous catheters. Sepsis is also commonly caused by trauma, difficult newborn deliveries, and 20 intestin~l torsion (especially in dogs and horses).
A well established merh~ni~m in sepsis is related to the toxic components of gram-negative bacteria. There is a common cell-wall structure known as lipopolysaccharide (LPS) that is widely shared among gram-negative bacteria. The "endotoxin" produced by gram-negative org~ni~m~ is compri~e~l of three major structures: a lipoy~teill; a lipid (lipid A), 25 thought to be responsible for most of the biological ~,opc;lLies of endotoxin; and polysaccharide structures unique to each species and distinct strains of bacteria. [D.C.
Morrison, Rev. Infect. Dis. 5(Supp 4):S733-S747 (1983).] Research over the past decade or .
so has demonstrated that purified endotoxin can elicit all of the features of full-blown gram-negative bacteremia. Furthermore, several of the host responses to endotoxin have been -~
30 identified. Two key mediators of septic shock are tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and interleukin-1 (IL-1) which are released by macrophages and appear to act synergistically in wo 94/14~37 2 1 5 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 causing a cascade of physiological changes leading to circulation collapse and organ failure.
[R.C. Bone, Ann. Intern. Med. 115:457-469 (1991).] Indeed, large doses of TNF ~K.J.
Tracey et al., Science 234:470-474 (1986)] and/or IL-I [A. Tewari e~ al., Lancet 336:712-714 , (1990)] can mimic the symptoms and outcome of sepsis.
It is generally thought that the distinct cell wall substances of gram-positive bacteria and fungi trigger a similar cascade of events, although the structures involved are not as well studied as grarn-negative endotoxin.
Regardless of the etiologic agent, many patients with septicemia or suspected septicemia exhibit a rapid decline over a 24-48 hour period. Thus, rapid methods of diagnosis and treatment delivery are es.cen~i~l for effective patient care. Unfortunately, a confirmed diagnosis as to the type of infection kaditionally requires microbiological analysis involving inoculation of blood cultures, incubation for 18-24 hours, plating the causative organism on solid media, another incubation period, and final identification 1-2 days later. Therefore, therapy must be initiated without any knowledge of the type and species of the pathogen, and with no means of knowing the extent of the infection.
II. Prevention And Treatment A. Antibiotics Antibiotics of enormously varying skucture rBérdy in Advances in Applied Microbiolog~, (D. Perlman, ed.), Academic Press, New York, 18:309-406 (1974)] are widely used to prevent and conkol infections. Nonetheless, up to one half of the patients in whom bacteremia develops in the hospital die (i.e., nosocomial or iakogenic bacteremia). [D.G.
Maki, Am. J. Med. 70:719-732 (1981).] The causes for this are many-fold. First, for many commonly used antibiotics, antibiotic resist~n~e is common among various species of bacteria.
This is particularly true of the microbial flora resident in hospitals, where the org;mism.s are under constant selective pressure to develop rcsist~nce. Furthermore, in the hospital setting~
spread of antibiotic-resistant org~nisms is facilitated by the high density of potentially infected patients and the extent of staff-to-staff and staff-to-patient contact. Second, those antibiotics that are the most economical, safest, and easiest to ~mini.st~r may not have a broad enough speckum to suppress certain infections. For example, many antibiotics with broad spectra are not deliverable orally and physicians are reluctant to place patients on intravenous lines due to wo 94/14437 PCT/USg3/12381 the enhanced risk of infection. Third~ antibiotics can be toxic to varying degrees including causing allergy, untoward interactions with other drugs, and direct damage to major organs (e.g, kidneys, liver). Many potent antibiotics are elimin~tPd from routine use due to the probability of adverse reactions at therapeutic doses. Fourth, many antibiotics alter the ,~
normal intestin~l flora and frequently cause diarrhea and nutritional malabsorption; some may even unleash opportunistic org~ni.cmc which can cause life-thre~tening infections of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract such as Clostridium difficile. For example, antimicrobial-associated pseudomembranous colitis caused by C. diJ~icile is a potentially serious complication associated with ~lminictration of certain antimicrobials. Physicians must therefore consider the impact of prophylactic antibiotic use on the development of resistant org~nicmc~ on overall patient health, and on the economics of health care.
While many infections are controlled by antibiotics, gram-negative bacteremia presents some special challenges. It has been shown that tre~tment of bacteria with antibiotics may catalyze the release of endotoxin from dying cells as their cell walls rlicintegrate. In experimental E. coli sepsis in rabbits, antibiotics cause a 10 to 2,000 fold increase in endotoxin levels despite decreasing levels of bacteremia. [J.L. Shenep and K.A. Morgan, J.
Infect. Dis. 150:380-388 (1984).] Thus, once gram-negative bacteremia is established, there is justifiable concern that antibiotic therapy may allgment symptoms while mitig~ting the infection.
Fortunately, certain antibiotics are known to neutralize the action of endotoxin. The polymyxin antibiotics, most notably polymyxin B and polymyxin E (also known as colistin) are cyclic polypeptide compounds produced by certain strains of Bacillus polymyxa. These antibiotics bind to the lipid A portion of endotoxin [D.C. Morrison and D.M. Jacobs, Immunochem. 13 :813-818 (1976)] and neutralize its activity as measured by lethality tests in ~nim,.lc [D. Rifkind and J.D. Palmer, J. Bacteriol. 92:815-819 (1966)], activation of serum complement [D.C. Morrison and D.M. Jacobs, Infect. Immun 13:298-301 (1976)], and the Limulus amebocyte lysate (LAL) assay. [M.S. Cooperstock, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. ~, 6:422-425 (1974).] Unfortunately, the polymyxins are not absorbed from the GI tract and must be ~flminictered parenterally. At the recommended therapeutic dose for systemic t~
infection by P. aeruginosa (1-2.5mg/kg body weight/day), there is a significant risk of renal illlpaillllent. [Physicians' Desk Reference, 47th Ed., pp. 818-819 (1993).] This is a major ~ WO 94/14437 2 1 5 1 3 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 concern in patients already suffering from kidney disease. In addition to nephrotoxicity, neurotoxic reactions have been observed, the most severe being lejl,i,atory paralysis when given soon after anesthesia and/or muscle relaxants. Polymyxin B, in its intravenous form, is ,. only given to hospitalized patients under constant supervision and monitoring of renal function. As such, polymyxins are not used routinely for systemic infections (but they are f quite common as components of topical ointments).
Several approaches have been taken to reduce the toxicity of polymyxins. Colistin exhibits a lower systemic toxicity, and when complexed as meth~nesulfonate salt, the locally severe pain experienced at intramuscular injection sites is tlimini~hed. The toxicity of 10 polymyxin B is also reduced by ~tt~chment to dextran, a high molecular weight carrier.
[D.A. Handley, Eur. Patent Appl. Pub. No. 428486.] Conjugation to dextran is often used in an attempt to decrease the toxicity and/or increase the circulating half-lives of drugs. [P.E.
Hallaway et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10108-10112 (1989); M.J. Poznansky and L.G. Cleland in Drug Delivery Systems: Characteristics and Biomedical Applications, (R.L.
15 Juliano, ed.), Oxford University Press, New York, pp. 253-315 (1980); L. Molteni in Drug Carriers in Biology and Medicine, (G. Gregoriadis, ed.), Ac~-lemic Press, New York, pp. 107-125 (1979); C. Larsen, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 3:103-154 (1989); A.D. Virnik et al., Russian Chem. Rev. 44:588-602 (1975); and Hager et al., French Patent No. 2,342,740 (1977).] Alone, polymyxin B has a half-life of only a few hours [G. Brownlee et al., Brit. J.
20 Pharmacol. 7:170-188 (1952)], while dextran (M.W. 70,000) has a half-life in hllm~n~ of about a day, depending upon the dose infused. [Reynolds et al., in Martindale - The Extra Pharmacopoeia, 28th Ed., The Ph~ reutical Press, London, pp. 512-513 (1982); and W.~.
Gibby et al., Invest. Radiol. 25:164-172 (1990).]
Polymyxin B has been inve~tig~tç~l as a specific therapy for grarn-negative sepsis or 2~ endotoxemia over the past 20 years in both animal models and human trials but with mixed results. For example, endotoxin-induced ~ çmin~tecl intravascular coagulation (DIC) was not prevented in rabbits ~lmini~tered polymyxin B fifteen (15) min~ltes after endotoxin challenge. [J.J. Corrigan, Jr. and B.M. Bell, J. Lab. Clin. Med. 77:802-810 (1971).] In fact, most experiment~l studies have shown a requirement for ple,~ L~Ire of endotoxin and 30 polymyxin B, or ~1mini~tration of polymyxin B prior to endotoxin challenge to reduce or abolish the effects of endotoxin. [D. Rifkind and J.D. Palmer, J. Bact. 92:815-819 (1966);J.J.
WO 94/14437 , PCT/US93/12381 2~5~ 3~6 Corrigan. Jr. and B.M. Bell, J. Lab. Clin. Med. 77:802-810 (1971); B. Hughes et al., Br. J. Pharmac. 74:701-707 (1981); J.J. Corrigan, Jr. and J.F. Kiernat, Pediat. Res. 13:48-51 (1979); G. Ziv and W.D. Schult_e, Am. J. Vet. Res. 44:1446-1450 (1982); and G. Baldwin et al. J. Infect. Dis. 164:542-549 (1991).] Some studies have found little benefit in polymyxin ..
5 B, even as a ~ e~ lent. [A.H.L. From et al., Infect. Immun. 23:660-664 (1979).]
Importantly, clinical studies on endotoxemia in human obstructive jaundice found no benefit in polymyxin B therapy [C.J. Ingoldby et al., Am. J. Surgery 147:766-771 (1984)], consistent with results in animal models. [C.J.H. Ingoldby, Br. J. Surg. 67:565-567 (1980).]
Low dose polymyxin B therapy has also been investig~tçcl in ~nim~l~ and hum~n~. In 10 the infant rat, subinhibitory doses of polymyxin B, ~rlmini~tered 12 hours after infection with live Haemophilus influenzae Type B org~ni~mc alone or in combination with a large dose of ampicillin, significantly reduced mortality due to the infection. The theory here is that the polymyxin B neutralizes endotoxin released by org;~ni~m~ killed by other antibiotics. [J.W.
Walterspiel et al., Pediat. Res. 20:237-241 (1986).] It should be noted that the design of this 15 experiment differed from the endotoxin challenge experiments, in that live org~ni~mc, not free endotoxin were the starting materials for the challenge. In hum~n~, continuous infusion of subtherapeutic doses of polymyxin B (10-50% of normal dosage) was found to reduce endotoxin levels, restore some imml-ne functions, and appalelllly (i.e., results were not statistically significant) reduce wound infection in burn patients. [A.M. Munster et al., J.
20 Burn Care Rehab. 10:327-330 (1989).]
B. lmm~ tion In addition to antibiotic research and development, the effort to control bacterial infections has focused on the role of host defenses, and in particular, the humoral immlme system. The role of active immlmi7~tion against bacterial components and the utility of 25 passive immuni_ation with antibodies or plasma derived from immllni7ç~1 donors is a highly controversial area. While there is abundant experimental evidence that specific antibodies can protect experimental ~nim~l~ from infections and toxin challenge, the nature and degree of this protection and its relevance to in vivo infection is not clear despite the large volume of literature on the subject. [J.D. B~llmg~rtner and M.P. Glauser, Rev. Infect. Dis. 9:194-205 30 (1987); and E.J. Ziegler, J. Infect. Dis. 158:286-290 (1988).] Disease progression in the ~ WO 94/14437 21~ 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 critically ill patient, and its prevention, involves a myriad of factors which complicate the design and interpretation of human clinical trials.
In gram-negative bacteremia and endotoxemia. it was found that the frequency of septic shock was inversely related to the titer of antibodies cross-reactive with shared antigens 5 of bacterial LPS. [W.R. McCabe et al., New Eng. J. Med. 287:261-267 (1972).] Given this correlation, an enormous effort has been expended to develop a means of raising endotoxin antibody titers and/or passively transferring endotoxin antibody from donors to experimental subjects and patients.
Antibodies to endotoxin have two important functions. First, by binding free 10 endotoxin, antibodies may block endotoxin activity or remove it from the circulation. Second, immunoglobulin effector functions such as complement fixation and binding to Fc receptors on phagocytes can mediate killing and opsonophagocytosis of bacteria. Thus, endotoxemia, bacteremia, and the onset of sepsis, may be thwarted by such antibodies.
i) Active Imm~ on One approach to protecting z~nim~l~ and hllm~n~ from endotoxin-mediated effects is by immunization with bacteria or LPS. For example, it has been shown that immunization of rabbits with a mutant E. coli strain (J5) which lacks certain polysaccharide side chains but possesses a widely shared core lipid A structure can protect the 71nim~1~ from challenge with live Pseudomonas. [A.I. Braude et al., J. Infect. Dis. 136(Supp):S167-S173 (1977).] The J5 20 vaccine was found to be only weakly protective in a guinea pig model of Pseudomonas pneumonia, whereas a species-specific Pseudomonas LPS was greatly protective. [J.E.
Pennington and E. Menkes, J. Infect. Dis. 144:599-603 (1981).] These results suggest that species-specific vaccines may be superior to cross-protective antigens for immnni7~tion of hllm~n.~ and other ~nim~l~ against endotoxin. Unfortunately, the vast diversity of LPS
25 antigens makes the forrner an unlikely prospect.
While active immunization against endotoxin continues to be investig~te-l there are some important limitations to this approach. First, endotoxin is weakly immunogenic, eliciting only a three- to five-fold increase in antibody titers to LPS with virtually no booster response. [E.J. Ziegler et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 307:1225-1230 (1982).] Second, many 30 patients at risk for sepsis are immunoconll,lolllised and may not be capable of mounting .
2 ~ 8 ~
and/or su~t~ining a sufficient response to be protective upon ~lmini.~tration of vaccine. And third, the degree of cross-protection afforded by immnni7~tion with one or more core glycolipid antigens is not well understood clinically.
ii) Passive Immunization In order to overcome some of the limitations inherent to active immuni_ation, various techniques have been used to produce endotoxin-binding antibodies that could be passively transferred to experimental ~nim~lc or human subjects. A large number of endotoxin antibodies have been prepared by: (i) immuni_ation of ~nim~l~ or humans with bacteria~ LPS, or derivatives thereof and collection of immune serum or plasma; or (ii) production of monoclonal murine or human antibodies and collection and purification of these antibodies by established methods.
The two major antibody types elicited by either procedure are lgM and IgG antibodies.
These antibodies differ in important aspects of their structure and effector functions as well as their titer in normal and hy,ut;~ lne plasma. Most studies suggest that IgM antibodies, by virtue of their greater avidity are more effective than IgG antibodies at protecting ~nim~
[W.R. McCabe e~ aZ., J. Infect. Dis. 158:291-300 (1988)] and humans [Id.; E.J. Ziegler et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 307:1225-1230 (1982)] from gram-negative bacteremia or endotoxin challenge. However, it should be noted that numerous IgG ~l~dlions from immnni7~cl animal donors have been developed and demonstrated to have some protective effect in experimental studies. [D.L. Dunn et al., Surgery 96:440-446 (1984); and S.J. Spier et al., Circulatory Shock 28:235-248 (1989).] The advantage to IgG ~ ~dlions is that IgG titers may increase in response to repeated immuni7~tion whereas IgM titers are relatively constant.
No matter what the hlllllLLIli~dlion course, however, the total amount of bacterially-reactive or endotoxin-reactive antibodies in hyperimmnne plasma or serum is only a small fraction of total antibody and is highly variable from donor to donor.
In order to develop more con~i~ent plel)~dLions of therapeutic antibodies. numerous LPS-reactive monoclonal antibodies have been developed to both shared and unique epitopes.
Since gram-negative sepsis can be caused by a number of species, emphasis has been placed ~
on widely cross-reactive antibodies as potential therapeutics. Two IgM monoclonal antibodies have received the most study. A human-derived antibody now known as Centoxin-HA-lA
2~ 51~86 [N.N.H. Teng et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:1790-1794 (1985)] and a mouse-derived antibody now known as XOMEN-E5 [Young and Alam~ U.S. Patent No. 4,918.163] have been tested in both ~nim~l~ and humans. The animal data suggest that both antibodies are capable of binding endotoxin, neutralizing its biological activity, and suppressing gram-S negative bacteremia. Unfortunately, the human clinical studies have not yielded clear benefits[E.J. Ziegler et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 324:429-436 (1991); R.L. Greenman et al.~ JAMA
266:1097-1102 (1991)] despite the optimism of the authors and sponsors of these trials. The U.S. Food and Drug A-lmini~tration has refused to approve either antibody for the treatment of sepsis based upon the extensive clinical trials performed to date.
It should be noted that each antibody was tested in humans after the onset of symptoms of sepsis and when the type of organism was uncertain. It is widely believed that anti-endotoxin antibody treatment ~(lmini~tered after sepsis is established may yield linle benefit because these antibodies cannot reverse the infl~mm~tory c~cc~e initiated by endotoxin and the ~tten~l~nt triggering of meAi~tQrs such as TNF and IL 1. In addition, the 15 high cost of each antibody (Centoxin HA-lA was expected to cost $3700 per 100 mg dose) would limt physicians' use of aproduct where no clear benefit has been demonstrated. [K.A.
Schlllm~n et al., JAMA 266:3466-3471 (1991).] Of course, these endotoxin antibodies only target gram-negative sepsis; no equivalent antibodies exist for the array of gram-positive org~ni.cm~ and fungi.
20 III. Inhibiting Cytokines Rele~eA During Sepsis With new knowledge regarding the effects of endotoxin on host infl~mm~tory responses, other therapies are being targeted towards blockage of IL-1 and TNF functions.
For example, an IL-l receptor antagonist has been identified that occupies the same receptor site as IL-1, but mediates no biological effect. Blockage of the IL-1 receptor with this 25 molecule can reduce mortality from endotoxin shock. [K. Ohlsson et al., Nature 348:550-552 (1990).] While the IL-1 receptor antagonist appears to be well-tolerated, the required dosage is extremely large (over 100 mg of recombinant protein per kg of body weight is infused over a period of hours to days). For human therapy, the 8-10 grams of recombinant protein anticipated to be required is likely to be extremely costly (several thousand dollars).
2 TNF therapies target removal of this mediator from the circulation. Monoclonal antibodies have been found to offer some protection in experimental ~nim~l~ [S.M. Opal et al., J. Infect. Dis. 161:1148-1152 (1990)] but studies in human patients with sepsis have not been conclusive. Once again, these antibodies are likely to be expensive therapeutic agents ~lmini~tçred only when signs of sepsis are present.
IV. Prophylaxis Since the treatrnent of ongoing septicemia presents so many challenges. there have been several aLL~ at prevention. These ~u~ have provided mixed results. One promising study utilized hy~lhlllllune plasma against core glycolipid in surgical patients at high risk of infection. While antibody prophylaxis did not lower the infection rate, it did reduce the severity of grarn-negative infections and improved the survival of such patients.
[J.-D. Ranmg~rtner et al.~ Lancet 2:59-63 (1985).] Nurnerous studies using intravenous immunoglobulin, collected from large numbers of normal donors and cont~inin~ a wide range of antibodies, have given mixed results. [J.D. ~nnn~rtner and M.P. Glauser, Rev. Infect.
Dis. 9:194-205 (1987).] The primary limit~titlns to these studies would appear to be the variable and relatively low potency of pooled immunoglobulin ~repaldlions that were used.
[T. Calandra et al., J. Infect. Dis. 158:312-319 (1988).]
Monoclonal antibodies have also been made. While these prepa.~ions should possess greater potency, their high cost, immunogenicity [S. Harkonen et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 32:710-716 (1988)] and nnllcll~lly short circulating half-lives (less than 24 hr) [S.
H~rkonen et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 32:710-716 (1988); and C.J. Fisher et al., Clin. Care Med. 18:1311-1315 (1990)] make them unattractive c~n~ t~s for prophylaxis.
Clearly, there is a great need for agents capable of preventing and treating sepsis.
These agents must be capable of neutralizing the effects of endotoxin in gram-negative sepsis as well as controlling and reducing bacteremia. It would be desirable if such agents could be a-lmini~tered prophylactically in a cost-effective fashion. Furtherrnore, approaches are needed to combat all forms of sepsis, not just gram-negative cases.
wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 2~ 38~
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to therapeutics for the prevention and treatment of blood-borne and toxin-mediated ~ e~e~, and in particular the prevention and treatment of sepsis in humans as well as other ~nim~l~. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to compositions and methods for preventing sepsis in high-risk patients (e.g., immunocompromised patients such as surgical and other hospitalized patients, low birth weight infants, and burn and traurna victims). In another embodiment, the present invention contemplates treatment of hllm~n.~ and ~nim~l~ having symptoms of a systemic septic reaction.
In accordance with the present invention, a member from the class of compounds broadly described as antibody-antibiotic conjugates or "antibodiotics" is employed for intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or topical ~flmini.~tration. Antibodiotics are comprised of antibody (e.g, IgG, IgM, IgA) to which an antibiotic is covalently ~tt~rhed to make an antibody-antibiotic conjugate. Preferably, the antibody is non-specific IgG. By non-specific, it is meant that no single specificity within the antibody population or pool is dominant.
Thus, it is to be contrasted with the use of antigen-specific antibodies.
In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates an antibiotic-antibody conjugate, comprising antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immnnoglobulin. It is plcfcllcd that the immunoglobulin is IgG having an Fc region and is capable of binding to phagocytic cells via the Fc region.
In one embodiment, the conjugate is capable of binding to bacteria via the antibiotic.
The conjugate may be bacteriostatic, bactericidal, neither, or both.
However, the antibiotics contemplated are not limited to ~ntib~ct~rial agents; antifungal agents and antiviral agents are also contemplated. Where antibacterial antibiotics are used, agents effective against both gram-positive and gram-negative org~ni~m~ are contemplated.
The present invention contemplates conjugates capable of binding lipopolysaccharide on gram negative bacteria as well as conjugates capable of binding free endotoxin and neutralizing free endotoxin.
Preferred antibiotics include polymyxins, specifically polymyxin B. Polymyxin is a known endotoxin-binding compound capable of binding free endotoxin.
The present invention also cont~mpl~t~s a therapeutic ulcp~dlion~ comprising antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin, wherein the preparation is
The systemic invasion of microorg~ni~m~ presents two distinct problems. First, the ,"
5 growth of the microorg~ni~mc can directly damage tissues, organs, and vascular function.
Second, toxic components of the microorg~ni~m~ can lead to rapid systemic infl~mm~t~ry responses that can quickly damage vital organs and lead to circulatory collapse (i.e., septic shock) and o*entimec, death.
There are three major types of sepsis characterized by the type of infecting organism.
10 Gram-negative sepsis is the most common and has a case fatality rate of about 35%. The majority of these infections are caused by Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae and Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Gram-positive pathogens such as the staphylococci and streptococci are the second major cause of sepsis. The third major group includes the fungi, with fungal infections causing a relatively small pt;.c~l,~ge of sepsis cases, but with a high 15 mortality rate.
Many of these infections are acquired in a hospital setting and can result from certain types of surgery (e.g, abdomin~l procedures), immlme ~u~ple~ion due to cancer ortransplantation therapy, immunr deficiency ~ e~ec, and exposure through intravenous catheters. Sepsis is also commonly caused by trauma, difficult newborn deliveries, and 20 intestin~l torsion (especially in dogs and horses).
A well established merh~ni~m in sepsis is related to the toxic components of gram-negative bacteria. There is a common cell-wall structure known as lipopolysaccharide (LPS) that is widely shared among gram-negative bacteria. The "endotoxin" produced by gram-negative org~ni~m~ is compri~e~l of three major structures: a lipoy~teill; a lipid (lipid A), 25 thought to be responsible for most of the biological ~,opc;lLies of endotoxin; and polysaccharide structures unique to each species and distinct strains of bacteria. [D.C.
Morrison, Rev. Infect. Dis. 5(Supp 4):S733-S747 (1983).] Research over the past decade or .
so has demonstrated that purified endotoxin can elicit all of the features of full-blown gram-negative bacteremia. Furthermore, several of the host responses to endotoxin have been -~
30 identified. Two key mediators of septic shock are tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and interleukin-1 (IL-1) which are released by macrophages and appear to act synergistically in wo 94/14~37 2 1 5 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 causing a cascade of physiological changes leading to circulation collapse and organ failure.
[R.C. Bone, Ann. Intern. Med. 115:457-469 (1991).] Indeed, large doses of TNF ~K.J.
Tracey et al., Science 234:470-474 (1986)] and/or IL-I [A. Tewari e~ al., Lancet 336:712-714 , (1990)] can mimic the symptoms and outcome of sepsis.
It is generally thought that the distinct cell wall substances of gram-positive bacteria and fungi trigger a similar cascade of events, although the structures involved are not as well studied as grarn-negative endotoxin.
Regardless of the etiologic agent, many patients with septicemia or suspected septicemia exhibit a rapid decline over a 24-48 hour period. Thus, rapid methods of diagnosis and treatment delivery are es.cen~i~l for effective patient care. Unfortunately, a confirmed diagnosis as to the type of infection kaditionally requires microbiological analysis involving inoculation of blood cultures, incubation for 18-24 hours, plating the causative organism on solid media, another incubation period, and final identification 1-2 days later. Therefore, therapy must be initiated without any knowledge of the type and species of the pathogen, and with no means of knowing the extent of the infection.
II. Prevention And Treatment A. Antibiotics Antibiotics of enormously varying skucture rBérdy in Advances in Applied Microbiolog~, (D. Perlman, ed.), Academic Press, New York, 18:309-406 (1974)] are widely used to prevent and conkol infections. Nonetheless, up to one half of the patients in whom bacteremia develops in the hospital die (i.e., nosocomial or iakogenic bacteremia). [D.G.
Maki, Am. J. Med. 70:719-732 (1981).] The causes for this are many-fold. First, for many commonly used antibiotics, antibiotic resist~n~e is common among various species of bacteria.
This is particularly true of the microbial flora resident in hospitals, where the org;mism.s are under constant selective pressure to develop rcsist~nce. Furthermore, in the hospital setting~
spread of antibiotic-resistant org~nisms is facilitated by the high density of potentially infected patients and the extent of staff-to-staff and staff-to-patient contact. Second, those antibiotics that are the most economical, safest, and easiest to ~mini.st~r may not have a broad enough speckum to suppress certain infections. For example, many antibiotics with broad spectra are not deliverable orally and physicians are reluctant to place patients on intravenous lines due to wo 94/14437 PCT/USg3/12381 the enhanced risk of infection. Third~ antibiotics can be toxic to varying degrees including causing allergy, untoward interactions with other drugs, and direct damage to major organs (e.g, kidneys, liver). Many potent antibiotics are elimin~tPd from routine use due to the probability of adverse reactions at therapeutic doses. Fourth, many antibiotics alter the ,~
normal intestin~l flora and frequently cause diarrhea and nutritional malabsorption; some may even unleash opportunistic org~ni.cmc which can cause life-thre~tening infections of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract such as Clostridium difficile. For example, antimicrobial-associated pseudomembranous colitis caused by C. diJ~icile is a potentially serious complication associated with ~lminictration of certain antimicrobials. Physicians must therefore consider the impact of prophylactic antibiotic use on the development of resistant org~nicmc~ on overall patient health, and on the economics of health care.
While many infections are controlled by antibiotics, gram-negative bacteremia presents some special challenges. It has been shown that tre~tment of bacteria with antibiotics may catalyze the release of endotoxin from dying cells as their cell walls rlicintegrate. In experimental E. coli sepsis in rabbits, antibiotics cause a 10 to 2,000 fold increase in endotoxin levels despite decreasing levels of bacteremia. [J.L. Shenep and K.A. Morgan, J.
Infect. Dis. 150:380-388 (1984).] Thus, once gram-negative bacteremia is established, there is justifiable concern that antibiotic therapy may allgment symptoms while mitig~ting the infection.
Fortunately, certain antibiotics are known to neutralize the action of endotoxin. The polymyxin antibiotics, most notably polymyxin B and polymyxin E (also known as colistin) are cyclic polypeptide compounds produced by certain strains of Bacillus polymyxa. These antibiotics bind to the lipid A portion of endotoxin [D.C. Morrison and D.M. Jacobs, Immunochem. 13 :813-818 (1976)] and neutralize its activity as measured by lethality tests in ~nim,.lc [D. Rifkind and J.D. Palmer, J. Bacteriol. 92:815-819 (1966)], activation of serum complement [D.C. Morrison and D.M. Jacobs, Infect. Immun 13:298-301 (1976)], and the Limulus amebocyte lysate (LAL) assay. [M.S. Cooperstock, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. ~, 6:422-425 (1974).] Unfortunately, the polymyxins are not absorbed from the GI tract and must be ~flminictered parenterally. At the recommended therapeutic dose for systemic t~
infection by P. aeruginosa (1-2.5mg/kg body weight/day), there is a significant risk of renal illlpaillllent. [Physicians' Desk Reference, 47th Ed., pp. 818-819 (1993).] This is a major ~ WO 94/14437 2 1 5 1 3 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 concern in patients already suffering from kidney disease. In addition to nephrotoxicity, neurotoxic reactions have been observed, the most severe being lejl,i,atory paralysis when given soon after anesthesia and/or muscle relaxants. Polymyxin B, in its intravenous form, is ,. only given to hospitalized patients under constant supervision and monitoring of renal function. As such, polymyxins are not used routinely for systemic infections (but they are f quite common as components of topical ointments).
Several approaches have been taken to reduce the toxicity of polymyxins. Colistin exhibits a lower systemic toxicity, and when complexed as meth~nesulfonate salt, the locally severe pain experienced at intramuscular injection sites is tlimini~hed. The toxicity of 10 polymyxin B is also reduced by ~tt~chment to dextran, a high molecular weight carrier.
[D.A. Handley, Eur. Patent Appl. Pub. No. 428486.] Conjugation to dextran is often used in an attempt to decrease the toxicity and/or increase the circulating half-lives of drugs. [P.E.
Hallaway et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10108-10112 (1989); M.J. Poznansky and L.G. Cleland in Drug Delivery Systems: Characteristics and Biomedical Applications, (R.L.
15 Juliano, ed.), Oxford University Press, New York, pp. 253-315 (1980); L. Molteni in Drug Carriers in Biology and Medicine, (G. Gregoriadis, ed.), Ac~-lemic Press, New York, pp. 107-125 (1979); C. Larsen, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 3:103-154 (1989); A.D. Virnik et al., Russian Chem. Rev. 44:588-602 (1975); and Hager et al., French Patent No. 2,342,740 (1977).] Alone, polymyxin B has a half-life of only a few hours [G. Brownlee et al., Brit. J.
20 Pharmacol. 7:170-188 (1952)], while dextran (M.W. 70,000) has a half-life in hllm~n~ of about a day, depending upon the dose infused. [Reynolds et al., in Martindale - The Extra Pharmacopoeia, 28th Ed., The Ph~ reutical Press, London, pp. 512-513 (1982); and W.~.
Gibby et al., Invest. Radiol. 25:164-172 (1990).]
Polymyxin B has been inve~tig~tç~l as a specific therapy for grarn-negative sepsis or 2~ endotoxemia over the past 20 years in both animal models and human trials but with mixed results. For example, endotoxin-induced ~ çmin~tecl intravascular coagulation (DIC) was not prevented in rabbits ~lmini~tered polymyxin B fifteen (15) min~ltes after endotoxin challenge. [J.J. Corrigan, Jr. and B.M. Bell, J. Lab. Clin. Med. 77:802-810 (1971).] In fact, most experiment~l studies have shown a requirement for ple,~ L~Ire of endotoxin and 30 polymyxin B, or ~1mini~tration of polymyxin B prior to endotoxin challenge to reduce or abolish the effects of endotoxin. [D. Rifkind and J.D. Palmer, J. Bact. 92:815-819 (1966);J.J.
WO 94/14437 , PCT/US93/12381 2~5~ 3~6 Corrigan. Jr. and B.M. Bell, J. Lab. Clin. Med. 77:802-810 (1971); B. Hughes et al., Br. J. Pharmac. 74:701-707 (1981); J.J. Corrigan, Jr. and J.F. Kiernat, Pediat. Res. 13:48-51 (1979); G. Ziv and W.D. Schult_e, Am. J. Vet. Res. 44:1446-1450 (1982); and G. Baldwin et al. J. Infect. Dis. 164:542-549 (1991).] Some studies have found little benefit in polymyxin ..
5 B, even as a ~ e~ lent. [A.H.L. From et al., Infect. Immun. 23:660-664 (1979).]
Importantly, clinical studies on endotoxemia in human obstructive jaundice found no benefit in polymyxin B therapy [C.J. Ingoldby et al., Am. J. Surgery 147:766-771 (1984)], consistent with results in animal models. [C.J.H. Ingoldby, Br. J. Surg. 67:565-567 (1980).]
Low dose polymyxin B therapy has also been investig~tçcl in ~nim~l~ and hum~n~. In 10 the infant rat, subinhibitory doses of polymyxin B, ~rlmini~tered 12 hours after infection with live Haemophilus influenzae Type B org~ni~mc alone or in combination with a large dose of ampicillin, significantly reduced mortality due to the infection. The theory here is that the polymyxin B neutralizes endotoxin released by org;~ni~m~ killed by other antibiotics. [J.W.
Walterspiel et al., Pediat. Res. 20:237-241 (1986).] It should be noted that the design of this 15 experiment differed from the endotoxin challenge experiments, in that live org~ni~mc, not free endotoxin were the starting materials for the challenge. In hum~n~, continuous infusion of subtherapeutic doses of polymyxin B (10-50% of normal dosage) was found to reduce endotoxin levels, restore some imml-ne functions, and appalelllly (i.e., results were not statistically significant) reduce wound infection in burn patients. [A.M. Munster et al., J.
20 Burn Care Rehab. 10:327-330 (1989).]
B. lmm~ tion In addition to antibiotic research and development, the effort to control bacterial infections has focused on the role of host defenses, and in particular, the humoral immlme system. The role of active immlmi7~tion against bacterial components and the utility of 25 passive immuni_ation with antibodies or plasma derived from immllni7ç~1 donors is a highly controversial area. While there is abundant experimental evidence that specific antibodies can protect experimental ~nim~l~ from infections and toxin challenge, the nature and degree of this protection and its relevance to in vivo infection is not clear despite the large volume of literature on the subject. [J.D. B~llmg~rtner and M.P. Glauser, Rev. Infect. Dis. 9:194-205 30 (1987); and E.J. Ziegler, J. Infect. Dis. 158:286-290 (1988).] Disease progression in the ~ WO 94/14437 21~ 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 critically ill patient, and its prevention, involves a myriad of factors which complicate the design and interpretation of human clinical trials.
In gram-negative bacteremia and endotoxemia. it was found that the frequency of septic shock was inversely related to the titer of antibodies cross-reactive with shared antigens 5 of bacterial LPS. [W.R. McCabe et al., New Eng. J. Med. 287:261-267 (1972).] Given this correlation, an enormous effort has been expended to develop a means of raising endotoxin antibody titers and/or passively transferring endotoxin antibody from donors to experimental subjects and patients.
Antibodies to endotoxin have two important functions. First, by binding free 10 endotoxin, antibodies may block endotoxin activity or remove it from the circulation. Second, immunoglobulin effector functions such as complement fixation and binding to Fc receptors on phagocytes can mediate killing and opsonophagocytosis of bacteria. Thus, endotoxemia, bacteremia, and the onset of sepsis, may be thwarted by such antibodies.
i) Active Imm~ on One approach to protecting z~nim~l~ and hllm~n~ from endotoxin-mediated effects is by immunization with bacteria or LPS. For example, it has been shown that immunization of rabbits with a mutant E. coli strain (J5) which lacks certain polysaccharide side chains but possesses a widely shared core lipid A structure can protect the 71nim~1~ from challenge with live Pseudomonas. [A.I. Braude et al., J. Infect. Dis. 136(Supp):S167-S173 (1977).] The J5 20 vaccine was found to be only weakly protective in a guinea pig model of Pseudomonas pneumonia, whereas a species-specific Pseudomonas LPS was greatly protective. [J.E.
Pennington and E. Menkes, J. Infect. Dis. 144:599-603 (1981).] These results suggest that species-specific vaccines may be superior to cross-protective antigens for immnni7~tion of hllm~n.~ and other ~nim~l~ against endotoxin. Unfortunately, the vast diversity of LPS
25 antigens makes the forrner an unlikely prospect.
While active immunization against endotoxin continues to be investig~te-l there are some important limitations to this approach. First, endotoxin is weakly immunogenic, eliciting only a three- to five-fold increase in antibody titers to LPS with virtually no booster response. [E.J. Ziegler et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 307:1225-1230 (1982).] Second, many 30 patients at risk for sepsis are immunoconll,lolllised and may not be capable of mounting .
2 ~ 8 ~
and/or su~t~ining a sufficient response to be protective upon ~lmini.~tration of vaccine. And third, the degree of cross-protection afforded by immnni7~tion with one or more core glycolipid antigens is not well understood clinically.
ii) Passive Immunization In order to overcome some of the limitations inherent to active immuni_ation, various techniques have been used to produce endotoxin-binding antibodies that could be passively transferred to experimental ~nim~lc or human subjects. A large number of endotoxin antibodies have been prepared by: (i) immuni_ation of ~nim~l~ or humans with bacteria~ LPS, or derivatives thereof and collection of immune serum or plasma; or (ii) production of monoclonal murine or human antibodies and collection and purification of these antibodies by established methods.
The two major antibody types elicited by either procedure are lgM and IgG antibodies.
These antibodies differ in important aspects of their structure and effector functions as well as their titer in normal and hy,ut;~ lne plasma. Most studies suggest that IgM antibodies, by virtue of their greater avidity are more effective than IgG antibodies at protecting ~nim~
[W.R. McCabe e~ aZ., J. Infect. Dis. 158:291-300 (1988)] and humans [Id.; E.J. Ziegler et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 307:1225-1230 (1982)] from gram-negative bacteremia or endotoxin challenge. However, it should be noted that numerous IgG ~l~dlions from immnni7~cl animal donors have been developed and demonstrated to have some protective effect in experimental studies. [D.L. Dunn et al., Surgery 96:440-446 (1984); and S.J. Spier et al., Circulatory Shock 28:235-248 (1989).] The advantage to IgG ~ ~dlions is that IgG titers may increase in response to repeated immuni7~tion whereas IgM titers are relatively constant.
No matter what the hlllllLLIli~dlion course, however, the total amount of bacterially-reactive or endotoxin-reactive antibodies in hyperimmnne plasma or serum is only a small fraction of total antibody and is highly variable from donor to donor.
In order to develop more con~i~ent plel)~dLions of therapeutic antibodies. numerous LPS-reactive monoclonal antibodies have been developed to both shared and unique epitopes.
Since gram-negative sepsis can be caused by a number of species, emphasis has been placed ~
on widely cross-reactive antibodies as potential therapeutics. Two IgM monoclonal antibodies have received the most study. A human-derived antibody now known as Centoxin-HA-lA
2~ 51~86 [N.N.H. Teng et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:1790-1794 (1985)] and a mouse-derived antibody now known as XOMEN-E5 [Young and Alam~ U.S. Patent No. 4,918.163] have been tested in both ~nim~l~ and humans. The animal data suggest that both antibodies are capable of binding endotoxin, neutralizing its biological activity, and suppressing gram-S negative bacteremia. Unfortunately, the human clinical studies have not yielded clear benefits[E.J. Ziegler et al., New. Eng. J. Med. 324:429-436 (1991); R.L. Greenman et al.~ JAMA
266:1097-1102 (1991)] despite the optimism of the authors and sponsors of these trials. The U.S. Food and Drug A-lmini~tration has refused to approve either antibody for the treatment of sepsis based upon the extensive clinical trials performed to date.
It should be noted that each antibody was tested in humans after the onset of symptoms of sepsis and when the type of organism was uncertain. It is widely believed that anti-endotoxin antibody treatment ~(lmini~tered after sepsis is established may yield linle benefit because these antibodies cannot reverse the infl~mm~tory c~cc~e initiated by endotoxin and the ~tten~l~nt triggering of meAi~tQrs such as TNF and IL 1. In addition, the 15 high cost of each antibody (Centoxin HA-lA was expected to cost $3700 per 100 mg dose) would limt physicians' use of aproduct where no clear benefit has been demonstrated. [K.A.
Schlllm~n et al., JAMA 266:3466-3471 (1991).] Of course, these endotoxin antibodies only target gram-negative sepsis; no equivalent antibodies exist for the array of gram-positive org~ni.cm~ and fungi.
20 III. Inhibiting Cytokines Rele~eA During Sepsis With new knowledge regarding the effects of endotoxin on host infl~mm~tory responses, other therapies are being targeted towards blockage of IL-1 and TNF functions.
For example, an IL-l receptor antagonist has been identified that occupies the same receptor site as IL-1, but mediates no biological effect. Blockage of the IL-1 receptor with this 25 molecule can reduce mortality from endotoxin shock. [K. Ohlsson et al., Nature 348:550-552 (1990).] While the IL-1 receptor antagonist appears to be well-tolerated, the required dosage is extremely large (over 100 mg of recombinant protein per kg of body weight is infused over a period of hours to days). For human therapy, the 8-10 grams of recombinant protein anticipated to be required is likely to be extremely costly (several thousand dollars).
2 TNF therapies target removal of this mediator from the circulation. Monoclonal antibodies have been found to offer some protection in experimental ~nim~l~ [S.M. Opal et al., J. Infect. Dis. 161:1148-1152 (1990)] but studies in human patients with sepsis have not been conclusive. Once again, these antibodies are likely to be expensive therapeutic agents ~lmini~tçred only when signs of sepsis are present.
IV. Prophylaxis Since the treatrnent of ongoing septicemia presents so many challenges. there have been several aLL~ at prevention. These ~u~ have provided mixed results. One promising study utilized hy~lhlllllune plasma against core glycolipid in surgical patients at high risk of infection. While antibody prophylaxis did not lower the infection rate, it did reduce the severity of grarn-negative infections and improved the survival of such patients.
[J.-D. Ranmg~rtner et al.~ Lancet 2:59-63 (1985).] Nurnerous studies using intravenous immunoglobulin, collected from large numbers of normal donors and cont~inin~ a wide range of antibodies, have given mixed results. [J.D. ~nnn~rtner and M.P. Glauser, Rev. Infect.
Dis. 9:194-205 (1987).] The primary limit~titlns to these studies would appear to be the variable and relatively low potency of pooled immunoglobulin ~repaldlions that were used.
[T. Calandra et al., J. Infect. Dis. 158:312-319 (1988).]
Monoclonal antibodies have also been made. While these prepa.~ions should possess greater potency, their high cost, immunogenicity [S. Harkonen et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 32:710-716 (1988)] and nnllcll~lly short circulating half-lives (less than 24 hr) [S.
H~rkonen et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 32:710-716 (1988); and C.J. Fisher et al., Clin. Care Med. 18:1311-1315 (1990)] make them unattractive c~n~ t~s for prophylaxis.
Clearly, there is a great need for agents capable of preventing and treating sepsis.
These agents must be capable of neutralizing the effects of endotoxin in gram-negative sepsis as well as controlling and reducing bacteremia. It would be desirable if such agents could be a-lmini~tered prophylactically in a cost-effective fashion. Furtherrnore, approaches are needed to combat all forms of sepsis, not just gram-negative cases.
wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 2~ 38~
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to therapeutics for the prevention and treatment of blood-borne and toxin-mediated ~ e~e~, and in particular the prevention and treatment of sepsis in humans as well as other ~nim~l~. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to compositions and methods for preventing sepsis in high-risk patients (e.g., immunocompromised patients such as surgical and other hospitalized patients, low birth weight infants, and burn and traurna victims). In another embodiment, the present invention contemplates treatment of hllm~n.~ and ~nim~l~ having symptoms of a systemic septic reaction.
In accordance with the present invention, a member from the class of compounds broadly described as antibody-antibiotic conjugates or "antibodiotics" is employed for intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or topical ~flmini.~tration. Antibodiotics are comprised of antibody (e.g, IgG, IgM, IgA) to which an antibiotic is covalently ~tt~rhed to make an antibody-antibiotic conjugate. Preferably, the antibody is non-specific IgG. By non-specific, it is meant that no single specificity within the antibody population or pool is dominant.
Thus, it is to be contrasted with the use of antigen-specific antibodies.
In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates an antibiotic-antibody conjugate, comprising antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immnnoglobulin. It is plcfcllcd that the immunoglobulin is IgG having an Fc region and is capable of binding to phagocytic cells via the Fc region.
In one embodiment, the conjugate is capable of binding to bacteria via the antibiotic.
The conjugate may be bacteriostatic, bactericidal, neither, or both.
However, the antibiotics contemplated are not limited to ~ntib~ct~rial agents; antifungal agents and antiviral agents are also contemplated. Where antibacterial antibiotics are used, agents effective against both gram-positive and gram-negative org~ni~m~ are contemplated.
The present invention contemplates conjugates capable of binding lipopolysaccharide on gram negative bacteria as well as conjugates capable of binding free endotoxin and neutralizing free endotoxin.
Preferred antibiotics include polymyxins, specifically polymyxin B. Polymyxin is a known endotoxin-binding compound capable of binding free endotoxin.
The present invention also cont~mpl~t~s a therapeutic ulcp~dlion~ comprising antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin, wherein the preparation is
3 8 ~ ~
bactericidal for both gram-positive and gram-negative org~ni~m.s. In one embodiment of the therapeutic preparation, the antibiotic is selected from the group comprising cephalosporins and penicillins. In another embodiment~ the therapeutic preparation further comprises: (i) a first conjugate con~i.cting of a first antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific ~, S immunoglobulin; and (ii) a second conjugate consisting of a second antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin (e.g, where the first antibiotic is polymyxin and the second antibiotic is vancomycin or bacitracin). In still another embodiment of the therapeutic ~,epa~d~ion, two different antibiotics are covalently bound to the same immunoglobulin molecule, one capable of binding to grarn-positive organisms and the other capable of binding to gram-negative org~ni~m~
The present invention contemplates a method of treatment~ comprising: (a) providin~
a m~mm~l for treatment; (b) providing a therapeutic p~e~aldlion, comprising an endotoxin-binding compound covalently bound to protein; and (c) ~lmini~tering the l~le~ Lion to the m~mm~l (e.g, intravenous). The endotoxin-binding compound may be polymyxin and the protein is preferably non-specific immunoglobulin such as IgG.
The tre~tment with the antibodiotic is expected to have many of the effects of the antibiotic alone -- however, without the toxicity and short half-life typically associated with these agents. Furthermore, these conjugates are expected to possess the opsonizing function of immunoglobulin which may f~.ilit~te clearance of both the toxin and org~ni~m.The plesent invention conl~l"l)lates a method of tre~tment of m~mm~l~ at risk for developing sepsis, in which a therapeutic ~lel)~dlion comprised of an antibiotic capable of binding to a microorganism covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin is ~tlmini.~tered to the at-risk animal prior to the onset of any septic symptoms. In a preferred embodiment, it is contemplated that the method of the present invention will be ~tlmini.~tered intravenously.
The present invention collLelllplates that the method will be used for such ~nimzll~ as neonatal calves and foals, as well as human and veterinary surgical patients, trauma, and burn victims. It is contemplated that the method will be used to treat immllnocompromised patients.
It is contemplated that the present invention will be useful for the treatment of m~mm~l~ potentially exposed to gram-negative and/or grarn-positive bacteria. It is wO 94114437 2 1~ 13 ~ ~ PCT/US93/12381 contemplated that the therapeutic preparation used in the method of the present invention is capable of binding endotoxin.
The present invention further contemplates a method of treatment of m~mm~l~ infected with a pathogenic org~ni~m~ wherein a therapeutic preparation, comprising a surface-active S antibiotic covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin G having an Fc region capable of me~ ting opsonization of the pathogenic organism is ~-lmini~tered It is contemplated that the infecting pathogen is a gram-negative or grarn-positive bacterial org~ni~m It is contemplated that the surface-active antibiotic used in the therapeutic p~ a~alion is a polymyxin (e.g, polymyxin B).
One embodiment of the present invention contemplates a method of diagnosis, comprising: (a) an antigen associated with the surface of a pathogenic organism immobilized to a solid support; (b) a conjugate comprising a surface-active antibiotic covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin; and (c) a competitor comprising the surface antigen present in solution. The immobilized antigen is incubated with the conjugate in the presence of the 15 competitor, washed to remove unbound conjugate and competitor, followed by detection of the conjugate bound to the immobilized surface antigen.
In a ~le~ d embodiment~ the present method of diagnosis comprises immobilizationof surface antigen in the well(s) of a microtiter plate. It is also contemplated that the surface antigen of the method is isolated from bacterial org~nicm.~ It is col~Lelll~lated that the surface 20 antigen be isolated from such gram-negative bacteria as Escherichia coli, (e.g, lipopolysaccharide). It is also contemplated that the competitor in the present method of diagnosis is comprised of lipopolysaccharide from gram-negative bacteria. It is further contemplated that the competitor will be comprised of lipopolysaccharide from such gram-negative bacteria as Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, 25 Vibrio cholerae, Shigellaflexneri, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enteritiditis, Serratia marcescens and Rhodobacter sphaeroides.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synth~si7ing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting an antibiotic with a cro.~linking agent to form a - derivatized antibiotic; and b) reacting the derivatized antibiotic with non-specific 30 immunoglobulin, to form a conjugate. It is further contemplated that the antibiotic will bind to the surface of microorg~ni.~m~. In a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a peptide. In 2~ 51~8~ ~
another preferred embodiment, the peptid-e is. Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor, in another, the peptide is a D-amino acid-cont~ining peptide. It is also contemplated that the peptide binds endotoxin. In a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a polymyxin such as polymyxin B.
In an alternative ~l~r~ d embodiment, the antibiotic used is bactericidal to gram-negative bacteria. In another, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria. In one embodiment. the antibiotic is vancomycin. In one embodiment, the non-specific immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synthesizing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting an antibiotic with a first bifunctional croc~linking agent to form a derivatized antibiotic; b) reacting non-specific imml-noglobulin with a second bifunctional cro~linking agent to form a derivatized immllnoglobulin; and c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic with the derivatized immunoglobulin to form a covalent bond between the derivatized antibiotic with the derivatized immlmoglobulin to form a conjugate.
In one embodiment of this method, the antibiotic binds to the surface of microorg;~ni~m.c. In pler~ d embo-liment~, the antibiotic is a peptide, such as (but not limited to) Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor In another preferred embodiment, the peptide is a D-amino acid-co.,t;~ g peptide. In an ~lt~rn~tive embodiment, the peptide binds endotoxin. In a pler~..ed embodiment, the antibiotic is a polymyxin, such as (but not limited 20 to) polymyxin B.
In one embodiment of the method, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-negativebacteria. In another embodiment, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria. In a p~c;r~;lled embodiment, the antibiotic is vancomycin. In an alternative ~refcl.ed embodiment, the first and second bifunctional cro~linking agents are N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) 25 propionate. In another embodiment of the method, the first bifunctional cro~linkin~ agent is S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride. In an additional embodiment, the second bifunctional cro~linkin~ agent is sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synth~i7ing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) providing in any order: i) a cro~linking agent having first and 30 second reactive sites, with the first site being exposed, active, and reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being blocked by a cleavable group; ii) an antibiotic having WO 94/14437 2 i 5 1~ 8 6 PCT/US93/1~381 one or more primary amino groups; and iii) non-specific immunoglobulin having one or more primary amino groups; b) reacting in any order: i) the cros~linking agent with the antibiotic, forming a blocked derivatized antibiotic; and ii) the cro~linking agent with immunoglobulin, forming a blocked derivatized immunoglobulin; c) reacting in any order:
5 i) the blocked derivatized antibiotic with a modifying reagent, forming a free derivatized antibiotic; ii) the blocked derivatized immunoglobulin with a modifying reagent, forming a free derivatized immunoglobulin; and d) reacting the free derivatized antibiotic with the free derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
In a preferred embodiment of this method, the antibiotic binds to the surface of10 microorg~ni.~m.~ In another preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a peptide~ such as (but not limited to) Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor. In one embodiment, the peptide is a D-amino acid-cont~inin~ peptide. In one embodiment~ the peptide binds endotoxin. In a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a polymyxin, including (but not limited to) polymyxin B.
l S In a preferred embodiment, an antibiotic bactericidal to gram-negative bacteria is used in the method of the present invention. In another embodiment, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria. In a ~l~r~l,ed embo-liment . the antibiotic is vancomycin. In an alternative embodiment, the non-specific immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region. In one embodiment of the method, the modifying reagent is a re~lcing agent. In a p,efe"~d 20 embodiment, the re~ cing agent is dithiothreitol.
The present invention further contemplates a method of synthesi7ing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) providing in any order: i) a first cros.~linking agent having first and second reactive sites, with the first site being reactive with primary arnino groups, and the second site being reactive with maleimide groups; ii) an antibiotic having one or more 25 primary amino groups; iii) a second cro~.clinking agent having first and second reactive sites, with the first site being reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being reactive with sulfhydryl groups; and iv) non-specific immunoglobulin having one or more primary amino groups; b) reacting in any order: i) the first cro~slinking agent with the antibiotic, forming a derivatized antibiotic; and ii) the second cro~linking agent with the 30 immllnt)globulin, forming a derivatized immunoglobulin; and c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic with the derivatized immunoglobulin to forrn a conjugate.
- 1~ -2~13~ ~
In one embodiment of this method, the first cro.~1inkinE agent is bifunctional. In a plcf~-lcd embodiment, the first bifunctional cros~linkinE agent is S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride. In an alternative plcrellcd embodiment, the second cro~linkinE agent is bifunctional. In one embodiment, the second bifunctional cro.~1inkinE agent is S sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-l-carboxylate.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synthe~i7.inE a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting a non-specific immunoglobulin with a first modifying reagent to form an oxidized immunoglobulin preparation;and b) reacting the oxidized immunoglobulin preparation with an antibiotic and a second modifying reagent to forrn an antibiotic-imm11noglobulin conjugate. In a preferred embodiment, the immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region.
ln one embodiment of this method, the first modifying reagent is an oxidizing agent.
In a preferred embodiment, the oxidizing agent is periodate. In an ~1tern~tive embodiment, the method includes a second modifying reagent which is a reducing agent. In a preferred embodiment, the reducing agent is sodium borohydride.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synthe~i7inE a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting an antibiotic precursor with a first cro.c.~1inkinE agent, the antibiotic precursor posses~inE limited bactericidal activity to form a derivatized antibiotic precursor, and a derivatized antibiotic plc~ ol pos.ce~.~inE increased bactericidal activity; b) reacting non-specific immunoglobulin with a second cro~1inkinE agent, to form a derivatized imm~lnoglobulin; and c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic precursor with derivatized imm1moglobulin to form a covalent bond between the derivatized antibiotic precursor and derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
In one preferred embodiment, the antibiotic precursor is selected from the groupcon~i~tin~ of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid and 6-aminopenicillanic acid. In another embodiment. the first cro~1inkinE agent is bifunctional. In one plcfellcd embodiment, the first bifunctional cro.s.~linking agent is m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester.
In another embodiment the second cro~ss1inkinE agent is bifunctional. In one preferred embodiment, the second bifunctional cro~1inkinE agent is iminothiolane.
The present invention further contemplates a method of synthe~i7.inE a conjugatecomprising the steps of: a) providing in any order: i) a first cro~1inkinE agent having first and
bactericidal for both gram-positive and gram-negative org~ni~m.s. In one embodiment of the therapeutic preparation, the antibiotic is selected from the group comprising cephalosporins and penicillins. In another embodiment~ the therapeutic preparation further comprises: (i) a first conjugate con~i.cting of a first antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific ~, S immunoglobulin; and (ii) a second conjugate consisting of a second antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin (e.g, where the first antibiotic is polymyxin and the second antibiotic is vancomycin or bacitracin). In still another embodiment of the therapeutic ~,epa~d~ion, two different antibiotics are covalently bound to the same immunoglobulin molecule, one capable of binding to grarn-positive organisms and the other capable of binding to gram-negative org~ni~m~
The present invention contemplates a method of treatment~ comprising: (a) providin~
a m~mm~l for treatment; (b) providing a therapeutic p~e~aldlion, comprising an endotoxin-binding compound covalently bound to protein; and (c) ~lmini~tering the l~le~ Lion to the m~mm~l (e.g, intravenous). The endotoxin-binding compound may be polymyxin and the protein is preferably non-specific immunoglobulin such as IgG.
The tre~tment with the antibodiotic is expected to have many of the effects of the antibiotic alone -- however, without the toxicity and short half-life typically associated with these agents. Furthermore, these conjugates are expected to possess the opsonizing function of immunoglobulin which may f~.ilit~te clearance of both the toxin and org~ni~m.The plesent invention conl~l"l)lates a method of tre~tment of m~mm~l~ at risk for developing sepsis, in which a therapeutic ~lel)~dlion comprised of an antibiotic capable of binding to a microorganism covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin is ~tlmini.~tered to the at-risk animal prior to the onset of any septic symptoms. In a preferred embodiment, it is contemplated that the method of the present invention will be ~tlmini.~tered intravenously.
The present invention collLelllplates that the method will be used for such ~nimzll~ as neonatal calves and foals, as well as human and veterinary surgical patients, trauma, and burn victims. It is contemplated that the method will be used to treat immllnocompromised patients.
It is contemplated that the present invention will be useful for the treatment of m~mm~l~ potentially exposed to gram-negative and/or grarn-positive bacteria. It is wO 94114437 2 1~ 13 ~ ~ PCT/US93/12381 contemplated that the therapeutic preparation used in the method of the present invention is capable of binding endotoxin.
The present invention further contemplates a method of treatment of m~mm~l~ infected with a pathogenic org~ni~m~ wherein a therapeutic preparation, comprising a surface-active S antibiotic covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin G having an Fc region capable of me~ ting opsonization of the pathogenic organism is ~-lmini~tered It is contemplated that the infecting pathogen is a gram-negative or grarn-positive bacterial org~ni~m It is contemplated that the surface-active antibiotic used in the therapeutic p~ a~alion is a polymyxin (e.g, polymyxin B).
One embodiment of the present invention contemplates a method of diagnosis, comprising: (a) an antigen associated with the surface of a pathogenic organism immobilized to a solid support; (b) a conjugate comprising a surface-active antibiotic covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin; and (c) a competitor comprising the surface antigen present in solution. The immobilized antigen is incubated with the conjugate in the presence of the 15 competitor, washed to remove unbound conjugate and competitor, followed by detection of the conjugate bound to the immobilized surface antigen.
In a ~le~ d embodiment~ the present method of diagnosis comprises immobilizationof surface antigen in the well(s) of a microtiter plate. It is also contemplated that the surface antigen of the method is isolated from bacterial org~nicm.~ It is col~Lelll~lated that the surface 20 antigen be isolated from such gram-negative bacteria as Escherichia coli, (e.g, lipopolysaccharide). It is also contemplated that the competitor in the present method of diagnosis is comprised of lipopolysaccharide from gram-negative bacteria. It is further contemplated that the competitor will be comprised of lipopolysaccharide from such gram-negative bacteria as Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, 25 Vibrio cholerae, Shigellaflexneri, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enteritiditis, Serratia marcescens and Rhodobacter sphaeroides.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synth~si7ing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting an antibiotic with a cro.~linking agent to form a - derivatized antibiotic; and b) reacting the derivatized antibiotic with non-specific 30 immunoglobulin, to form a conjugate. It is further contemplated that the antibiotic will bind to the surface of microorg~ni.~m~. In a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a peptide. In 2~ 51~8~ ~
another preferred embodiment, the peptid-e is. Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor, in another, the peptide is a D-amino acid-cont~ining peptide. It is also contemplated that the peptide binds endotoxin. In a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a polymyxin such as polymyxin B.
In an alternative ~l~r~ d embodiment, the antibiotic used is bactericidal to gram-negative bacteria. In another, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria. In one embodiment. the antibiotic is vancomycin. In one embodiment, the non-specific immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synthesizing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting an antibiotic with a first bifunctional croc~linking agent to form a derivatized antibiotic; b) reacting non-specific imml-noglobulin with a second bifunctional cro~linking agent to form a derivatized immllnoglobulin; and c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic with the derivatized immunoglobulin to form a covalent bond between the derivatized antibiotic with the derivatized immlmoglobulin to form a conjugate.
In one embodiment of this method, the antibiotic binds to the surface of microorg;~ni~m.c. In pler~ d embo-liment~, the antibiotic is a peptide, such as (but not limited to) Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor In another preferred embodiment, the peptide is a D-amino acid-co.,t;~ g peptide. In an ~lt~rn~tive embodiment, the peptide binds endotoxin. In a pler~..ed embodiment, the antibiotic is a polymyxin, such as (but not limited 20 to) polymyxin B.
In one embodiment of the method, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-negativebacteria. In another embodiment, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria. In a p~c;r~;lled embodiment, the antibiotic is vancomycin. In an alternative ~refcl.ed embodiment, the first and second bifunctional cro~linking agents are N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) 25 propionate. In another embodiment of the method, the first bifunctional cro~linkin~ agent is S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride. In an additional embodiment, the second bifunctional cro~linkin~ agent is sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synth~i7ing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) providing in any order: i) a cro~linking agent having first and 30 second reactive sites, with the first site being exposed, active, and reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being blocked by a cleavable group; ii) an antibiotic having WO 94/14437 2 i 5 1~ 8 6 PCT/US93/1~381 one or more primary amino groups; and iii) non-specific immunoglobulin having one or more primary amino groups; b) reacting in any order: i) the cros~linking agent with the antibiotic, forming a blocked derivatized antibiotic; and ii) the cro~linking agent with immunoglobulin, forming a blocked derivatized immunoglobulin; c) reacting in any order:
5 i) the blocked derivatized antibiotic with a modifying reagent, forming a free derivatized antibiotic; ii) the blocked derivatized immunoglobulin with a modifying reagent, forming a free derivatized immunoglobulin; and d) reacting the free derivatized antibiotic with the free derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
In a preferred embodiment of this method, the antibiotic binds to the surface of10 microorg~ni.~m.~ In another preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a peptide~ such as (but not limited to) Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor. In one embodiment, the peptide is a D-amino acid-cont~inin~ peptide. In one embodiment~ the peptide binds endotoxin. In a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic is a polymyxin, including (but not limited to) polymyxin B.
l S In a preferred embodiment, an antibiotic bactericidal to gram-negative bacteria is used in the method of the present invention. In another embodiment, the antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria. In a ~l~r~l,ed embo-liment . the antibiotic is vancomycin. In an alternative embodiment, the non-specific immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region. In one embodiment of the method, the modifying reagent is a re~lcing agent. In a p,efe"~d 20 embodiment, the re~ cing agent is dithiothreitol.
The present invention further contemplates a method of synthesi7ing a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) providing in any order: i) a first cros.~linking agent having first and second reactive sites, with the first site being reactive with primary arnino groups, and the second site being reactive with maleimide groups; ii) an antibiotic having one or more 25 primary amino groups; iii) a second cro~.clinking agent having first and second reactive sites, with the first site being reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being reactive with sulfhydryl groups; and iv) non-specific immunoglobulin having one or more primary amino groups; b) reacting in any order: i) the first cro~slinking agent with the antibiotic, forming a derivatized antibiotic; and ii) the second cro~linking agent with the 30 immllnt)globulin, forming a derivatized immunoglobulin; and c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic with the derivatized immunoglobulin to forrn a conjugate.
- 1~ -2~13~ ~
In one embodiment of this method, the first cro.~1inkinE agent is bifunctional. In a plcf~-lcd embodiment, the first bifunctional cros~linkinE agent is S-acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride. In an alternative plcrellcd embodiment, the second cro~linkinE agent is bifunctional. In one embodiment, the second bifunctional cro.~1inkinE agent is S sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-l-carboxylate.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synthe~i7.inE a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting a non-specific immunoglobulin with a first modifying reagent to form an oxidized immunoglobulin preparation;and b) reacting the oxidized immunoglobulin preparation with an antibiotic and a second modifying reagent to forrn an antibiotic-imm11noglobulin conjugate. In a preferred embodiment, the immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region.
ln one embodiment of this method, the first modifying reagent is an oxidizing agent.
In a preferred embodiment, the oxidizing agent is periodate. In an ~1tern~tive embodiment, the method includes a second modifying reagent which is a reducing agent. In a preferred embodiment, the reducing agent is sodium borohydride.
The present invention also contemplates a method of synthe~i7inE a conjugate comprising the steps of: a) reacting an antibiotic precursor with a first cro.c.~1inkinE agent, the antibiotic precursor posses~inE limited bactericidal activity to form a derivatized antibiotic precursor, and a derivatized antibiotic plc~ ol pos.ce~.~inE increased bactericidal activity; b) reacting non-specific immunoglobulin with a second cro~1inkinE agent, to form a derivatized imm~lnoglobulin; and c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic precursor with derivatized imm1moglobulin to form a covalent bond between the derivatized antibiotic precursor and derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
In one preferred embodiment, the antibiotic precursor is selected from the groupcon~i~tin~ of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid and 6-aminopenicillanic acid. In another embodiment. the first cro~1inkinE agent is bifunctional. In one plcfellcd embodiment, the first bifunctional cro.s.~linking agent is m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester.
In another embodiment the second cro~ss1inkinE agent is bifunctional. In one preferred embodiment, the second bifunctional cro~1inkinE agent is iminothiolane.
The present invention further contemplates a method of synthe~i7.inE a conjugatecomprising the steps of: a) providing in any order: i) a first cro~1inkinE agent having first and
4~37 21~ 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 second reactive sites, the first site being reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being reactive with sulfhydryl groups; ii) an antibiotic precursor having one or more primary amino groups, with the antibiotic precursor po~es~ing limited bactericidal activity;
iii) a second cro.c~linkin~ agent having first and second reactive sites, the first site being reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being reactive with maleimide groups; and iv) non-specific immunoglobulin having one or more primary amino groups; b) reacting in any order: i) the first cro.s~linking agent with the antibiotic precursor?
forming a derivatized antibiotic precursor; ii) the second cro~linking agent with the immunoglobulin, forming a derivatized immunoglobulin; c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic precursor with the derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
ln a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic precursor is selected from the group consisting of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid and 6-aminopenicillanic acid. In another ~ f~,led embodiment, the first cro~clinking agent is bifunctional. In an additional embodiment, the first bifunctional cros~linkin~ agent is m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester.
In an alternative preferred embodiment, the second cro~linking agent is bifunctional. In another preferred embodiment, the second bifunctional cros~linkin~ agent is iminothiolane.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DR~WINGS
Figure lA schem~tically shows the design of an antibodiotic of the present invention.
Figure lB scht-m~tically shows the design of another antibodiotic of the present invention.
Figure 2 sçhem~lically shows a means of s~;le~ g modified antibiotics for anti-bacterial activity.
Figure 3 outlines an alternative method by which new antibiotics can be screened for use as compounds for conjugation with immunoglobulins. Figure 3A shows a means by which the minimum concentration for bacterial growth inhibition is established. Figure 3B
shows a means by which a new antibiotic can be assessed for bactericidal activity.
Figure 4 describes solid phase assays for determining the level of binding of antibodiotics of the present invention. Step 1 shows toxin or org~ni~mc in a testing ~- microwell. Step 2 schematically represents the binding of antibodiotic. Step 3 schematically shows the binding of secondary reagents.
2 ~ 8 ~
Figure S shows conjugates of the present invention binding to LPS. as measured by ELISA.
Figure 6 shows additional conjugates of the present invention binding to LPS, asmeasured by ELISA.
Figure 7 shows inhibition of LPS binding of conjugates of the present invention using free polymyxin (PMB). as measured by ELISA.
Figure 8 shows periodate conjugates of the present invention binding to LPS, as measured by ELISA.
Figure 9 shows inhibition of LPS binding of conjugates of the present invention using LPS of various bacterial species, as measured by ELISA.
Figure 10 shows the binding of conjugates of the present invention to phagocytic cells in a radioactive competition assay.
Figure 11 shows the pharmacokinetic profile of intravenously ~mini~t~red PMB-HlgG
and HIgG in rabbits expressed in absorbance at 410 nm.
Figure 12 shows the ph~rm~okinetic profile of intravenously ~-lmini.~tered PMB-HIgG
and HIgG in rabbits ~ es~ed in IgG concenlldlion.
Figure 13 shows the sequence of Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor (LALF), a single chain peptide known to bind and neutralize endotoxin.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to therapeutics for the prevention and trç~tment of blood-borne and toxin mediated rli.~ç~es, and in particular the prevention and tre~tment of sepsis caused by various types of org~ni.~m.c in hllm~n~ as well as other ~nim~l~ The present invention is particularly suited for the in vivo neutralization of the effects of endotoxin.
However, it is contemrl~te~l that the present invention will be used in the treatment of gram-negative and gram-positive sepsis. Although the invention may be used for tre~tment of sepsis due to one org~ni.cm, it may also be used to treat sepsis caused by multiple org~ni.~m~ _ (e.g, sepsis and/or bacteremia due to gram-negative and gram-positive org~ni~m~). The present invention also contemrl~t~?s tre~tment comprising multiple antibody-antibiotic conjugates used in combination. It is also contemplated that the present invention will be 215138~
used to treat bacteremia, viremia or fungemia, by enhancing the removal of org~ni~m~ by opsomzatlon.
In accordance with the present invention, soluble antibody-antibiotic conjugates or "antibodiotics" are ~lmini.~tered intravenously, intra-muscularly, subcutaneously, S intradermally, intraperitoneally, inkapleurally, intrathecally or topically. The conjugate is water-soluble if it has a solubility in physiologic saline of at least 0.1 mg/ml, and preferably of at least 1.0 mg/ml, when measured at room temperature. The present invention contemplates the use of antibodiotics in a therapeutic pr~aldlion for both prophylactic and acute treatment.
While the benefit conveyed by treatment according to the present invention is not dependent on the underst~ntling of the merh~ni~m(s) by which soluble antibody-antibiotic conjugates achieve a therapeutic result, it is believed that, in the case of bacteria, success is accomplished by: (i) binding and opsonization of bacteria; (ii) bacterial killing (direct killing by the conjugate and/or complement-me~ t~cl); and (iii) neutralization and removal of free 15 bacterial toxins (e.g., gram-negative endotoxin, thereby preventing initiation and/or escalation of the septic reaction).
It is believed that antibodiotics provide a low cost, reasonably effective and needed preventive as well as tre~tment Antibodiotics can ~u~lJleS~ fungal and viral infection.
Furthermore, antibodiotics suppress bacteremia as well as endotoxin-mediated effects.
20 Antibodiotic$ with long (e.g, days to weeks) duration of action are easily ~-lmini~tered.
Furtherrnore? since the invention encomp~.ces antibodiotics with reactivity against gram-negative org~ni~m.~ as well as antibodiotics with reactivity to gram-positive org~ni~m.~, a wider spectrum of protection is expected than any other known approach.
It is also contemplated that this invention will be used in diagnostic applications.
25 These diagnostic applications include methods to detect LPS from particular org~ni~m~ or the surface structures present on org~ni.~m~ which are recognized by antibiotics (i,e., the receptors expressed on cell surfaces which bind antibiotic).
The description of the invention involves: (I) Antibodiotic Design and Characterization; (II) Antibodiotic in vitro and in vivo Efficacy; (III) Antibodiotic 30 Applications; and (IV) Therapeutic Pl~l.~dLions and Combinations. Section III describes the 2i~l38~ --use of antibodiotics for: (A) Prophylactic Use in Humans; (B) Acute Therapy in Humans;
and (C) Veterinary Care.
I. Antibodiotic Design And Chara~ ~,.tion A. Antibodies S In clesi~ning antibodiotics, all types of antibody (e.g, IgG, pentameric and monomeric IgM, secretory and monomeric IgA, IgE and IgD) are contempl~tec1 Nonetheless, there are advantages to using a particular class of antibody. Table 1, for example, co~llpales the characteristics of IgG and IgM. While IgM has the advantage of better opsonization and complement activation, IgG has a longer half-life in vivo and can be raised to higher titers because of the fact that it is the primary antibody raised during secondary responses to antigen. Consequently, the preferred antibody for conjugation according to the present invention is IgG.
While antigen-specific IgG can be employed (e.~., bacteria^seeking antibodies), antigen-specificity may result in a shorter half-life of the compound (and/or greater cost).
Consequently, the pl~rt;l~ed antibody is non-specific. [Contrast C.H.J. Ford et al., Indian J.
Pediatr. 57:29-46 (1990).]
Goers et al. (U.s. Patent No. 4,867,973) describe the use of antibody conjugated to antimicrobials, but with antigen-specific antibody. In contrast, the conjugates of the present invention utilize non-specific antibody. Goers et a/. describe in particular the conjugation to antigen-specific monoclonal antibodies. Monoclonal antibodies have not been a step forward in the prevention and/or treatment of bacteremia and sepsis. While these ~ dlions should possess greater potency and specificity than polyclonal sera, they are: a) prohibitively expensive; b) frequently immllnogenic; and c) exhibit llnn~u~lly short circ~ tin~ half-lives (typically less than 24 hours).
With respect to cost, Centoxin (a commercially produced antigen-specific monoclonal antibody) serves as a real life example; the price was a~ xhllately $3,700.00 per 100 mg dose. Ph~rm~roeconomic analysis indicated that - even if the product was used under strict guidelines for acute cases - "its use could add $2.3 billion to the nation's health care budget."
[K.A. Schlllm~n et al., JAMA 266:3466-3471 (1991).] The expense of Centoxin is such that it simply could not be used prophylactically. The conjugates of the present invention, on the wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~ 2 ~ 8 ~
other hand, are produced from materials costing a fraction of this figure (e.g, $2.00 per 100 mg dose) because of the readily available inexpensive source of pooled donor IgG.
Also, human monoclonals while perhaps lessening the chance of immunogenicity~ donot overcome the problem of short circulating half-lives. In a study using human monoclonal anti-lipid A antibody in patients with sepsis syndrome, the mean serurn half-life was approximately sixteen (16) hours. ~See C.J. Fisher e~ al., Clin. Care Med. 18: 1311 - 1315 (1990).] To m~int~in a protective level of antibody, this reagent would need to be given repeatedly. Again, the cost of such an approach would be staggering.
From the above, it should now be clear why the limitation to "non-specific immunoglobulin" is a critical limitation that is unique to the present invention. Non-specific IgG is easily and cheaply obtained, requiring no im~nunization and eliciting no immune response in a syngeneic setting. Non-specific IgG does not have the standardization problems of antigen-specific antibody. Simply put, there is no antigen-specific titer to be concerned about (let alone variability in the titer from unit to unit~. Rather, standardization comes from the conjugated ligand; conjugation of non-specific IgG results in >1000-fold increase in LPS-binding titer and by standardization of the ligand that is ~tt~c.h~-l, one standardizes the activity of the therapeutic. Finally, non-specific IgG, unlike monoclonals, has a long half-life needed for a prophylactic (compare the >21 day half-life of pooled polyclonal human IgG with the mean serum half-life of 16 hours for the human monoclonal antibodies discussed above).
For purposes of expense, IgG from donors (i.e., human and animal) rather than cell lines is desirable. In this regard, typically large pools of plasma are used as starting material.
Large scale fractionation techniques known in the art include ethanol l,lcci~,i~lion and precipitation with high concentrations of salt. [See H.F. Deutsch in Methods in Immunology and Immunochemist7y, (C.A. Williams and M.W. Chase, eds.), ~c~(lemic Press, New York, pp. 315-321 (1967).] There is also the somewhat complicated procedure where the immunoglobulin is isolated from Cohn Effluent III by diafiltration and ultrafiltration. [See - E.J. Cohn et al., J. Am. Chem Soc. 68:459-475 (1946).]
This latter procedure is used to make a commercially available human IgG ~ lion called G~mmimlme~) N (Miles, lnc., West Haven, CT). Of course, each individual donor used to make the product must be tested and found nonreactive in tests to determine exposure to or the presence of pathogens. In this product~ which is intt ntle~l for intravenous 215~386 ~lmini~tration, the protein (as a 4.5-5.5~O solution) has not been chemically modified other than in the adjustment of the pH of the solution to 4.0-4.5. Isotonicity is achieved by the addition of (9-11%) maltose.
Each milliliter (ml) contains approximately 50 mg of protein, of which not less than
iii) a second cro.c~linkin~ agent having first and second reactive sites, the first site being reactive with primary amino groups, and the second site being reactive with maleimide groups; and iv) non-specific immunoglobulin having one or more primary amino groups; b) reacting in any order: i) the first cro.s~linking agent with the antibiotic precursor?
forming a derivatized antibiotic precursor; ii) the second cro~linking agent with the immunoglobulin, forming a derivatized immunoglobulin; c) reacting the derivatized antibiotic precursor with the derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
ln a preferred embodiment, the antibiotic precursor is selected from the group consisting of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid and 6-aminopenicillanic acid. In another ~ f~,led embodiment, the first cro~clinking agent is bifunctional. In an additional embodiment, the first bifunctional cros~linkin~ agent is m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester.
In an alternative preferred embodiment, the second cro~linking agent is bifunctional. In another preferred embodiment, the second bifunctional cros~linkin~ agent is iminothiolane.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DR~WINGS
Figure lA schem~tically shows the design of an antibodiotic of the present invention.
Figure lB scht-m~tically shows the design of another antibodiotic of the present invention.
Figure 2 sçhem~lically shows a means of s~;le~ g modified antibiotics for anti-bacterial activity.
Figure 3 outlines an alternative method by which new antibiotics can be screened for use as compounds for conjugation with immunoglobulins. Figure 3A shows a means by which the minimum concentration for bacterial growth inhibition is established. Figure 3B
shows a means by which a new antibiotic can be assessed for bactericidal activity.
Figure 4 describes solid phase assays for determining the level of binding of antibodiotics of the present invention. Step 1 shows toxin or org~ni~mc in a testing ~- microwell. Step 2 schematically represents the binding of antibodiotic. Step 3 schematically shows the binding of secondary reagents.
2 ~ 8 ~
Figure S shows conjugates of the present invention binding to LPS. as measured by ELISA.
Figure 6 shows additional conjugates of the present invention binding to LPS, asmeasured by ELISA.
Figure 7 shows inhibition of LPS binding of conjugates of the present invention using free polymyxin (PMB). as measured by ELISA.
Figure 8 shows periodate conjugates of the present invention binding to LPS, as measured by ELISA.
Figure 9 shows inhibition of LPS binding of conjugates of the present invention using LPS of various bacterial species, as measured by ELISA.
Figure 10 shows the binding of conjugates of the present invention to phagocytic cells in a radioactive competition assay.
Figure 11 shows the pharmacokinetic profile of intravenously ~mini~t~red PMB-HlgG
and HIgG in rabbits expressed in absorbance at 410 nm.
Figure 12 shows the ph~rm~okinetic profile of intravenously ~-lmini.~tered PMB-HIgG
and HIgG in rabbits ~ es~ed in IgG concenlldlion.
Figure 13 shows the sequence of Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor (LALF), a single chain peptide known to bind and neutralize endotoxin.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to therapeutics for the prevention and trç~tment of blood-borne and toxin mediated rli.~ç~es, and in particular the prevention and tre~tment of sepsis caused by various types of org~ni.~m.c in hllm~n~ as well as other ~nim~l~ The present invention is particularly suited for the in vivo neutralization of the effects of endotoxin.
However, it is contemrl~te~l that the present invention will be used in the treatment of gram-negative and gram-positive sepsis. Although the invention may be used for tre~tment of sepsis due to one org~ni.cm, it may also be used to treat sepsis caused by multiple org~ni.~m~ _ (e.g, sepsis and/or bacteremia due to gram-negative and gram-positive org~ni~m~). The present invention also contemrl~t~?s tre~tment comprising multiple antibody-antibiotic conjugates used in combination. It is also contemplated that the present invention will be 215138~
used to treat bacteremia, viremia or fungemia, by enhancing the removal of org~ni~m~ by opsomzatlon.
In accordance with the present invention, soluble antibody-antibiotic conjugates or "antibodiotics" are ~lmini.~tered intravenously, intra-muscularly, subcutaneously, S intradermally, intraperitoneally, inkapleurally, intrathecally or topically. The conjugate is water-soluble if it has a solubility in physiologic saline of at least 0.1 mg/ml, and preferably of at least 1.0 mg/ml, when measured at room temperature. The present invention contemplates the use of antibodiotics in a therapeutic pr~aldlion for both prophylactic and acute treatment.
While the benefit conveyed by treatment according to the present invention is not dependent on the underst~ntling of the merh~ni~m(s) by which soluble antibody-antibiotic conjugates achieve a therapeutic result, it is believed that, in the case of bacteria, success is accomplished by: (i) binding and opsonization of bacteria; (ii) bacterial killing (direct killing by the conjugate and/or complement-me~ t~cl); and (iii) neutralization and removal of free 15 bacterial toxins (e.g., gram-negative endotoxin, thereby preventing initiation and/or escalation of the septic reaction).
It is believed that antibodiotics provide a low cost, reasonably effective and needed preventive as well as tre~tment Antibodiotics can ~u~lJleS~ fungal and viral infection.
Furthermore, antibodiotics suppress bacteremia as well as endotoxin-mediated effects.
20 Antibodiotic$ with long (e.g, days to weeks) duration of action are easily ~-lmini~tered.
Furtherrnore? since the invention encomp~.ces antibodiotics with reactivity against gram-negative org~ni~m.~ as well as antibodiotics with reactivity to gram-positive org~ni~m.~, a wider spectrum of protection is expected than any other known approach.
It is also contemplated that this invention will be used in diagnostic applications.
25 These diagnostic applications include methods to detect LPS from particular org~ni~m~ or the surface structures present on org~ni.~m~ which are recognized by antibiotics (i,e., the receptors expressed on cell surfaces which bind antibiotic).
The description of the invention involves: (I) Antibodiotic Design and Characterization; (II) Antibodiotic in vitro and in vivo Efficacy; (III) Antibodiotic 30 Applications; and (IV) Therapeutic Pl~l.~dLions and Combinations. Section III describes the 2i~l38~ --use of antibodiotics for: (A) Prophylactic Use in Humans; (B) Acute Therapy in Humans;
and (C) Veterinary Care.
I. Antibodiotic Design And Chara~ ~,.tion A. Antibodies S In clesi~ning antibodiotics, all types of antibody (e.g, IgG, pentameric and monomeric IgM, secretory and monomeric IgA, IgE and IgD) are contempl~tec1 Nonetheless, there are advantages to using a particular class of antibody. Table 1, for example, co~llpales the characteristics of IgG and IgM. While IgM has the advantage of better opsonization and complement activation, IgG has a longer half-life in vivo and can be raised to higher titers because of the fact that it is the primary antibody raised during secondary responses to antigen. Consequently, the preferred antibody for conjugation according to the present invention is IgG.
While antigen-specific IgG can be employed (e.~., bacteria^seeking antibodies), antigen-specificity may result in a shorter half-life of the compound (and/or greater cost).
Consequently, the pl~rt;l~ed antibody is non-specific. [Contrast C.H.J. Ford et al., Indian J.
Pediatr. 57:29-46 (1990).]
Goers et al. (U.s. Patent No. 4,867,973) describe the use of antibody conjugated to antimicrobials, but with antigen-specific antibody. In contrast, the conjugates of the present invention utilize non-specific antibody. Goers et a/. describe in particular the conjugation to antigen-specific monoclonal antibodies. Monoclonal antibodies have not been a step forward in the prevention and/or treatment of bacteremia and sepsis. While these ~ dlions should possess greater potency and specificity than polyclonal sera, they are: a) prohibitively expensive; b) frequently immllnogenic; and c) exhibit llnn~u~lly short circ~ tin~ half-lives (typically less than 24 hours).
With respect to cost, Centoxin (a commercially produced antigen-specific monoclonal antibody) serves as a real life example; the price was a~ xhllately $3,700.00 per 100 mg dose. Ph~rm~roeconomic analysis indicated that - even if the product was used under strict guidelines for acute cases - "its use could add $2.3 billion to the nation's health care budget."
[K.A. Schlllm~n et al., JAMA 266:3466-3471 (1991).] The expense of Centoxin is such that it simply could not be used prophylactically. The conjugates of the present invention, on the wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~ 2 ~ 8 ~
other hand, are produced from materials costing a fraction of this figure (e.g, $2.00 per 100 mg dose) because of the readily available inexpensive source of pooled donor IgG.
Also, human monoclonals while perhaps lessening the chance of immunogenicity~ donot overcome the problem of short circulating half-lives. In a study using human monoclonal anti-lipid A antibody in patients with sepsis syndrome, the mean serurn half-life was approximately sixteen (16) hours. ~See C.J. Fisher e~ al., Clin. Care Med. 18: 1311 - 1315 (1990).] To m~int~in a protective level of antibody, this reagent would need to be given repeatedly. Again, the cost of such an approach would be staggering.
From the above, it should now be clear why the limitation to "non-specific immunoglobulin" is a critical limitation that is unique to the present invention. Non-specific IgG is easily and cheaply obtained, requiring no im~nunization and eliciting no immune response in a syngeneic setting. Non-specific IgG does not have the standardization problems of antigen-specific antibody. Simply put, there is no antigen-specific titer to be concerned about (let alone variability in the titer from unit to unit~. Rather, standardization comes from the conjugated ligand; conjugation of non-specific IgG results in >1000-fold increase in LPS-binding titer and by standardization of the ligand that is ~tt~c.h~-l, one standardizes the activity of the therapeutic. Finally, non-specific IgG, unlike monoclonals, has a long half-life needed for a prophylactic (compare the >21 day half-life of pooled polyclonal human IgG with the mean serum half-life of 16 hours for the human monoclonal antibodies discussed above).
For purposes of expense, IgG from donors (i.e., human and animal) rather than cell lines is desirable. In this regard, typically large pools of plasma are used as starting material.
Large scale fractionation techniques known in the art include ethanol l,lcci~,i~lion and precipitation with high concentrations of salt. [See H.F. Deutsch in Methods in Immunology and Immunochemist7y, (C.A. Williams and M.W. Chase, eds.), ~c~(lemic Press, New York, pp. 315-321 (1967).] There is also the somewhat complicated procedure where the immunoglobulin is isolated from Cohn Effluent III by diafiltration and ultrafiltration. [See - E.J. Cohn et al., J. Am. Chem Soc. 68:459-475 (1946).]
This latter procedure is used to make a commercially available human IgG ~ lion called G~mmimlme~) N (Miles, lnc., West Haven, CT). Of course, each individual donor used to make the product must be tested and found nonreactive in tests to determine exposure to or the presence of pathogens. In this product~ which is intt ntle~l for intravenous 215~386 ~lmini~tration, the protein (as a 4.5-5.5~O solution) has not been chemically modified other than in the adjustment of the pH of the solution to 4.0-4.5. Isotonicity is achieved by the addition of (9-11%) maltose.
Each milliliter (ml) contains approximately 50 mg of protein, of which not less than
5 98% has the electrophoretic mobility of gamma globulin. Not less than 90% of the gamma globulin is monomeric. There are traces of IgA and IgM. The distribution of IgG subclasses is similar to that found in normal serum.
The commercial product displays a broad spectrum of opsonic and neutralizing antibody activities. When ~lmini.~tered intravenously, e~senti~lly 100% of the infused IgG antibodies are immediately available in the recipient's circulation. The in vivo half-life equals or exceeds the three week half-life reported for IgG in the literature. It is therefore quite acceptable for use in the ~Lc~Lion of antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the present invention.
Of course, the infusion of large arnounts of antibody in hl~m~n~ is contraindicated in 15 individuals who are known to have had previous anaphylactic or severe systemic responses to IgG. Care must also be taken to confirm that there is no sensitivity to the trace amounts of other antibody (e.g, IgA).
Before ~q-lmini~tration of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the present invention to hllm~n.c, it may be good medical practice to have an antibodiotic sensitivity test performed.
20 This can be done by subcutaneously injecting a small arnount of the conjugate in the arm of the patient. A salt solution is injected in the other arm as a control. Normally, a positive IgM IgG
Structure Pent~meric Monomeric C' Fixation l l I +
Opsonophagocytosis I I I +
Half-life 5 days 25 days Biodistribution Slow Fast Secondary Response Minimal Large WO 94/14437 215 13 8 ~ PCT/US93/12381 hypersensitivity test is indicated by no more than formation of a welt on the skin surface with surrounding swelling. Some patients, however, develop anaphylactic shock (i.e., a full-blown immediate hypersensitivity reaction). It is recommended that adrenalin be available for these cases.
The usual dosage of the commercial intravenous immunoglobulin product is 100-200mg/kg (2-4 ml/kg) of body weight ~rlmini~tered approximately once a month by intravenous infusion. The dosage may be given more frequently or increased as high as 400 mg/kg (8 ml/kg) body weight, if the clinical response is inadequate, or the level of IgG achieved in the circulation is felt to be insufficient.
The present invention contemplates a typical dosage for antibodiotics that is much less than that given for the commercial immunoglobulin ple~ dLions. This is particularly true where the number of conjugated antibiotic molecules exceeds one (1) per immllnoglobulin molecule. The present invention contemplates a conjugate dosage range of 0.1-100 mg/kg, and a preferred range of 1-20 mg/kg. The amount of PMB (~csllming 3 molecules per IgG
molecule) contained in a dose for this preferred range will be 0.025 - 0.5 mg/kg.
B. Antibiotics Thousands of natural, synthetic, and semi-synthetic compounds have been identified that possess antib~t~ri~ antifungal, antiviral, or anLip~dsitic activity.
In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugate, a primary consideration is the mode of action of the antibiotic. Since the conjugates will be much larger molecules than the parent antibiotics, only antibiotics that bind to exposed or secreted components (e.g, toxins) of the bacteria, fungus, virus, or parasite are likely to target the antibody carrier to the pathogen or its products. For example, penicillin antibiotics disrupt bacterial cell wall synthesis and bind to surface-exposed components of certain bacteria whereas aminoglycoside antibiotics comrnonly bind to ribosome subunits in the cell cytoplasm. The former is a much better candidate for effective antibody-antibiotic conjugates than the latter.
Antibiotics vary greatly in the type and species of org~ni~m.~ upon which they are active. For example~ certain antibiotics such as the polymyxins are far more effective against gram-negative bacteria, whereas other antibiotics such as vancomycin tend to be more effective against gram-positives. Some, like the cephalosporins, and broad-spectrum WO 94tl4437 PCTIUS93/12381 2151~8~ ~
penicillins are comparably effective against both types. Other antibiotics, such as arnphotericin are primarily antifungal agents whereas amantadine exhibits activity against certain influenza viruses. In cle~igning antibody-antibiotic conjugates for the prevention or treatment of disease one must consider the spectrurh of antibiotic activity desired and select S those antibiotic(s) that are active against the target pathogen(s) and, as described above, act primarily on exposed components of the pathogen(s).
As used herein, the term "pathogen" refers to any organism which is associated with infection or tli~ç~e, whether that organism is among those traditionally considered pathogens (e.g, S. aureus, S. pyogenes, S. dysenteriae, S. flexneri, etc.) or is an opportunistic pathogen (e.g., P. aeruginosa, S. marcesens, 5. mitis, etc.).
Within a family of antibiotics (e.g, penicillins, cephalosporins, polymyxins) there are structural features common to all members. However, there often exists a wide variety of natural and synthetic variations on this common structure that may influence the activity spectrum, ph~rm~cokinetics, or other properties of the antibiotic. In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugates, these structural differences within an antibiotic family are important from two perspectives. First, the activity spectrum may influence the choice of antibiotic;
and, second, the chemical dirr~,le.~ces between antibiotics will influence the range of cross-linking ~hemi~tries available to conjugate the antibiotic. For example, the variable side chain component of penicillin antibiotics is a methyl benzyl group in penicillin G but the variable side chain group is a phenolic group with a primary amine side chain in amoxicillin. The latter antibiotic ~-es~ a wider array of potential modes for cross-linking than does penicillin G.
In Table 2, several families of antibiotics are disclosed that possess surface- and/or product-reactive activities against various pathogens. This is just for illustration and by no means is int~n~l~cl to limit the invention to these compounds alone.
A ~ r~llc;d antibiotic of the present invention is polymyxin B (PMB). As noted above, this antibiotic binds to and neutralizes endotoxin. However, when used in vivo, PMB
is short-lived, and furthermore, at the recommen-lecl therapeutic dose for systemic infections, there is a significant risk of nephrotoxicity.
The level of protection achieved by the present invention is best understood when compared with other known approaches (see Table 3). For exarnple, the widely-tested and Wo 94/14437 21513 8 6 PCT/US93112381 Antibiotics That May Be Conjugated To Antibodies TYPE EXAMPLES ACllVITY SPECTRUM
penicillin G,: 1~ inhibition of cell h.l, grarn-posilivc Penicillins' nafcillin, arnpicillin ticarcillin, wall synthesis and ,. , ~, penicillin V
S Cl ~ ~ ; 2 cefoxitin, ceforanide t;l~ l, inhibition of cell ~;n ~.i l, gram-positive lla wall synthesis and t~ull , ' v~.
Polymyxin polymyxin B, colistin ' idl binds and inhibits al~tib~l.,t~"h.l, primarily gram-cell wall synthesis negative Pirop~ n, ;al, binds lo cell wall ~ l, primarily gram-V ~ ristocetin precursor, inhibits synthesis positive circulin, EM49, polypeptin, surface-activc <ultil,act.lidl brecistin, cerexin, l.id~ ,' L` Il.. ,l~lb~ suriàctin surt`actin, subsporin. surface-activc iungicidal viomycin, , . .~chl not known ycul,.. ,l~,li., (t~
Other Peptide Antibioticsa bacitracin, G ~ ti~ a,lltibCl~tlial gramicidin S, tyrocidine Amantadine6 ' blocks ion channel antiviral (Influenza A) Polyene macrolide7 surface activity on membrane antifungal sterols Ll~ aillK surface active ' i"l Limulus anti-LPS factor5 LPS-binding Endotoxin binding proteins LPS binding protein (human)~' LPS-binding : ' b~,t~,lil,id~d I ' ~ LPS-binding _ ' increasing protein"
G.L. Mandell and M.A. Sande in Goodman and Gilman 's: The P ' ~,;.,ul Basis of T) , 8th Ed., (Gilman, Rall, Nies. and Taylor, eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1065-1097 (1990).
M.A. Sande and C.L. Mandell in Goodman and (iilman's: The P' ~ ul Basis of Th_, r ' , 8th Ed., (Gilman, Rall, Nies. and Taylor. eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1117-1145 (1990).
A. Fiechter. Trends in Biotech. 10:208-217 (1992).
G.L. Mandell and M.A. Sande in Coodman and Gilman's: The F' ~,;~al Basis of Th_,, . 8th Ed., (Gilman. Rall, Nies. and Taylor. eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1146-1164 (1990).
R.G. Douglas in Coodman and Gilman 's: The Ph.., ' ~;~1 Basis of T~,, u~c r;~O, 8th Ed., (Gilman, Rall, Nies and Taylor, eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1182-1201 (1990).
7 J.E. Bennett in Goodman and Gilman's: The Ph.. , ' .g;.ul Basis of T~ .r . 8th Ed., (Gilman. Rall, Nies, and Taylor, eds.), Pergamon Press, New York pp. 1165- 1181 (1990) 25 K T. Nakamura et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263:16709-16713 (1988).
G. Alpert et al.. J. Infect. Dis. 165:494-500 (1992).
' ' R.R. Schumann et al., Science 249:1429-1431 (1990).
" M.N. Marra et al., J. Immunol. 148:532-537 (1992).
~, 15 1 3 ~ ~ TABLE 3 CENTOXIN IgG-PMB
Dosage 100 mg 100-500 mg Raw Material Cost $300 $2-10 Endotoxin Affinity low high Half-life short (<24 hr) long (>20 days) Safety good good publicized monoclonal antibody Centoxin-HA-lA is capable of binding endotoxin and neutralizing its biological activity. However~ when co~ ,aled to an IgG-PMB conjugate of the present invention, the monoclonal antibody is costly and suffers from low affinity and short half-life. The latter characteristics may explain why the human clinical studies have yet to yield clear benefits.
Others have attempted to reduce the toxicity of polymyxin B by ~ .hment to dextran.
[D.A. Handley, Eur. Patent Appl. Pub. No. 428486.] However, dextran has a half-life in hl]m~n~ of only about a day. By use of immunoglobulin according to the present invention, a much longer half-life is achieved (see Table 4 and Examples 24 and 25). Dextran, having no Fc receptor ~FcR), also has no known capacity to promote opsonization or activate complement (C').
As it important that the antibodiotics be non-toxic to the host animal, the present invention contemplates the use of conjugates which are effective against the org~qnism~ of interest, yet are non-toxic to the host. The non-toxic character of IgG-PMB is demonstrated in Example 27.
As noted previously, the present invention also contemplates antibodiotics having reactivity with gram-positive org~nism~ and their toxins. In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates the use of bacitracin conjugated to immunoglobulin.
In another embodiment, the present invention contemplates the use of vancomycin conjugated to immunoglobulin.
~WO 94/14437 ~ I S 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 Bacitracin i~ a polypeptide produced by a strain of Bacillus subtilis (Tracy strain), which is primarily bactericidal for gram-positive org~ni~m~ including Streptococcus pyogenes~ -other ~-haemolytic streptococci, Pneumococcus pneumoniae, and certain strains of Clostridiu~
species. Bacitracin exerts its effect by inhibiting early steps in the biosynthesis of 5 peptidoglycan interfering with cell wall synthesis. Commercially available bacitracin is stable and poorly absorbed from the intestinal tract or wounds. Because of the proteinuria, hematuria and nitrogen retention observed upon systemic ~tlmini~tration, its use is usually restricted to topical application. [See e.g., R. Berkow and A.J. Fletcher (eds.). The Merck Manual, 16th ed., 1992, p. 46; and G.F. Brooks et al., Jawet_, Melnick & Adelberg'.s Medical 10 Microbiology, l9th ed., 1991, pp. 172-173).]
Despite the unacceptable occurrence of nephrotoxicity associated with systemic ~rlmini~tration of free bacitracin, when it is conjugated to immunoglobulin according to the present invention, the advantages of bacitracin can be achieved without this side-effect. lt is not intended that the present invention be limited by the mech~ni~m of action of any 15 particular antimicrobial.
Vancomycin is active, principally, against grarn-positive org~ni~m.c including Staphylococcus aureus and Clostridium difficile . While it is not intentle-l that the present invention be limited by the mech~ni.cm~ of action, it is believed that vancomycin exerts its bactericidal action by hllelr~;lillg with cell-wall synthesis. This invention contemplates 20 conjugates synthe~i~e~l from vancomycin and non-specific human immunoglobulin using a variety of cro.~.clinking agents and scheme~ These conjugates, like the ones previously listed, SUpl)leS:j bacteremia as well as toxin-mediated effects for gram-positive org~ni~m~.
In one embodiment, the method involves conjugating the vancomycin to non-specific immunoglobulin by first treating the vancomycin and the immunoglobulin with different 25 heterobifunctional cro.~linkin~ agents, and second reacting the derivatized species with each other to form a conjugate. In a second embodiment, the method involves conjugating the - vancomycin to non-specific immunoglobulin by first reacting the same heterobifunctional cro~linking agent with both the vancomycin and the non-specific immunoglobulin, then second reacting both derivatized species with each other forming a conjugate. For both 30 synthetic schemes a variety of crosslinker combinations have been contemplated and tested.
Below is a table which lists the cro~linking compounds which have been tested to date for 2~ g~
DEXTRAN-PMB Ig-PMB
Carrier Polysaccharide Protein Conjugation ChemistryCarbonyl, amide-SH, CHO, NH~
Cross-linkers? No Yes Bactericidal ? Yes Expected Half-life ~ 24 hr > 20 days Effector for C' No Yes FcR No Yes Additional Reactivities No Yes (IV Ig has additional reactivities) 10 reaction with vancomycin. Some of the cro~linking agents, upon reaction with vancomycin, were insoluble in aqueous solution and were not further pursued. It is recognized, however, that should steps be taken to render them soluble (e.g. addition of solvents, further side group modification of the base ~ conlycin structure, etc.) that such cro~linking agents could prove useful.
The table describes the cro~linking approach, the group on the modified vancomycin that is reactive ("reactive group") with either immunoglobulin or the corresponding linker on immunoglobulin (if any), the solubility, and the biological activity of the conjugate. The following examples describe representative reactions set forth in the table.
C. Conjugates And Cross-linking Numerous agents have been developed for the cross-linking of biological molecules.
[Pierce Chemical Co., (Rockford, IL), General Catalog, pp. E-10 - E-39 (1992).] In general, these agents possess functional groups that are reactive with the side chains of different amino acids found in proteins or peptides. As snmm~rized in Table 5, various functional groups will react with primary amino groups, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, or thiol groups of ~wo 94/14437 2 i ~i l 3 ~ 6 PCT/US93/12381 proteins or other compounds. In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugates, the reactive groups of both the antibody and antibiotic must be considered. In general, antibodies have many reactive groups that can be used in direct conjugation schemes (amino acids cont~ining primary amine, carboxyl, hydroxyl, thiol [after reduction]) or modified groups (glycosylated 5 amino acids that can be oxidized to aldehyde; or primary amines that can be made thiol-reactive) for conjugation schemes. Individual antibiotics will not, in general, possess very many different reactive groups and offer fewer choices for conjugation to antibodies. The selection of an antibiotic from a family of related compounds and the selection of a cross-linking scheme must take into consideration the reactive groups on an antibiotic.
A key concern in modifying an antibiotic is the preservation of its ability to bind to the surface or secreted products of a pathogen. The modification of individual reactive groups or excessive modification of more than one reactive group with cross-linking agents, or the steric hindrance created by ~tt~chment to a large protein such as immnnnglobulin may abolish antibiotic activity. Therefore, before conjugate activity is considered, conditions for 15 preservation of antibiotic activity must be detPrminPd by e~,.,;.,;-,g the biological activity of the modified or cross-linked antibiotic in simple antimicrobial assays. Preferably, one chooses a cross-linker type and concentration that preserves antibiotic activity.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93112381 ~
3~;
cn O G O ~_)C m O o o o o o y C~ Z Z Z Z Z
~ C
cn cn E
~ o o _ o o o o o CD z zr~ er z ~ .
g o o~t ~ o o o o o z ~ ~iz z z z z cL
u~
~ D V~ Zvl V~ zo o O ZO O
U
-O r r ~ c cn cn cn - -. ~ o ~ c~
c cn ~ ~ ~ I
c cn c cO, c c cn r .
: ~ ' a -r z ` ~ ~ ; IA _~
o , ; ~ -r~ . .
cn c c c WO 94/14~37 PCT/US93/1238i ~ 2~S~13~6 Different cross-linkers may influence the activity of individual antibiotics and the efficiency with which they are conjugated to antibodies. In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugates, the discovery of more optimal cross-linkers relies on the empirical analysis of conjugates prepared using varying concentrations of different cross-linkers.
S The in vivo safety and efficacy of antibody-antibiotic conjugates will depend upon their activity, toxicity and stability. The selection of the cross-linking agent may also affect these aspects of conjugate performance. For example, in addition to inflllencing the activity of the conjugate imparted by the antibiotic, the cross-linker employed may affect the properties of the antibody. Effector functions dependent upon the Fc region of the antibody such as opsonization or complement fixation may be influenced by which reactive groups are utilized and their location on the antibody molecule. Furthermore, some cross-linkers may cause adverse reactions by eliciting an immune response to the haptenic groups on the cross-linker. Finally, the in vivo stability of the bonds created by the cross-linking scheme may vary in important ways. Disulfide bonds linking the antibiotic and antibody may not be as stable, for example, as amide bonds created by other cross-linkers. Dissociation between antibody and antibiotic may not be tolerable in cases where long-term prophylaxis is desired.
D. Analogues The present invention contemplates the use of antibody analogues. Antibody analogues are those compounds which act in an analogous manner to antibodies. In one embodiment, the present invention conte,l,~lates fr~gment~ of antibodies (e.g, Fc fractions) to make antibody-antibiotic conjugates. As herein used, the terms "antibody" and "immunoglobulin" are meant to include antibody analogues.
E. New Antibiotics And Conjugates Antibiotic compounds have been isolated from many different microbial, plant, and animal sources and new promising compounds continue to be discovered. In addition, synthetic derivatives of natural compounds as well as wholly synthetic compounds such as small peptides are also being screened for antibiotic activities in many laboratories. As used herein, the term "antibiotic" refers to any chemical compound which destroys, inhibits the growth of, or binds to microorg~ni~m.c (i.e., "antimicrobials"). It is not intended that the term Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2~ 3~
TABLE ~
Conjugates Functional Groups Reacts With:
Aldehyde Primary amines S Imide Primary amines Amino Aldehyde Cyano Hydroxyl groups Halogen (e.g., Bromine) Thiol groups Carboxyl groups Primary amines 10Activated carboxyl groups (e.g, N-Primary amines or hydroxyl groups succinimidyl esters of carboxylic acids)*
Anhydrides (e.g, succinic anhydride Primary amines and maleic anhydride) Maleimide derivatives Thiol groups 15 * e.g~ N-hydroxyl succinimide ester of N-(-4-carboxycyclo-hexyl methyl) maleimide.
be limited only to those compounds which are produced by microorg~ni~m.c "Antibiotic"
therefore includes compounds which are produced synthetically, as indeed many of the antibiotics are now produced in the chemi~try lab rather than by microorg~ni~m~ Polymyxin 20 and other compounds discussed herein may be produced synthetically or obtained from "natural" sources (e.g B. polymyxa). Therefore, the invention co~ plates the design and synthesis of a variety of antibody-antibiotic conjugates utili7inp antibiotics from all sources.
Figures 2-4 outline the methods by which new antibiotics can be screened for use as compounds for conjugation with immunoglobulins. The "Screening Modes" consist of the 25 following temporal steps:
_WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~ 2~3~6 Mode I: Conjugate the antibiotic to a cross-linker only and then assess for inhibition of organism growth in liquid culture and on a disc inhibition lawn assay (e.g, Kirby-Bauer).
Mode IIA: Conjugate the antibiotic via the cross-linker to immunoglobulin and then assess for binding to bacteria and bacterial toxin by a solid phase assay.
S Mode IIB: Conjugate the antibiotic to immunoglobulin without the use of a cross-linker (e.g., periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate groups ["CHO"] of IgG) and then assess for binding to bacteria and bacterial toxin by a solid phase assay.
Mode III: Check specificity of the antibodiotic by inhibition of bacterial toxin binding with the antibiotic.
Mode IV: Assess the antibodiotic for inhibition of org~ni~m~ growth in liquid culture.
By using this approach, a new antibiotic ("X") can be evaluated for use in the present invention. Although it is not required for research use, it is contemplated that in the clinical setting, the current protocols for broth dilution, disk diffusion, and other methods developed by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS) will be followed.
For example, antibiotic X may initially be evaluated by Mode I. In this Mode, X is only conjugated to a cross-linker "c" to create "X-c"; this compound is then added to a liquid or solid phase culture. By creating only part of antibodiotic, the question of compatibility with immllnoglobulin is avoided; Mode I only addresses compatibility of "X" with the conjugation ch~?rni~ry. The assay is performed and the results are co~ ,ared to an identical assay of unconjugated antibiotic X.
For the lawn assay colllp~;son in Mode I, an agar-filled petri dish is inoculated with the organism (Step 1, Figure 2). A small filter-paper disc cont~ining a known amount of antibiotic X or X-c is placed on the agar surface and allowed to diffuse into the medium over an 18- to 24-hr period (Step 2, Figure 2). After this incubation, a zone of growth inhibition is apparent with X and this is colllpal~d to the zone (if any) achieved with X-c (Step 3, Figure 2).
Alternatively for Mode I, known concentrations of X or X-c are diluted in broth in a test tube, which is then inoculated with an organism susceptible to X (Figure 3). After incubation, the concentration that inhibits growth (i.e., no visible growth, as indicated by lack of turbidity) is determined. This value corresponds to the minimum inhibitory concentration ("MIC") (Figure 3A). To assess bactericidal activity, an aliquot is taken from a tube showing bacteriostatic activity, and this aliquot is added to agar plates (Figure 3B). If growth occurs, WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
215~L3~
then the agent is bacteriostatic; if no growth occurs, the agent is bactericidal. The minim~
bactericidal (lethal) concentration is the lowest concentration of X-c or X that produces a 99.9% reduction in org~ni~m~ from the original inoculum of approximately 100,000org~ni~mc In this manner the minimum bactericidal concentration ("MBC") is established.
[I.S. Snyder and R.G. Finch in Modern Pharmacology, 2d Ed. (C.R. Craig and R.E. Stitzel, eds.), Little, Brown and Company, Boston, pp. 631-640 (1986); J.E. Conte, Jr. and S.L.
Barriere, Manual of Antibiotics and Infectious Diseases, 6th Ed., Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, pp. 135-152 (1988).~
When comparing X-c with X, some reduction in activity is expected. However, the more potent X is, the greater the reduction in X-c activity permissible. Overall, a range of 0.01 to 50 llg/ml for both the MIC and the MBC is practical.
If the activity of X-c is good, it is further evaluated in Mode IIA. If the activity of X-c is poor, X is evaluated in Mode IIB. Both Modes IIA and IIB contemplate covalent rllment Mode IIA uses a cross-linker to create "X-c-Ig", while Mode IIB does not use a cross-linker and gencl~es "X-CHO-Ig." In both cases, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate, or simply the "antibodiotic", is assayed on a solid phase assay such as shown sch~m~tically in Figure 4.
Toxin or or~ni~m~ may be used in the solid phase assay to coat a microwell or other a,ulJlol~liate surface (Step 1, Figure 4A). The antibodiotic is then added to test for binding (Step 2, Figure 4A). Standard washing procedures are used to avoid non-specific binding.
The antibody portion of the conjugate may thereafter serve as a target for secondary reagents (e.g., goat anti-human IgG antibody having an enzyme reporter group such as horseradish peroxidase) (see Step 3, Figure 4A). An ~ ;ate substrate for the enzyme may then be added (not shown) to generate a colorimetric signal.
Where toxin is used in the solid phase assay, X-c-Ig binding may be compared with that of X-CHO-Ig. Where the organism is used, care must be taken that binding is not via the Fc l`eCep10l of Ig. Unconjugated Ig can be used as a control for this purpose.
To avoid any binding due to d~:n~ ion or other artifact. conjugates showing reactivity in Mode IIA or Mode IIB should be evaluated in Mode III. As shown in Figure 4B, this simply involves adding free antibiotic to show that it will compete specifically for binding.
~ 21~138~
The next portion of the evaluation involves testing the antibody-antibiotic conjugate for growth inhibition and/or bactericidal activity (Mode IV). This is the same assay as shown in Figure 2~ the difference being that now the complete conjugate X-c-lg (or X-CHO-Ig) is evaluated rather than just the antibiotic (X-c).
S Both X-c-Ig and X-CHO-Ig may show good toxin binding in Mode II but poor anti-bacterial activity in Mode IV. If the specificity of the binding is nonetheless confirmed in Mode III, these compounds are candidates for diagnostic reagents. Alternatively, they may be used in vivo simply to bind free toxin and thereby reduce toxin load.
Thoughtful consideration of the results of each of these steps allows any antibiotic to be analyzed for potential use in the form of an antibodiotic. Following these in vitro tests.
the antibiotic can then be evaluated in vivo for reduced toxicity and ph~rm~r.okinetics."antibody" and "immlmoglobulin" are meant to include antibody analogues.
F. Antibiotic Precursors And Conjugates "Antibiotic precursors" as herein defined are rc~ct~nt~ used in the synthesis of semi-lS synthetic antibiotics that possess limited in vitro and in vivo anti-microbial activity.
Therefore one would not typically use such compounds as anti-microbial agents. The present invention contemplates, however, that the "latent" anti-microbial potential of such compounds can be activated upon conjugation, according to the methods herein described, with immunoglobulin .
In one embodiment, the method involves, as a first step, the unlocking of the anti-microbial potential of antibiotic precursors by derivatizing them with a cro~linkin~ agent.
These derivatized antibiotic precursors by themselves possess increased anti-microbial effects co~ .~ed to the free antibiotic precursors. As a second step, conjugates are made between the derivatized antibiotic precursors and human immllnoglobulin. Through this latter step, a conjugate is created that possesses the benefits exhibited by the earlier described conjugates (increased half life, reduced nephrotoxicity, etc.).
-WO 94/14437 PCT/US93112381 ~
2~ ~ ~ 3g~ .
II. Antibodiotic In Vitro And In Vivo Efficacy A. In Vitro Reactivity Of The Fc Region In the previous section~ the key question was whether the antibiotic portion of theconjugate shows the same or similar reactivity as the native antibiotic. However, it must be 5 emph~si7to~ that immunoglobulin is not simply an inert carrier. The Fc portion of the antibody can mediate pathogen eliminzltion by two merh~nicm~ that are distinct from the effects of the antibiotic. First, it is known that following binding of antibody to antigen, the Fc region can activate the classical pathway of complement, ultimately resulting in the Iysis of org~ni~mc Second, binding of the conjugate to bacteria can lead to the ingestion or 10 opsonization of the organism by recognition of the Fc region by phagocytes (e.~
macrophages) and/or Iysis by killer cells. [See L.E. Hood et al., Immunology, 2d Ed., The Benjamin/CI-mming~ Publishing Company, Inc., Menlo Park, pp. 339-340 (1984).]
The present invention contemplates antibody-antibiotic conjugates with the capability of binding Fc receptors on phagocytes. It is preferred that in competition binding, the binding 15 of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the present invention to such cells is substantially similar to that of normal IgG.
The present invention contemplates antibody-antibiotic conjugates which, while not activating complement systemically, are capable of binding complement to facilitate pathogen killing. Furthermore, conjugates are contemplated which bind phagocytes via the Fc region to 20 facilitate pathogen elimin~tion. Thus, it is contemplated that the antibody-antibiotic conjugates will mediate or enhance opsonization and removal (opsonophagocytosis) of the etiologic agent(s) of sepsis in the treated patient.
B. Efficacy Of The Conjugate In Vivo Regardless of the manner in which the conjugate is used in vzvo (acute, prophylactic.
25 etc.), the conjugate will be present in a background of the entire repertoire of host immune mediators. These immune mediators include, of course, humoral immune mediators such as endogenous antibodies directed against bacteria and their toxins.
In this regard, several studies have suggested a causal relationship between a person s humoral immune status and the susceptibility to gram-negative infections. In patients who 30 survived Pseudomonas aeruginosa septicemia~ both total IgG levels and the circulating titer of 21 513~B
core antigen-specific anti-LPS levels were significantly higher than in those patients who succumbed. [M. Pollack et al., J. Clin. lnvest. 72:1874-1881 (1983).] Similarly, a correlation has been found between the titer of IgG against the patient's infecting organism and the frequency of shock and death. [S.H. Zinner and W.R. McCabe, J. Infect. Dis. 133:37-45 (1976)-]
These studies suggest that patients at risk of gram-negative sepsis and endotoxemia may be so because of we~ken~d humoral immune defenses. For this reason, the present invention contemplates, in one embodiment, determining the immune status of the host prior to ~lminictration of the antibodiotic. This determination can be made by screening potential risk groups for total and endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM levels. [B.J. Stoll et al., Serodiagnosis and lmmunotherapy 1:21-31 (1987).] Screening is believed to be particularly important with the elderly. full-terrn and pre-term neonates [W. Marget et al., Infection 11:84-86 (1983)], patients with malignancies [C. Stoll et al., Infection 13:115-119 (1985)]. abdominal surgery candidates, individuals under long-term catheterization or artificial ventilation, and burn and other trauma victims.
Where the immune status is poor (e.g., low total IgG levels and low levels of anti-bacterial antibodies), the efficacy of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate is expected to be most dramatic. Where the host's immune status is good, use of the conjugate will support the endogenous anti-bacterial defenses.
For optimal in vivo treatment, the conjugate itself must be effective against clinically relevant org~ni~m~, non-toxic and non-immunogenic. Thus, it is contemplated that the conjugates of the present invention will be effective against gram-positive and gram-negative or3~ ni~m.~ which are commonly associated with sepsis (e.g, E. coli, K pneumoniae, P.
aeruginosa, S. pyogenes, S. aureus, 5. epidermidis, etc.). It is also contemplated these conjugates will be non-toxic to the host animal. As with any chemotherapeutic~ the conjugate must be effective against the infecting org~ni~m.c but not harm the host. In addition, in order to enhance the host's response to the infecting organism and to prevent such complications as serum sickness upon subsequent ~lmini~tration of conjugate, the conjugates themselves must be non-immllnogenic. This characteristic permits the immune system of the host to focus on battling the infecting org~ni~m~, rather than attack the conjugates int~n~le~l as treatment. As it is contemplated that these conjugates may be ~iminict~red to the same animal multiple times (i.e., upon subsequent exposures to potentially pathogenic org~ni~m~) it is important that the Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2~ 3~
host not produce antibodies against the conjugates themselves. Such antibody production would be likely to lead to rapid clearance of the conjugate upon subse~luent a~1mini~tration or result in a serious, potentially life-thre~tening hypersensitivity response.
Conjugates which are non-immunogenic or p~orly immunogenic due to high 5 concentrations of D-configuration amino acids are also contemplated. Synthetic polypeptides entirely comprised of D-amino acids are generally unable to elicit an immune response. [M.
Sela, in Advances in Immunology, Vol. 5, (F.Dixon and J. Humphrey. eds,), pp. 29-129 (1966).] Thus, conjugation of a synthetic antimicrobial comprised entirely of D-amino acids to the antibody would be beneficial in the present invention.
10 III. Antibodiotic Applications A. Prophylactic Use In Humans The diagnosis of sepsis is problematic. First, the development of sepsis does not require the persistent release of toxin(s) into, nor the presence of org~ni~m.c the circulation.
Thus, many patients who die of sepsis are never shown to be bacteremic. rR.C. Bone, Ann.
15 Intern. Med. 115:457-469 (1991).] Second, even if bacteria are ~letecte~l, the amount of time needed for this detection is often too great to be practical.
For these reasons and others, the present invention co~ "pl~tes the use of antibodiotics in hllm~n.~ prior to the onset of ~y~ tonls (e.g, prophylactically). In particular.
the present invention contemplates the use of antibodiotics as a prophylactic in patients at 20 high risk for infection, as well as sepsis.
High risk patients include surgical patients (particularly the elderly), low birth weight infants, burn and trauma. Trauma patients are particularly difficult to examine because of the multitude of invasive procedures that they have undergone. Trauma patients are also typically hooked up to a number of devices, including intravascular lines, mechanical ventilators and 25 Foley catheters. While every attempt is made to change intravascular lines, this is frequently impossible because of the extent of trauma and the lack of venous accessibility. [E.S. Caplan and N. Hoyt, Am. J. Med. 70:638-640 (1981).]
Most patients with multiple trauma have fever, as well as increased white cell counts due to the stress of the trauma itself. The classic indicators of infection, therefore, may or may not reflect an ongoing infection. 38 wo 94/14437 PCT/US93tl2381 Because of this~ current clinical practice involves treating patients with antibiotics only for specific indications, and for as short a period of time as possible. Generally, the average course for any documented infection is seven to ten days. Prophylactic antibiotics are used in only three instances: open fractures, penetrating abdominal injuries and penetrating facial injuries in which there is injury to the respiratory mucosa. Even in these situations, antibiotics are used for only three to five days, depending on the injury.
In contrast, the present invention contemplates treating all trauma patients prophylactically with antibodiotics. Because of the reduced toxicity of the conjugates and their longer residence time in the circulation, the present invention contemplates ~-lmini~tering antibodiotics immediately to the trauma patient upon admission. Indeed, the antibodiotics may successfully be used at the first moment that clinical care is available (e.g., emergency mobile care).
Rather than the short (i.e., three to seven day) period of protection provided by native antibiotics, the use of the antibiotic-antibody conjugates of the present invention should protect the trauma patient during the entire period of risk.
Burn patients have many of the sarne problems with respect to the diagnosis and therapy for infection. Since the magnitude of thermal injury is related to the level of trauma in a burn victim, this even becomes more of a problem with acute cases.
It is reported that septicemia appears in the blood cultures of burn patients almost four days after a septic state. [M. Meek et al., J. Burn Care Rehab. 12:564-568 (1991).]
Consequently, therapy with the conjugates of the present invention is particularly applo~liate immediately after the burn injury as a means of preventing a septic reaction. Furthermore, in severe cases, consideration should be given to the topical ~tlmini.~tration of antibodiotics to prevent wound sepsis.
2S Importantly, burn victims are exposed equally to both gram negative and gram positive org~ni~m.s Burn victims are particularly good candidates for therapeutic plepald~ions having bactericidal activity for both gram-positive and gram-negative org~ni~m~ This includes conjugates using a single antibiotic with reactivity for both groups of org~ni~m.~ (e.g, antibiotics such as a cephalosporin or broad-spectrum penicillin) and well as therapeutic "cocktail" ~ ~aLions comprising: (i) a first conjugate consi~ting of a first antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin; and (ii) a second conjugate con~i~fin~; of a second antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immllnoglobulin (e.g, where the first 2~ 5~3~
antibiotic is polymyxin and the second antibiotic is bacitracin). Alternatively, two different antibiotics can be covalently bound to the same immunoglobulin molecule.
The use of blood cultures and the like has also been shown to be unreliable in the diagnosis of neonatal sepsis. Indeed, in practice cultures appear to have little or no influence 5 on antibiotic therapy decision-making for at-risk infants. [T.J. Zuerlein et al., Clin. Ped.
29:445-447 (1990).] For this reason, the conjugates of the present invention can be applied with great advantage (i.e., antibiotics can be used without the concern of toxicity, and the longer circulating half-life allows for antibiotic therapy without n~ces~rily prolonging hospitali~ation) .
Finally, surgical patients also r~ csent a risk group where the conjugates of the present invention can be used successfully. Current practice involves the prophylactic use of antibiotics in a very narrow category of cases (e.g., elective colorectal procedures, cholecystectomy, hysterectomy and Caesarean sections). [R.L. Nichols in Decision Making in Surgical Sepsis, B.C. Decker, Inc., Philadelphia, pp. 20-21 (1991).] One to two grams of a 15 broad-spectrum antibiotic are ~rlmini~t~red intravenously at the induction of anesthesia. An additional dose may be given during an extensive procedure or post-operatively but prophylaxis beyond 24 hours is not indicated. Twenty-four hours of antibiotic prophylaxis is considered to be sufficient to control co~ ".il-~tion. Continll~n~e of antibiotic prophylaxis beyond 24 hours is an added expense, particularly when using an antibiotic with short serum 20 and tissue half-lives. Most i~ ol ~ ly, co,~ ion of antibiotic prophylaxis also runs an excessive risk of drug toxicity and emergence of resistant strains.
By contrast as shown in rabbits in the accompanying Examples, the longer serum half-life of the conjugates of the present invention provide ~xten~led protection against sepsis without the expense of multiple dosing. Furthermore, since the distribution of 25 immunoglobulin is predomin~ntly to vascular conl~ ents, the use of the conjugates of the present invention may reduce the risk of disruption of endogenous flora. Consequently, the conjugates of the present invention may be used liberally (e.g, in more categories of surgical procedures).
WO 94/14~37 PCT/US93/12381 2 i~386 B. Acute Therapy In Humans As noted previously~ the present invention also contemplates the use of antibodiotics in a therapeutic preparation for acute treatment. In this case, treatment involves a-lrnini~tration of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates after infection is detected and/or sepsis is suspected.
Evidence suggestive of gram-negative infection includes the following: (1) core temperature higher than 38C or lower than 35C; (2) peripheral blood leukocyte count greater than 12 x 109/L or less than 3 x 109/L (not due to chemotherapy), or at least 20%
imm~tllre forms; (3) growth of grarn-negative org~ni~m.~ from a blood culture drawn within the preceding 48 hours; or (4) documented or suspected site of gram-negative infection.
Current medical practice accepts sepsis as having no specific pharmacotherapy available. ~R.L. Greenman et a/., JAMA 266:1097-1102 (1991).] A systemic septic reaction is characterized by at least one of the following: arterial hypotension (systolic blood pressure <90 mm Hg or an acute drop of 30 mm Hg); metabolic acidosis (base deficit >5 mEq/L);
decreased systemic vascular resi.~t~nce (systemic vascular resistance <800 dynes/s cm5);
tachypnea (respiratory rate >20/min or ventilation >10 L/min if mechanically ventil~te~l); or otherwise unexplained dysfunction of the kidney (urine output <30 ml/h), or lungs.
It must be stressed that the antibodiotics of the present invention should ideally be used prior to a systemic infection, if possible. For example, the conjugates can be ~Amini~tered immediately after bacteremia or fungemia is AetecteA Similarly, conjugate(s) can be ~Amini~tered where there is an obvious sign of infection at a particular site (e.g., wounds, sinusitis, meningiti~, respiratory, ga~Lloi,.le~ l, or urinary tract infections, etc.).
Primary bacteremia is typically defined as two or more blood cultures with the same bacterial organism occurring in a patient with no other obvious site of infection. Sinusitis is diagnosed in a patient`who has at least two of the following: purulent nasal discharge, roentgenographic evidence of sinusitis or purulent material aspirated from the sinuses.
The lower ~ tory tract is a common site of infection. Pneumonia in the int~lb~ted patient is diagnosed in a patient when there is fever, leukocytosis and a Gram stain with many polymorphonuclear leukocytes. Pneumonia may also be diagnosed in the patient with a new infiltrate that has not cleared with intensive physical therapy (this last criterion helps rule out atelectasis).
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12;~81 8 ~
C. Veterinary Care Septicemia and sepsis are by no means limited to human beings. Infection by gram-negative bacteria accounts for significant morbidity and mortality in neonatal livestock~ such as calves. [D.D. Morris et al., Am. J. Vet. Res. 47:2554-2565 (1986).] Interestingly, 5 humoral immune status is again related to susceptibility to sepsis and this is largely dependent on passive transfer from colostrum. For this reason, the present invention contemplates, in one embodiment, determining the immllne status of the animal prior to a-lmini~tration of the antibodiotic. This determin~tion can be made by screening neonatal calves for total circulating serum immunoglobulin ~e.g, by ELISA).
Where the immlme status is poor (e.g., low total IgG levels), the conjugate should be used prophylactically. Where the animal's immune status is good, use of the conjugate may be needed for acute therapy of gram-negative bacterial sepsis, which remains prevalent in neonatal calves even with high antibody levels.
The present invention conten rl~tes the tre~tment of other ~nim~l.c as well. Among foals less than 10 days of age in critical distress, sepsis is the most serious problem. [A.M.
Hoffman et al., J. Vet. Int. Med. 6:89-95 (1992).] Symptoms highly indicative of sepsis risk include we~kn( s~, metabolic disturbance and dehydration. In one embodiment, the invention contemplates using antibodiotics for prophylactic treatment of foals less than 10 days of age having these indicators, or those at risk of infection.
While positive blood cultures are found in less than half of the cases, those ~nim~
found positive have a very poor chance of survival. The present invention therefore contemplates using antibodiotics for acute tre~tmp-nt of any animal with evidence of septicemia, with or without culture-proven cases.
IV. Therapeutic Preparations And Combinations ~ The present invention contemplz~te~ using therapeutic compositions of soluble antibodiotics. It is not intçn-lçd that the present invention be limited by the particular nature of the therapeutic preparation. For example, such compositions can be provided together with physiologically tolerable liquid, gel or solid carriers, diluents, adjuvants and excipients. In addition, antibodiotics may be used together with other therapeutic agents, including unconjugated immunoglobulin.
As noted above, these therapeutic preparations can be ~tlmini~tered to m~mm~ forveterinary use, such as with domestic ~nim~ , and clinical use in humans in a manner similar to other therapeutic agents. In general, the dosage required for therapeutic efficacy will vary according to the type of use and mode of ~(lmini~tration, as well as the particularized 5 requirements of individual hosts.
With respect to the mode of Q~lmini~tration, the antibodiotics may be employed for intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or topical (including topical ophth~lmic) ~mini~tration.
Formulations for such ~-lmini.~trations may comprise an effective amount of antibodiotic in sterile water or physiological saline.
On the other hand, formulations may contain such normally employed additives as binders, fillers, carriers, preservatives, stabilizing agents, emulsifiers, buffers and excipients as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, m~gn~?~ium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, m~gnecium carbonate, and the like. These compositions typically contain 1%-95% of active ingredient, preferably 2%-70%.
The compositions are preferably prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection may also be prepared.
The antibodiotics of the present invention are often mixed with diluents or excipients which are compatible and physiologically tolerable. Suitable diluents and excipients are, for 20 example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, or the like, and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired the compositions may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, stabilizing or pH buffering agents.
Where repeated ~rlmini.~trations are required, it may be beneficial to first clear any anti-hapten antibodies by ~lmini~t~ring free antibiotic. This can then be followed by 25 ~lmini~tration of the antibodiotic.
EXPERIMENTAL
The following examples serve to illustrate certain preferred embodiments and aspects of the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the scope thereof.
In the experimental disclosure which follows, the following abbreviations apply: eq 30 (equivalents); M (Molar); ,uM (micromolar); N (Normal); mol (moles); mmol (millimoles);
,umol (micromoles); nmol (nanomoles); gm (grams); mg (milligrams); ~lg (micrograrns); ng WO 94/l4437 PCT/US93/12381 2~5~ ~8~
(nanograms); L (liters); ml (milliliters); ,ul (microliters); cm (centimeters); mm (millimeters);
,um (micrometers); nm (nanometers); C (degrees Centigrade); AUFS (absorption units full scale); hr (hour); sec (second); min (minutes); IV (intravenous); lg (immnnQglobulin); FCS
(fetal calf serum); CFU (colony forming units); ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent 5 Assay); Aldrich (Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI); Amicon (Beverly, MA); Baxter (Deerfield, IL); BBL (Becton Dickinson Microbiology Systems, Cockeysville, MD); Bio-Rad (Richmond, CA); Corning (Corning, Inc., Corning, NY); Falcon (Lincoln Park, NJ); Lee (Lee Laboratories, Grayson, Georgia); Harlan Sprague-Dawley (Harlan Sprague-Dawley, Intli~n~polis, IN); ICN (ICN Biomedicals, Costa Mesa~ CA); Mallinckrodt (Mallinckrodt, St.
10 Louis, MO); Pharmacia (Pharmacia, Inc., Piscataway, NJ); Pierce (Pierce Chemical Co..
Rockford, IL.); Prochem (Prochem, Inc., Rockford, IL); Scientific Products or S/P (Scientific Products, McGraw Park, IL); S & S (Schleicher & Schuell, Inc., Keene, NH); Sigma (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO.);Spectrum (Spectrum, Houston, TX); Whatman (Wh~tm~n, Inc., Clifton, NJ).
In some of the examples below, purification of products from re~ct~nt~ is performed using various types of chromatography. Standard terms understandable to those skilled in the art are employed to describe this purification. For example. "eluent" is a chemical solution capable of dissociating desired products bound to the column matrix (if any) that passes through the column matrix and comprises an "eluate". Products that are dissociated (if any) 20 are freed from the column matrix and pass by elution with the "eluent" into the "eluate".
~tt~rhmtont Of An Antibiotic To Human IgG Using A Carbodiimide Cross-Linker This example describes attempts to attach antibiotics to a carrier (i.e., in this case 25 antibodies). In this regard, K. Hanasawa et al. describe the ~tt~chment of PMB to an immobilized fiber via carbodiimide chemi~try. [Surg. Gyn. & Ob. 168:323-331 (1989).] In this example, the ability of a carbodiimide cross-linker to conjugate polymyxin B (PMB) to human IgG was analyzed.
It is known that l-ethyl-3(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) 30 cross-links proteins and peptides between amine and carboxylic acids. The example involved:
~WO 94/14437 2 ~ ~ ~L 3 8 6 PCT/USg3/12381 (a) EDC-mediated cross-linking of PMB and IgG; and (b) enzyme-linked immunoassay(ELISA) of conjugate binding to LPS.
a) EDC-Me~ te-l Cross-l,inkin~ Of PMB To IgG
In this and in all examples, measures were taken to make glassware, solutions, and 5 other materials and reagents pyrogen-free because adventitious pyrogen (e.g~, LPS) could inhibit conjugation reactions, absorb PMB or conjugates~ or block the activity of PMB
conjugates.
Human IgG (Sigma) and PMB (Sigma) were each dissolved at a concentration of 8 mg/ml in pyrogen-free MES (2-[N-Morpholino]eth~nf sl~lfonic acid) buffer (0.lM MES, 0.09 10 M NaCl pH 4.7). 0.5 ml of each solution were mixed together and 0.15 ml of the mixture was incubated with 0.15 ml of either 0.4 M EDC, 0.2 M EDC, 0.1 M EDC (Pierce), or control solution in MES buffer, for 2 hrs at room temperature. The reactions were stopped by the addition of 2.7 ml of TBS (50 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.2). The five mixtures were dialyzed separately (molecular weight cut-off of dialysis tubing 12-14,000, Scientific 15 Products) at 4C against four changes of 1500 ml of PBS over a 36 hr period. The samples cont~ining human IgG at 0.2 mg/ml were stored at 4C.
b) Enzyme-~.irk~l Immunoassay Of EDC-PMB Conjugate Binding To LPS
In order to determine whether the ~tt~r.hment of PMB facilitated the binding of IgG to 20 LPS, a simple indirect binding assay was performed. To each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (~alcon), 100 111 of a 2.0 ,ug/ml solution of E. coli 011 l:B4 LPS (Sigma) in PBS was coated, except for those control wells in which PBS but no LPS was added. After an overnight incubation at 4C, the coating solutions were clec~ntç~l and all wells were washed three times with PBS. Non-specific binding sites were blocked by the addition of 100 1l1 of 25 PBS cont~ining 5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin (BSA, Sigma) for 2 hrs at room temperature.
After ~lçç~nting the blocking solution, samples of the conjugates prepared in (a) above were diluted in PBS cont~ining 1 mg/ml BSA to an initial concentration of 10 ~lg/ml IgG followed by five-fold dilutions. A positive control antiserum of commercially prepared rabbit anti-E.
coli 0111:B4 antiserum (Lee Laboratories, Lot M25082) was initially diluted 1:100. One 0 hundred (100) ~11 of each sample was incubated in duplicate for two hours at room ~138~
temperature and the plates were washed three times with BBS-Tween 20 (0.1 M boric acid, 0.025 M Na borate, 1.0 M NaCI, 0.1% Tween 20. p~ 8.3), followed by two washes with PBS-Tween 20 (0.1% Tween 20 (v/v)), an~ finally, two washes with PBS.
In order to detect bound antibodies, the wells incubated with the hurnan antibody 5 conjugates were incubated with 100 ,ul of a 1:500 dilution of goat anti-human IgG (whole molecule)-~lk~line phosphatase conjugate (Sigma) and the wells incubated with the rabbit serum were incubated with 100 ~l of a 1 :500 dilution of goat anti-rabbit IgG (whole molecule)-alkaline phosphatase conjugate (Sigma) for 2 hours at room temperature. The secondary antibody solutions were discarded, the plates were washed with BBS-Tween 20, 10 and PBS-Tween 20 as above and then twice with 50 mM Na7Co3, 10 mM MgCI7, pH 9.5.
~fter 45 minl~te~ at room temperature, the absorbance of each well was measured at 410 nrn on a Dynatech MR700 plate reader using diluent control wells as blanks. Tables 6 and 7 show the results for the rabbit control serurn and EDC-conjugates.
The results in Table 6 show that the positive control serum, as expected, bound to 15 LPS-coated wells in a specific manner. These data validate the ELISA design as being capable of detecting LPS binding antibodies.
The results in Table 7 appear to indicate that EDC cross-linking caused the IgG-PMB
to bind to the LPS. However, the titration of the conjugates drops off rather abruptly between S and 1 ~Lg/ml. To verify that the observed binding is specific, it must be determin~d that the 20 binding is inhibitable by PMB and antigen-dependent.
Binding Of Rabbit Anti-E. coli 0111 :B4 Antiserum To E. coli 0111:B4 LPS (OD4l0 Values) Serum Dilution LPS Coated No Antigen 1:1 1.801 0.032 1 :5 1.817 0.028 1 :25 1.648 0.024 1:175 0.308 0.026 1 :625 0.070 0.027 1:3125 0.021 0.028 1:15,625 0.014 0.018 2 ~ 8 ~
The ELISA described above was repeated; however, in this instance, a fixed concentration of the EDC-conjugate (10 ~lg/ml) that yielded the highest binding by ELISA
was incubated with five-fold dilutions of polymyxin B (beginning with 10 mg/ml) and the LPS-binding activity was determined. In addition, the binding was -Binding Of EDC-Mediated Human IgG-PMB Conjugates To E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS (OD4,0 Values) EDC Conjugation Conc. (M) Conjugate IgG Conc. (llg/ml) 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.025 0 0.638 0.369 0.306 0.464 0.015 /2 0.010 0.012 0.026 0.054 0.008 0.4 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.009 0.007 0.008 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.005 tested in control wells co~ ;"i"g no antigen. The results are shown in Tables 8 and 9. Since the binding of the conjugate is only inhibited at the very highest concentration of PMB tested 15 and because the conjugate exhibited significant binding to wells that contained no antigen, it is clear that most of the binding observed is was not specific. This may reflect an il1al~pl~ iate type or number of bonds between PMB and IgG and, since IgG that was not treated with a cross-linker shows very little binding to LPS, it suggests that the cross-linking of the IgG molecule is causing nonspecific binding.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2~5~ 38g Specificity Of EDC-Conjugates Of IgG-PMB Binding To LPS: PMB Inhibition Test (OD4,0 Values) PMB Concentration (mg/ml) 0.2 M EDC-Conjugate Binding 0 1.757 0.755 2 1.775 0.4 1.785 0.08 1.770 100.016 1.766 0.0033 1.775 Clearly, carbodiimide chemi~try does not work at a level which is practical. Indeed. it is evident that the interactions of the cross-linking reagent with the antibiotic are somewhat complex. It is to be remembered that three reactions arepossible: PMB to PMB; IgG to IgG;
15 and PMB to IgG. Only the latter reaction is productive.
Antigen-Dependent Binding Of EDC-Conjugate Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) Conjugate Conc. (~g/ml)LPS Coated Wells No Antigen Wells 20 10 1.770 1.766 2 0.976 0.552 0.4 0.347 0.045 0.08 0.034 o.oo 0.016 0.062 0.00 21~13~6 Attachment Of An Antibiotic To Human IgG Using A Disuccinimide Ester ln an attempt to remedy the difficulties observed with EDC conjugates. different cross-linkers and chemistries were invcstig~tecl Talmadge and Siebert describe the ~ chment of 5 PMB via a hydroxysuccinimide ester reagent. [J. Chrom. 476:175-185 (1989).] Along the lines of this approach, this example ex~mines the ability of a homobifunctional cross-linking agent suberic acid bis-(N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) (DSS), which cross-links peptides and proteins via their amine groups~ to conjugate PMB to IgG. The example involved: (a) DSS-mediated cross-linking of PMB and IgG, and (b) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS.
~o a) DSS-Mediated Cross-~ kir~ Of PMB To IgG
Pyrogen-free PBS was prepared in pyrogen-free water (Baxter), and stock solutions of human IgG (40 mg/ml) and PMB (40 mg/ml) were dissolved in pyrogen-free PBS. A 60 mM
stock solution of DSS was prepared in 100% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). This solution was diluted to 6.0 mM DSS in PBS where some precipitation was noted. A stock solution of 15 human IgG and PMB was prepared cont~ining 20 mg/ml IgG and 20 mg/ml PMB in PBS.
Five dirr~,lc"t conjugates were prepared by mixing two-fold dilutions of the stock DSS
solution (0.15 ml) with a constant (0.15 ml) volume of the IgG/PMB stock solution. The five resulting DSS concentrations were 3.0 mM, 1.5 mM, 0.75 mM, 0.375 mM, and 0.0 mM
DSS. After incubation for 1 hour at room temperature, the reactions were stopped by the 20 addition of 2.7 ml of TBS. The five ~ Lul~:s were dialyzed against PBS as described in Example I for the EDC conjugates. The resulting dialyzed conjugates contained a final concentration of I mg/ml IgG and were stored at 4C.
2 ~W~ 7 PCT/US93/1238 b) ELISA Of DSS Conjugated Binding to LPS
The ELISA was performed es~enti~lly as in Example l(b) using the DSS conjugates at starting concentrations of 10 ~g/ml and the same control rabbit anti-E. coli Ol l l :B4 antiserum. The results of the initial binding assay are shown in Table 10.
Binding Of DSS Conjugates Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) DSS Concentration (mM) Conjugate IgG Conc.
3.0 1.5 0.75 0.375 0.00 (!lg/ml) 0.098 0.032 0.014 0.01 1 0.015 2 0.026 0.003 0.007 0.005 0.007 0.4 0.01 l 0.001 0.00 0.002 0.002 0.08 0.010 0.00 0.002 0.004 0.004 The results indicate a low level of binding that is correlated with the concentration of DSS utili7~tl The specificity of this binding was then tested by eX~mining the ability of 15 PMB to inhlbit binding and its dependence on antigen. The assays were performed exactly as described for the EDC conjugates in Example 1(b). The results are shown in Tables 11 and 12.
These results indicate that the DSS conjugate binds somewhat non-specifically. The pattern of PMB inhibition is erratic in that the highest concentration shows no inhibition of 20 binding but intermediate PMB concentrations do ~ar~ ly inhibit.
These results indicate some level of specific binding above a significant amount of non-specific binding. The binding of the control rabbit antiserurn at 1:500 and 1:12,500 dilution was 1.766 and 0.380, respectively and was virtually all antigen-dependent. The relatively low level of binding here suggests that hydroxysuccinimide ester reagents such as 25 DSS are not very effective cross-linkers for PMB and IgG. This could be due to the amine-amine chemistry employed, or the properties of the DSS agent. We did note some insolubility of DSS in PBS, perhaps a more water soluble form of DSS would perform better.
~ wO 94/14~37 2 L 5 ~ 3 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 Inhibition Of IgG-PMB Binding To LPS By Free PMB (OD4,0 Values) PMB Conc. (mg/ml)3.0 mM DSS Conj. of IgG-PMB (50 mg/ml) 0 0.144 0.182 2 0.054 0.4 0.059 0.08 0.097 0.016 0.128 0.0033 0.213 Antigen-Dependent Binding Of DSS Conjugate Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) Conjugate Conc. (,ug/ml) LPS Coated Wells No Antigen Wells 0.268 0.096 0.168 0.043 2 0.094 0.007 0.4 0.016 0.010 0.08 0.009 0.00 20 In addition, in both cases of the EDC and DSS conjugates, the PMB was exposed to a vast excess of cross-linker which could inhibit the ability of PMB to bind to LPS.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
215l~
Two-Step Conjugation Of PMB To IgG
Using EDC And A Water Soluble Analogue Of DSS
In the previous two examples, cross-linkers were present in molar excess over IgG and 5 were mixed simultaneously with both antibody and antibiotic. In this example, IgG was first modified with the cross-linker, the cross-linker removed, and then PMB added to the coupling reaction. In this way, the binding activity of PMB might be improved and the non-specific binding of the IgG reduced. In order to have an amine to arnine coupling reagent that was more water soluble, BS3 (Pierce). a water soluble analogue of DSS was employed. The 10 example involved: (a) two-step conjugation of IgG-PMB with EDC; (b) two step conjugation of IgG-PMB with BS3: and (c) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS.
a) Two-Step Conjugation Of IgG-PMB With EDC
A 0.75 ml of a 4 mg/ml IgG solution in MES buffer was prepared as described in Example 1, and mixed with 0.75 ml of a 0.4 M EDC solution in MES buffer at room 15 tem~dLul~ for 2 hours. The unreacted cross-linker was removed by passing the 1.5 ml reaction lllixLu~e over a Sephadex G-10 (Pharmacia) column that was poured into a sterile l0 ml pipette and equilibrated with pyrogen-free MES buffer. The void volume was collected and the IgG content was determined by measuring the OD280 of a 1:40 dilution of each fraction. The peak fraction cont~ining 2.37 mg IgG/ml was divided into two fractions: 1.5 20 mg of PMB was added and dissolved in one volume; nothing was added to the other (control). After incubation at room t~ el~Lule overnight, the reaction was stopped with TBS
and the final Ig(~ concentration was adjusted to 0.2 mg/ml. Both samples were dialyzed as in Example l(a) and stored at 4C.
wo 94/14437 2 i 5 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 b) Two-Step Conjugation Of IgG To PMB With BS3 A 0.75 ml of a 20 mg/ml IgG solution was mixed with 0.75 ml of a 6.0 mM BS3 solution, each prepared in PBS and incubated at room temperature for l hr. Unreacted cross-linker was removed as in Example 3(a) above and the peak IgG fractions identified and 5 pooled. Two equal fractions of IgG at 8.35 mg/ml were made and 7.5 mg of PMB was added and dissolved in one while nothing was added to the other. After overnight incubation at room temperature, the reactions were stopped with TBS, the conjugates dialyzed and the final IgG concentration adjusted to 1.0 mg/ml.
c) ELISA Of Conjugate Binding To LPS
This LPS-binding assay was performed as described in Example (I) except that theBBS-Tween 20 washes were elimin~te~ and the Tween 20 concentration in the PBS-Tween 20 wash was lowered to 0.05% (v/v). The results are shown in Tables 13 and 14.
The 0.2 M EDC IgG-PMB conjugate exhibited a high level of binding but this was partly due to non-specific binding as evidenced by the binding to control wells COt~t~ g no 15 LPS. Further evidence of non-specific binding created by EDC cross-linlcing is shown by the results for the conjugate collt~ g no PMB (which exhibited somewhat comparable levels of binding to the wells regardless of whether antigen was present or not).
Binding Of Two-Step EDC Conjugates To LPS (OD4,0 Values) 0-2 M EDC (No PMB) 0-2 M EDC IgG-PMB Conj.
IgG Control 20Conjugate IgG Conc.
LPS
LPS Coated No Antigen No Antigen Coated 1 0 1 .790 1 .790 1 .7841 .790 2 1.520 0.886 0.6760.522 0.4 0.092 0.146 0.0880.079 0.08 0.024 ND 0.028 ND
0.016 0.046 ND 0.030 ND
2~..r~ ~8~
Binding Of Two-Step BS3 Conjugate To LPS (OD4,0 Values)
The commercial product displays a broad spectrum of opsonic and neutralizing antibody activities. When ~lmini.~tered intravenously, e~senti~lly 100% of the infused IgG antibodies are immediately available in the recipient's circulation. The in vivo half-life equals or exceeds the three week half-life reported for IgG in the literature. It is therefore quite acceptable for use in the ~Lc~Lion of antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the present invention.
Of course, the infusion of large arnounts of antibody in hl~m~n~ is contraindicated in 15 individuals who are known to have had previous anaphylactic or severe systemic responses to IgG. Care must also be taken to confirm that there is no sensitivity to the trace amounts of other antibody (e.g, IgA).
Before ~q-lmini~tration of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the present invention to hllm~n.c, it may be good medical practice to have an antibodiotic sensitivity test performed.
20 This can be done by subcutaneously injecting a small arnount of the conjugate in the arm of the patient. A salt solution is injected in the other arm as a control. Normally, a positive IgM IgG
Structure Pent~meric Monomeric C' Fixation l l I +
Opsonophagocytosis I I I +
Half-life 5 days 25 days Biodistribution Slow Fast Secondary Response Minimal Large WO 94/14437 215 13 8 ~ PCT/US93/12381 hypersensitivity test is indicated by no more than formation of a welt on the skin surface with surrounding swelling. Some patients, however, develop anaphylactic shock (i.e., a full-blown immediate hypersensitivity reaction). It is recommended that adrenalin be available for these cases.
The usual dosage of the commercial intravenous immunoglobulin product is 100-200mg/kg (2-4 ml/kg) of body weight ~rlmini~tered approximately once a month by intravenous infusion. The dosage may be given more frequently or increased as high as 400 mg/kg (8 ml/kg) body weight, if the clinical response is inadequate, or the level of IgG achieved in the circulation is felt to be insufficient.
The present invention contemplates a typical dosage for antibodiotics that is much less than that given for the commercial immunoglobulin ple~ dLions. This is particularly true where the number of conjugated antibiotic molecules exceeds one (1) per immllnoglobulin molecule. The present invention contemplates a conjugate dosage range of 0.1-100 mg/kg, and a preferred range of 1-20 mg/kg. The amount of PMB (~csllming 3 molecules per IgG
molecule) contained in a dose for this preferred range will be 0.025 - 0.5 mg/kg.
B. Antibiotics Thousands of natural, synthetic, and semi-synthetic compounds have been identified that possess antib~t~ri~ antifungal, antiviral, or anLip~dsitic activity.
In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugate, a primary consideration is the mode of action of the antibiotic. Since the conjugates will be much larger molecules than the parent antibiotics, only antibiotics that bind to exposed or secreted components (e.g, toxins) of the bacteria, fungus, virus, or parasite are likely to target the antibody carrier to the pathogen or its products. For example, penicillin antibiotics disrupt bacterial cell wall synthesis and bind to surface-exposed components of certain bacteria whereas aminoglycoside antibiotics comrnonly bind to ribosome subunits in the cell cytoplasm. The former is a much better candidate for effective antibody-antibiotic conjugates than the latter.
Antibiotics vary greatly in the type and species of org~ni~m.~ upon which they are active. For example~ certain antibiotics such as the polymyxins are far more effective against gram-negative bacteria, whereas other antibiotics such as vancomycin tend to be more effective against gram-positives. Some, like the cephalosporins, and broad-spectrum WO 94tl4437 PCTIUS93/12381 2151~8~ ~
penicillins are comparably effective against both types. Other antibiotics, such as arnphotericin are primarily antifungal agents whereas amantadine exhibits activity against certain influenza viruses. In cle~igning antibody-antibiotic conjugates for the prevention or treatment of disease one must consider the spectrurh of antibiotic activity desired and select S those antibiotic(s) that are active against the target pathogen(s) and, as described above, act primarily on exposed components of the pathogen(s).
As used herein, the term "pathogen" refers to any organism which is associated with infection or tli~ç~e, whether that organism is among those traditionally considered pathogens (e.g, S. aureus, S. pyogenes, S. dysenteriae, S. flexneri, etc.) or is an opportunistic pathogen (e.g., P. aeruginosa, S. marcesens, 5. mitis, etc.).
Within a family of antibiotics (e.g, penicillins, cephalosporins, polymyxins) there are structural features common to all members. However, there often exists a wide variety of natural and synthetic variations on this common structure that may influence the activity spectrum, ph~rm~cokinetics, or other properties of the antibiotic. In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugates, these structural differences within an antibiotic family are important from two perspectives. First, the activity spectrum may influence the choice of antibiotic;
and, second, the chemical dirr~,le.~ces between antibiotics will influence the range of cross-linking ~hemi~tries available to conjugate the antibiotic. For example, the variable side chain component of penicillin antibiotics is a methyl benzyl group in penicillin G but the variable side chain group is a phenolic group with a primary amine side chain in amoxicillin. The latter antibiotic ~-es~ a wider array of potential modes for cross-linking than does penicillin G.
In Table 2, several families of antibiotics are disclosed that possess surface- and/or product-reactive activities against various pathogens. This is just for illustration and by no means is int~n~l~cl to limit the invention to these compounds alone.
A ~ r~llc;d antibiotic of the present invention is polymyxin B (PMB). As noted above, this antibiotic binds to and neutralizes endotoxin. However, when used in vivo, PMB
is short-lived, and furthermore, at the recommen-lecl therapeutic dose for systemic infections, there is a significant risk of nephrotoxicity.
The level of protection achieved by the present invention is best understood when compared with other known approaches (see Table 3). For exarnple, the widely-tested and Wo 94/14437 21513 8 6 PCT/US93112381 Antibiotics That May Be Conjugated To Antibodies TYPE EXAMPLES ACllVITY SPECTRUM
penicillin G,: 1~ inhibition of cell h.l, grarn-posilivc Penicillins' nafcillin, arnpicillin ticarcillin, wall synthesis and ,. , ~, penicillin V
S Cl ~ ~ ; 2 cefoxitin, ceforanide t;l~ l, inhibition of cell ~;n ~.i l, gram-positive lla wall synthesis and t~ull , ' v~.
Polymyxin polymyxin B, colistin ' idl binds and inhibits al~tib~l.,t~"h.l, primarily gram-cell wall synthesis negative Pirop~ n, ;al, binds lo cell wall ~ l, primarily gram-V ~ ristocetin precursor, inhibits synthesis positive circulin, EM49, polypeptin, surface-activc <ultil,act.lidl brecistin, cerexin, l.id~ ,' L` Il.. ,l~lb~ suriàctin surt`actin, subsporin. surface-activc iungicidal viomycin, , . .~chl not known ycul,.. ,l~,li., (t~
Other Peptide Antibioticsa bacitracin, G ~ ti~ a,lltibCl~tlial gramicidin S, tyrocidine Amantadine6 ' blocks ion channel antiviral (Influenza A) Polyene macrolide7 surface activity on membrane antifungal sterols Ll~ aillK surface active ' i"l Limulus anti-LPS factor5 LPS-binding Endotoxin binding proteins LPS binding protein (human)~' LPS-binding : ' b~,t~,lil,id~d I ' ~ LPS-binding _ ' increasing protein"
G.L. Mandell and M.A. Sande in Goodman and Gilman 's: The P ' ~,;.,ul Basis of T) , 8th Ed., (Gilman, Rall, Nies. and Taylor, eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1065-1097 (1990).
M.A. Sande and C.L. Mandell in Goodman and (iilman's: The P' ~ ul Basis of Th_, r ' , 8th Ed., (Gilman, Rall, Nies. and Taylor. eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1117-1145 (1990).
A. Fiechter. Trends in Biotech. 10:208-217 (1992).
G.L. Mandell and M.A. Sande in Coodman and Gilman's: The F' ~,;~al Basis of Th_,, . 8th Ed., (Gilman. Rall, Nies. and Taylor. eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1146-1164 (1990).
R.G. Douglas in Coodman and Gilman 's: The Ph.., ' ~;~1 Basis of T~,, u~c r;~O, 8th Ed., (Gilman, Rall, Nies and Taylor, eds.), Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 1182-1201 (1990).
7 J.E. Bennett in Goodman and Gilman's: The Ph.. , ' .g;.ul Basis of T~ .r . 8th Ed., (Gilman. Rall, Nies, and Taylor, eds.), Pergamon Press, New York pp. 1165- 1181 (1990) 25 K T. Nakamura et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263:16709-16713 (1988).
G. Alpert et al.. J. Infect. Dis. 165:494-500 (1992).
' ' R.R. Schumann et al., Science 249:1429-1431 (1990).
" M.N. Marra et al., J. Immunol. 148:532-537 (1992).
~, 15 1 3 ~ ~ TABLE 3 CENTOXIN IgG-PMB
Dosage 100 mg 100-500 mg Raw Material Cost $300 $2-10 Endotoxin Affinity low high Half-life short (<24 hr) long (>20 days) Safety good good publicized monoclonal antibody Centoxin-HA-lA is capable of binding endotoxin and neutralizing its biological activity. However~ when co~ ,aled to an IgG-PMB conjugate of the present invention, the monoclonal antibody is costly and suffers from low affinity and short half-life. The latter characteristics may explain why the human clinical studies have yet to yield clear benefits.
Others have attempted to reduce the toxicity of polymyxin B by ~ .hment to dextran.
[D.A. Handley, Eur. Patent Appl. Pub. No. 428486.] However, dextran has a half-life in hl]m~n~ of only about a day. By use of immunoglobulin according to the present invention, a much longer half-life is achieved (see Table 4 and Examples 24 and 25). Dextran, having no Fc receptor ~FcR), also has no known capacity to promote opsonization or activate complement (C').
As it important that the antibodiotics be non-toxic to the host animal, the present invention contemplates the use of conjugates which are effective against the org~qnism~ of interest, yet are non-toxic to the host. The non-toxic character of IgG-PMB is demonstrated in Example 27.
As noted previously, the present invention also contemplates antibodiotics having reactivity with gram-positive org~nism~ and their toxins. In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates the use of bacitracin conjugated to immunoglobulin.
In another embodiment, the present invention contemplates the use of vancomycin conjugated to immunoglobulin.
~WO 94/14437 ~ I S 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 Bacitracin i~ a polypeptide produced by a strain of Bacillus subtilis (Tracy strain), which is primarily bactericidal for gram-positive org~ni~m~ including Streptococcus pyogenes~ -other ~-haemolytic streptococci, Pneumococcus pneumoniae, and certain strains of Clostridiu~
species. Bacitracin exerts its effect by inhibiting early steps in the biosynthesis of 5 peptidoglycan interfering with cell wall synthesis. Commercially available bacitracin is stable and poorly absorbed from the intestinal tract or wounds. Because of the proteinuria, hematuria and nitrogen retention observed upon systemic ~tlmini~tration, its use is usually restricted to topical application. [See e.g., R. Berkow and A.J. Fletcher (eds.). The Merck Manual, 16th ed., 1992, p. 46; and G.F. Brooks et al., Jawet_, Melnick & Adelberg'.s Medical 10 Microbiology, l9th ed., 1991, pp. 172-173).]
Despite the unacceptable occurrence of nephrotoxicity associated with systemic ~rlmini~tration of free bacitracin, when it is conjugated to immunoglobulin according to the present invention, the advantages of bacitracin can be achieved without this side-effect. lt is not intended that the present invention be limited by the mech~ni~m of action of any 15 particular antimicrobial.
Vancomycin is active, principally, against grarn-positive org~ni~m.c including Staphylococcus aureus and Clostridium difficile . While it is not intentle-l that the present invention be limited by the mech~ni.cm~ of action, it is believed that vancomycin exerts its bactericidal action by hllelr~;lillg with cell-wall synthesis. This invention contemplates 20 conjugates synthe~i~e~l from vancomycin and non-specific human immunoglobulin using a variety of cro.~.clinking agents and scheme~ These conjugates, like the ones previously listed, SUpl)leS:j bacteremia as well as toxin-mediated effects for gram-positive org~ni~m~.
In one embodiment, the method involves conjugating the vancomycin to non-specific immunoglobulin by first treating the vancomycin and the immunoglobulin with different 25 heterobifunctional cro.~linkin~ agents, and second reacting the derivatized species with each other to form a conjugate. In a second embodiment, the method involves conjugating the - vancomycin to non-specific immunoglobulin by first reacting the same heterobifunctional cro~linking agent with both the vancomycin and the non-specific immunoglobulin, then second reacting both derivatized species with each other forming a conjugate. For both 30 synthetic schemes a variety of crosslinker combinations have been contemplated and tested.
Below is a table which lists the cro~linking compounds which have been tested to date for 2~ g~
DEXTRAN-PMB Ig-PMB
Carrier Polysaccharide Protein Conjugation ChemistryCarbonyl, amide-SH, CHO, NH~
Cross-linkers? No Yes Bactericidal ? Yes Expected Half-life ~ 24 hr > 20 days Effector for C' No Yes FcR No Yes Additional Reactivities No Yes (IV Ig has additional reactivities) 10 reaction with vancomycin. Some of the cro~linking agents, upon reaction with vancomycin, were insoluble in aqueous solution and were not further pursued. It is recognized, however, that should steps be taken to render them soluble (e.g. addition of solvents, further side group modification of the base ~ conlycin structure, etc.) that such cro~linking agents could prove useful.
The table describes the cro~linking approach, the group on the modified vancomycin that is reactive ("reactive group") with either immunoglobulin or the corresponding linker on immunoglobulin (if any), the solubility, and the biological activity of the conjugate. The following examples describe representative reactions set forth in the table.
C. Conjugates And Cross-linking Numerous agents have been developed for the cross-linking of biological molecules.
[Pierce Chemical Co., (Rockford, IL), General Catalog, pp. E-10 - E-39 (1992).] In general, these agents possess functional groups that are reactive with the side chains of different amino acids found in proteins or peptides. As snmm~rized in Table 5, various functional groups will react with primary amino groups, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, or thiol groups of ~wo 94/14437 2 i ~i l 3 ~ 6 PCT/US93/12381 proteins or other compounds. In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugates, the reactive groups of both the antibody and antibiotic must be considered. In general, antibodies have many reactive groups that can be used in direct conjugation schemes (amino acids cont~ining primary amine, carboxyl, hydroxyl, thiol [after reduction]) or modified groups (glycosylated 5 amino acids that can be oxidized to aldehyde; or primary amines that can be made thiol-reactive) for conjugation schemes. Individual antibiotics will not, in general, possess very many different reactive groups and offer fewer choices for conjugation to antibodies. The selection of an antibiotic from a family of related compounds and the selection of a cross-linking scheme must take into consideration the reactive groups on an antibiotic.
A key concern in modifying an antibiotic is the preservation of its ability to bind to the surface or secreted products of a pathogen. The modification of individual reactive groups or excessive modification of more than one reactive group with cross-linking agents, or the steric hindrance created by ~tt~chment to a large protein such as immnnnglobulin may abolish antibiotic activity. Therefore, before conjugate activity is considered, conditions for 15 preservation of antibiotic activity must be detPrminPd by e~,.,;.,;-,g the biological activity of the modified or cross-linked antibiotic in simple antimicrobial assays. Preferably, one chooses a cross-linker type and concentration that preserves antibiotic activity.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93112381 ~
3~;
cn O G O ~_)C m O o o o o o y C~ Z Z Z Z Z
~ C
cn cn E
~ o o _ o o o o o CD z zr~ er z ~ .
g o o~t ~ o o o o o z ~ ~iz z z z z cL
u~
~ D V~ Zvl V~ zo o O ZO O
U
-O r r ~ c cn cn cn - -. ~ o ~ c~
c cn ~ ~ ~ I
c cn c cO, c c cn r .
: ~ ' a -r z ` ~ ~ ; IA _~
o , ; ~ -r~ . .
cn c c c WO 94/14~37 PCT/US93/1238i ~ 2~S~13~6 Different cross-linkers may influence the activity of individual antibiotics and the efficiency with which they are conjugated to antibodies. In the design of antibody-antibiotic conjugates, the discovery of more optimal cross-linkers relies on the empirical analysis of conjugates prepared using varying concentrations of different cross-linkers.
S The in vivo safety and efficacy of antibody-antibiotic conjugates will depend upon their activity, toxicity and stability. The selection of the cross-linking agent may also affect these aspects of conjugate performance. For example, in addition to inflllencing the activity of the conjugate imparted by the antibiotic, the cross-linker employed may affect the properties of the antibody. Effector functions dependent upon the Fc region of the antibody such as opsonization or complement fixation may be influenced by which reactive groups are utilized and their location on the antibody molecule. Furthermore, some cross-linkers may cause adverse reactions by eliciting an immune response to the haptenic groups on the cross-linker. Finally, the in vivo stability of the bonds created by the cross-linking scheme may vary in important ways. Disulfide bonds linking the antibiotic and antibody may not be as stable, for example, as amide bonds created by other cross-linkers. Dissociation between antibody and antibiotic may not be tolerable in cases where long-term prophylaxis is desired.
D. Analogues The present invention contemplates the use of antibody analogues. Antibody analogues are those compounds which act in an analogous manner to antibodies. In one embodiment, the present invention conte,l,~lates fr~gment~ of antibodies (e.g, Fc fractions) to make antibody-antibiotic conjugates. As herein used, the terms "antibody" and "immunoglobulin" are meant to include antibody analogues.
E. New Antibiotics And Conjugates Antibiotic compounds have been isolated from many different microbial, plant, and animal sources and new promising compounds continue to be discovered. In addition, synthetic derivatives of natural compounds as well as wholly synthetic compounds such as small peptides are also being screened for antibiotic activities in many laboratories. As used herein, the term "antibiotic" refers to any chemical compound which destroys, inhibits the growth of, or binds to microorg~ni~m.c (i.e., "antimicrobials"). It is not intended that the term Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2~ 3~
TABLE ~
Conjugates Functional Groups Reacts With:
Aldehyde Primary amines S Imide Primary amines Amino Aldehyde Cyano Hydroxyl groups Halogen (e.g., Bromine) Thiol groups Carboxyl groups Primary amines 10Activated carboxyl groups (e.g, N-Primary amines or hydroxyl groups succinimidyl esters of carboxylic acids)*
Anhydrides (e.g, succinic anhydride Primary amines and maleic anhydride) Maleimide derivatives Thiol groups 15 * e.g~ N-hydroxyl succinimide ester of N-(-4-carboxycyclo-hexyl methyl) maleimide.
be limited only to those compounds which are produced by microorg~ni~m.c "Antibiotic"
therefore includes compounds which are produced synthetically, as indeed many of the antibiotics are now produced in the chemi~try lab rather than by microorg~ni~m~ Polymyxin 20 and other compounds discussed herein may be produced synthetically or obtained from "natural" sources (e.g B. polymyxa). Therefore, the invention co~ plates the design and synthesis of a variety of antibody-antibiotic conjugates utili7inp antibiotics from all sources.
Figures 2-4 outline the methods by which new antibiotics can be screened for use as compounds for conjugation with immunoglobulins. The "Screening Modes" consist of the 25 following temporal steps:
_WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~ 2~3~6 Mode I: Conjugate the antibiotic to a cross-linker only and then assess for inhibition of organism growth in liquid culture and on a disc inhibition lawn assay (e.g, Kirby-Bauer).
Mode IIA: Conjugate the antibiotic via the cross-linker to immunoglobulin and then assess for binding to bacteria and bacterial toxin by a solid phase assay.
S Mode IIB: Conjugate the antibiotic to immunoglobulin without the use of a cross-linker (e.g., periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate groups ["CHO"] of IgG) and then assess for binding to bacteria and bacterial toxin by a solid phase assay.
Mode III: Check specificity of the antibodiotic by inhibition of bacterial toxin binding with the antibiotic.
Mode IV: Assess the antibodiotic for inhibition of org~ni~m~ growth in liquid culture.
By using this approach, a new antibiotic ("X") can be evaluated for use in the present invention. Although it is not required for research use, it is contemplated that in the clinical setting, the current protocols for broth dilution, disk diffusion, and other methods developed by the National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS) will be followed.
For example, antibiotic X may initially be evaluated by Mode I. In this Mode, X is only conjugated to a cross-linker "c" to create "X-c"; this compound is then added to a liquid or solid phase culture. By creating only part of antibodiotic, the question of compatibility with immllnoglobulin is avoided; Mode I only addresses compatibility of "X" with the conjugation ch~?rni~ry. The assay is performed and the results are co~ ,ared to an identical assay of unconjugated antibiotic X.
For the lawn assay colllp~;son in Mode I, an agar-filled petri dish is inoculated with the organism (Step 1, Figure 2). A small filter-paper disc cont~ining a known amount of antibiotic X or X-c is placed on the agar surface and allowed to diffuse into the medium over an 18- to 24-hr period (Step 2, Figure 2). After this incubation, a zone of growth inhibition is apparent with X and this is colllpal~d to the zone (if any) achieved with X-c (Step 3, Figure 2).
Alternatively for Mode I, known concentrations of X or X-c are diluted in broth in a test tube, which is then inoculated with an organism susceptible to X (Figure 3). After incubation, the concentration that inhibits growth (i.e., no visible growth, as indicated by lack of turbidity) is determined. This value corresponds to the minimum inhibitory concentration ("MIC") (Figure 3A). To assess bactericidal activity, an aliquot is taken from a tube showing bacteriostatic activity, and this aliquot is added to agar plates (Figure 3B). If growth occurs, WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
215~L3~
then the agent is bacteriostatic; if no growth occurs, the agent is bactericidal. The minim~
bactericidal (lethal) concentration is the lowest concentration of X-c or X that produces a 99.9% reduction in org~ni~m~ from the original inoculum of approximately 100,000org~ni~mc In this manner the minimum bactericidal concentration ("MBC") is established.
[I.S. Snyder and R.G. Finch in Modern Pharmacology, 2d Ed. (C.R. Craig and R.E. Stitzel, eds.), Little, Brown and Company, Boston, pp. 631-640 (1986); J.E. Conte, Jr. and S.L.
Barriere, Manual of Antibiotics and Infectious Diseases, 6th Ed., Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, pp. 135-152 (1988).~
When comparing X-c with X, some reduction in activity is expected. However, the more potent X is, the greater the reduction in X-c activity permissible. Overall, a range of 0.01 to 50 llg/ml for both the MIC and the MBC is practical.
If the activity of X-c is good, it is further evaluated in Mode IIA. If the activity of X-c is poor, X is evaluated in Mode IIB. Both Modes IIA and IIB contemplate covalent rllment Mode IIA uses a cross-linker to create "X-c-Ig", while Mode IIB does not use a cross-linker and gencl~es "X-CHO-Ig." In both cases, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate, or simply the "antibodiotic", is assayed on a solid phase assay such as shown sch~m~tically in Figure 4.
Toxin or or~ni~m~ may be used in the solid phase assay to coat a microwell or other a,ulJlol~liate surface (Step 1, Figure 4A). The antibodiotic is then added to test for binding (Step 2, Figure 4A). Standard washing procedures are used to avoid non-specific binding.
The antibody portion of the conjugate may thereafter serve as a target for secondary reagents (e.g., goat anti-human IgG antibody having an enzyme reporter group such as horseradish peroxidase) (see Step 3, Figure 4A). An ~ ;ate substrate for the enzyme may then be added (not shown) to generate a colorimetric signal.
Where toxin is used in the solid phase assay, X-c-Ig binding may be compared with that of X-CHO-Ig. Where the organism is used, care must be taken that binding is not via the Fc l`eCep10l of Ig. Unconjugated Ig can be used as a control for this purpose.
To avoid any binding due to d~:n~ ion or other artifact. conjugates showing reactivity in Mode IIA or Mode IIB should be evaluated in Mode III. As shown in Figure 4B, this simply involves adding free antibiotic to show that it will compete specifically for binding.
~ 21~138~
The next portion of the evaluation involves testing the antibody-antibiotic conjugate for growth inhibition and/or bactericidal activity (Mode IV). This is the same assay as shown in Figure 2~ the difference being that now the complete conjugate X-c-lg (or X-CHO-Ig) is evaluated rather than just the antibiotic (X-c).
S Both X-c-Ig and X-CHO-Ig may show good toxin binding in Mode II but poor anti-bacterial activity in Mode IV. If the specificity of the binding is nonetheless confirmed in Mode III, these compounds are candidates for diagnostic reagents. Alternatively, they may be used in vivo simply to bind free toxin and thereby reduce toxin load.
Thoughtful consideration of the results of each of these steps allows any antibiotic to be analyzed for potential use in the form of an antibodiotic. Following these in vitro tests.
the antibiotic can then be evaluated in vivo for reduced toxicity and ph~rm~r.okinetics."antibody" and "immlmoglobulin" are meant to include antibody analogues.
F. Antibiotic Precursors And Conjugates "Antibiotic precursors" as herein defined are rc~ct~nt~ used in the synthesis of semi-lS synthetic antibiotics that possess limited in vitro and in vivo anti-microbial activity.
Therefore one would not typically use such compounds as anti-microbial agents. The present invention contemplates, however, that the "latent" anti-microbial potential of such compounds can be activated upon conjugation, according to the methods herein described, with immunoglobulin .
In one embodiment, the method involves, as a first step, the unlocking of the anti-microbial potential of antibiotic precursors by derivatizing them with a cro~linkin~ agent.
These derivatized antibiotic precursors by themselves possess increased anti-microbial effects co~ .~ed to the free antibiotic precursors. As a second step, conjugates are made between the derivatized antibiotic precursors and human immllnoglobulin. Through this latter step, a conjugate is created that possesses the benefits exhibited by the earlier described conjugates (increased half life, reduced nephrotoxicity, etc.).
-WO 94/14437 PCT/US93112381 ~
2~ ~ ~ 3g~ .
II. Antibodiotic In Vitro And In Vivo Efficacy A. In Vitro Reactivity Of The Fc Region In the previous section~ the key question was whether the antibiotic portion of theconjugate shows the same or similar reactivity as the native antibiotic. However, it must be 5 emph~si7to~ that immunoglobulin is not simply an inert carrier. The Fc portion of the antibody can mediate pathogen eliminzltion by two merh~nicm~ that are distinct from the effects of the antibiotic. First, it is known that following binding of antibody to antigen, the Fc region can activate the classical pathway of complement, ultimately resulting in the Iysis of org~ni~mc Second, binding of the conjugate to bacteria can lead to the ingestion or 10 opsonization of the organism by recognition of the Fc region by phagocytes (e.~
macrophages) and/or Iysis by killer cells. [See L.E. Hood et al., Immunology, 2d Ed., The Benjamin/CI-mming~ Publishing Company, Inc., Menlo Park, pp. 339-340 (1984).]
The present invention contemplates antibody-antibiotic conjugates with the capability of binding Fc receptors on phagocytes. It is preferred that in competition binding, the binding 15 of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the present invention to such cells is substantially similar to that of normal IgG.
The present invention contemplates antibody-antibiotic conjugates which, while not activating complement systemically, are capable of binding complement to facilitate pathogen killing. Furthermore, conjugates are contemplated which bind phagocytes via the Fc region to 20 facilitate pathogen elimin~tion. Thus, it is contemplated that the antibody-antibiotic conjugates will mediate or enhance opsonization and removal (opsonophagocytosis) of the etiologic agent(s) of sepsis in the treated patient.
B. Efficacy Of The Conjugate In Vivo Regardless of the manner in which the conjugate is used in vzvo (acute, prophylactic.
25 etc.), the conjugate will be present in a background of the entire repertoire of host immune mediators. These immune mediators include, of course, humoral immune mediators such as endogenous antibodies directed against bacteria and their toxins.
In this regard, several studies have suggested a causal relationship between a person s humoral immune status and the susceptibility to gram-negative infections. In patients who 30 survived Pseudomonas aeruginosa septicemia~ both total IgG levels and the circulating titer of 21 513~B
core antigen-specific anti-LPS levels were significantly higher than in those patients who succumbed. [M. Pollack et al., J. Clin. lnvest. 72:1874-1881 (1983).] Similarly, a correlation has been found between the titer of IgG against the patient's infecting organism and the frequency of shock and death. [S.H. Zinner and W.R. McCabe, J. Infect. Dis. 133:37-45 (1976)-]
These studies suggest that patients at risk of gram-negative sepsis and endotoxemia may be so because of we~ken~d humoral immune defenses. For this reason, the present invention contemplates, in one embodiment, determining the immune status of the host prior to ~lminictration of the antibodiotic. This determination can be made by screening potential risk groups for total and endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM levels. [B.J. Stoll et al., Serodiagnosis and lmmunotherapy 1:21-31 (1987).] Screening is believed to be particularly important with the elderly. full-terrn and pre-term neonates [W. Marget et al., Infection 11:84-86 (1983)], patients with malignancies [C. Stoll et al., Infection 13:115-119 (1985)]. abdominal surgery candidates, individuals under long-term catheterization or artificial ventilation, and burn and other trauma victims.
Where the immune status is poor (e.g., low total IgG levels and low levels of anti-bacterial antibodies), the efficacy of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate is expected to be most dramatic. Where the host's immune status is good, use of the conjugate will support the endogenous anti-bacterial defenses.
For optimal in vivo treatment, the conjugate itself must be effective against clinically relevant org~ni~m~, non-toxic and non-immunogenic. Thus, it is contemplated that the conjugates of the present invention will be effective against gram-positive and gram-negative or3~ ni~m.~ which are commonly associated with sepsis (e.g, E. coli, K pneumoniae, P.
aeruginosa, S. pyogenes, S. aureus, 5. epidermidis, etc.). It is also contemplated these conjugates will be non-toxic to the host animal. As with any chemotherapeutic~ the conjugate must be effective against the infecting org~ni~m.c but not harm the host. In addition, in order to enhance the host's response to the infecting organism and to prevent such complications as serum sickness upon subsequent ~lmini~tration of conjugate, the conjugates themselves must be non-immllnogenic. This characteristic permits the immune system of the host to focus on battling the infecting org~ni~m~, rather than attack the conjugates int~n~le~l as treatment. As it is contemplated that these conjugates may be ~iminict~red to the same animal multiple times (i.e., upon subsequent exposures to potentially pathogenic org~ni~m~) it is important that the Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2~ 3~
host not produce antibodies against the conjugates themselves. Such antibody production would be likely to lead to rapid clearance of the conjugate upon subse~luent a~1mini~tration or result in a serious, potentially life-thre~tening hypersensitivity response.
Conjugates which are non-immunogenic or p~orly immunogenic due to high 5 concentrations of D-configuration amino acids are also contemplated. Synthetic polypeptides entirely comprised of D-amino acids are generally unable to elicit an immune response. [M.
Sela, in Advances in Immunology, Vol. 5, (F.Dixon and J. Humphrey. eds,), pp. 29-129 (1966).] Thus, conjugation of a synthetic antimicrobial comprised entirely of D-amino acids to the antibody would be beneficial in the present invention.
10 III. Antibodiotic Applications A. Prophylactic Use In Humans The diagnosis of sepsis is problematic. First, the development of sepsis does not require the persistent release of toxin(s) into, nor the presence of org~ni~m.c the circulation.
Thus, many patients who die of sepsis are never shown to be bacteremic. rR.C. Bone, Ann.
15 Intern. Med. 115:457-469 (1991).] Second, even if bacteria are ~letecte~l, the amount of time needed for this detection is often too great to be practical.
For these reasons and others, the present invention co~ "pl~tes the use of antibodiotics in hllm~n.~ prior to the onset of ~y~ tonls (e.g, prophylactically). In particular.
the present invention contemplates the use of antibodiotics as a prophylactic in patients at 20 high risk for infection, as well as sepsis.
High risk patients include surgical patients (particularly the elderly), low birth weight infants, burn and trauma. Trauma patients are particularly difficult to examine because of the multitude of invasive procedures that they have undergone. Trauma patients are also typically hooked up to a number of devices, including intravascular lines, mechanical ventilators and 25 Foley catheters. While every attempt is made to change intravascular lines, this is frequently impossible because of the extent of trauma and the lack of venous accessibility. [E.S. Caplan and N. Hoyt, Am. J. Med. 70:638-640 (1981).]
Most patients with multiple trauma have fever, as well as increased white cell counts due to the stress of the trauma itself. The classic indicators of infection, therefore, may or may not reflect an ongoing infection. 38 wo 94/14437 PCT/US93tl2381 Because of this~ current clinical practice involves treating patients with antibiotics only for specific indications, and for as short a period of time as possible. Generally, the average course for any documented infection is seven to ten days. Prophylactic antibiotics are used in only three instances: open fractures, penetrating abdominal injuries and penetrating facial injuries in which there is injury to the respiratory mucosa. Even in these situations, antibiotics are used for only three to five days, depending on the injury.
In contrast, the present invention contemplates treating all trauma patients prophylactically with antibodiotics. Because of the reduced toxicity of the conjugates and their longer residence time in the circulation, the present invention contemplates ~-lmini~tering antibodiotics immediately to the trauma patient upon admission. Indeed, the antibodiotics may successfully be used at the first moment that clinical care is available (e.g., emergency mobile care).
Rather than the short (i.e., three to seven day) period of protection provided by native antibiotics, the use of the antibiotic-antibody conjugates of the present invention should protect the trauma patient during the entire period of risk.
Burn patients have many of the sarne problems with respect to the diagnosis and therapy for infection. Since the magnitude of thermal injury is related to the level of trauma in a burn victim, this even becomes more of a problem with acute cases.
It is reported that septicemia appears in the blood cultures of burn patients almost four days after a septic state. [M. Meek et al., J. Burn Care Rehab. 12:564-568 (1991).]
Consequently, therapy with the conjugates of the present invention is particularly applo~liate immediately after the burn injury as a means of preventing a septic reaction. Furthermore, in severe cases, consideration should be given to the topical ~tlmini.~tration of antibodiotics to prevent wound sepsis.
2S Importantly, burn victims are exposed equally to both gram negative and gram positive org~ni~m.s Burn victims are particularly good candidates for therapeutic plepald~ions having bactericidal activity for both gram-positive and gram-negative org~ni~m~ This includes conjugates using a single antibiotic with reactivity for both groups of org~ni~m.~ (e.g, antibiotics such as a cephalosporin or broad-spectrum penicillin) and well as therapeutic "cocktail" ~ ~aLions comprising: (i) a first conjugate consi~ting of a first antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin; and (ii) a second conjugate con~i~fin~; of a second antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immllnoglobulin (e.g, where the first 2~ 5~3~
antibiotic is polymyxin and the second antibiotic is bacitracin). Alternatively, two different antibiotics can be covalently bound to the same immunoglobulin molecule.
The use of blood cultures and the like has also been shown to be unreliable in the diagnosis of neonatal sepsis. Indeed, in practice cultures appear to have little or no influence 5 on antibiotic therapy decision-making for at-risk infants. [T.J. Zuerlein et al., Clin. Ped.
29:445-447 (1990).] For this reason, the conjugates of the present invention can be applied with great advantage (i.e., antibiotics can be used without the concern of toxicity, and the longer circulating half-life allows for antibiotic therapy without n~ces~rily prolonging hospitali~ation) .
Finally, surgical patients also r~ csent a risk group where the conjugates of the present invention can be used successfully. Current practice involves the prophylactic use of antibiotics in a very narrow category of cases (e.g., elective colorectal procedures, cholecystectomy, hysterectomy and Caesarean sections). [R.L. Nichols in Decision Making in Surgical Sepsis, B.C. Decker, Inc., Philadelphia, pp. 20-21 (1991).] One to two grams of a 15 broad-spectrum antibiotic are ~rlmini~t~red intravenously at the induction of anesthesia. An additional dose may be given during an extensive procedure or post-operatively but prophylaxis beyond 24 hours is not indicated. Twenty-four hours of antibiotic prophylaxis is considered to be sufficient to control co~ ".il-~tion. Continll~n~e of antibiotic prophylaxis beyond 24 hours is an added expense, particularly when using an antibiotic with short serum 20 and tissue half-lives. Most i~ ol ~ ly, co,~ ion of antibiotic prophylaxis also runs an excessive risk of drug toxicity and emergence of resistant strains.
By contrast as shown in rabbits in the accompanying Examples, the longer serum half-life of the conjugates of the present invention provide ~xten~led protection against sepsis without the expense of multiple dosing. Furthermore, since the distribution of 25 immunoglobulin is predomin~ntly to vascular conl~ ents, the use of the conjugates of the present invention may reduce the risk of disruption of endogenous flora. Consequently, the conjugates of the present invention may be used liberally (e.g, in more categories of surgical procedures).
WO 94/14~37 PCT/US93/12381 2 i~386 B. Acute Therapy In Humans As noted previously~ the present invention also contemplates the use of antibodiotics in a therapeutic preparation for acute treatment. In this case, treatment involves a-lrnini~tration of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates after infection is detected and/or sepsis is suspected.
Evidence suggestive of gram-negative infection includes the following: (1) core temperature higher than 38C or lower than 35C; (2) peripheral blood leukocyte count greater than 12 x 109/L or less than 3 x 109/L (not due to chemotherapy), or at least 20%
imm~tllre forms; (3) growth of grarn-negative org~ni~m.~ from a blood culture drawn within the preceding 48 hours; or (4) documented or suspected site of gram-negative infection.
Current medical practice accepts sepsis as having no specific pharmacotherapy available. ~R.L. Greenman et a/., JAMA 266:1097-1102 (1991).] A systemic septic reaction is characterized by at least one of the following: arterial hypotension (systolic blood pressure <90 mm Hg or an acute drop of 30 mm Hg); metabolic acidosis (base deficit >5 mEq/L);
decreased systemic vascular resi.~t~nce (systemic vascular resistance <800 dynes/s cm5);
tachypnea (respiratory rate >20/min or ventilation >10 L/min if mechanically ventil~te~l); or otherwise unexplained dysfunction of the kidney (urine output <30 ml/h), or lungs.
It must be stressed that the antibodiotics of the present invention should ideally be used prior to a systemic infection, if possible. For example, the conjugates can be ~Amini~tered immediately after bacteremia or fungemia is AetecteA Similarly, conjugate(s) can be ~Amini~tered where there is an obvious sign of infection at a particular site (e.g., wounds, sinusitis, meningiti~, respiratory, ga~Lloi,.le~ l, or urinary tract infections, etc.).
Primary bacteremia is typically defined as two or more blood cultures with the same bacterial organism occurring in a patient with no other obvious site of infection. Sinusitis is diagnosed in a patient`who has at least two of the following: purulent nasal discharge, roentgenographic evidence of sinusitis or purulent material aspirated from the sinuses.
The lower ~ tory tract is a common site of infection. Pneumonia in the int~lb~ted patient is diagnosed in a patient when there is fever, leukocytosis and a Gram stain with many polymorphonuclear leukocytes. Pneumonia may also be diagnosed in the patient with a new infiltrate that has not cleared with intensive physical therapy (this last criterion helps rule out atelectasis).
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12;~81 8 ~
C. Veterinary Care Septicemia and sepsis are by no means limited to human beings. Infection by gram-negative bacteria accounts for significant morbidity and mortality in neonatal livestock~ such as calves. [D.D. Morris et al., Am. J. Vet. Res. 47:2554-2565 (1986).] Interestingly, 5 humoral immune status is again related to susceptibility to sepsis and this is largely dependent on passive transfer from colostrum. For this reason, the present invention contemplates, in one embodiment, determining the immllne status of the animal prior to a-lmini~tration of the antibodiotic. This determin~tion can be made by screening neonatal calves for total circulating serum immunoglobulin ~e.g, by ELISA).
Where the immlme status is poor (e.g., low total IgG levels), the conjugate should be used prophylactically. Where the animal's immune status is good, use of the conjugate may be needed for acute therapy of gram-negative bacterial sepsis, which remains prevalent in neonatal calves even with high antibody levels.
The present invention conten rl~tes the tre~tment of other ~nim~l.c as well. Among foals less than 10 days of age in critical distress, sepsis is the most serious problem. [A.M.
Hoffman et al., J. Vet. Int. Med. 6:89-95 (1992).] Symptoms highly indicative of sepsis risk include we~kn( s~, metabolic disturbance and dehydration. In one embodiment, the invention contemplates using antibodiotics for prophylactic treatment of foals less than 10 days of age having these indicators, or those at risk of infection.
While positive blood cultures are found in less than half of the cases, those ~nim~
found positive have a very poor chance of survival. The present invention therefore contemplates using antibodiotics for acute tre~tmp-nt of any animal with evidence of septicemia, with or without culture-proven cases.
IV. Therapeutic Preparations And Combinations ~ The present invention contemplz~te~ using therapeutic compositions of soluble antibodiotics. It is not intçn-lçd that the present invention be limited by the particular nature of the therapeutic preparation. For example, such compositions can be provided together with physiologically tolerable liquid, gel or solid carriers, diluents, adjuvants and excipients. In addition, antibodiotics may be used together with other therapeutic agents, including unconjugated immunoglobulin.
As noted above, these therapeutic preparations can be ~tlmini~tered to m~mm~ forveterinary use, such as with domestic ~nim~ , and clinical use in humans in a manner similar to other therapeutic agents. In general, the dosage required for therapeutic efficacy will vary according to the type of use and mode of ~(lmini~tration, as well as the particularized 5 requirements of individual hosts.
With respect to the mode of Q~lmini~tration, the antibodiotics may be employed for intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or topical (including topical ophth~lmic) ~mini~tration.
Formulations for such ~-lmini.~trations may comprise an effective amount of antibodiotic in sterile water or physiological saline.
On the other hand, formulations may contain such normally employed additives as binders, fillers, carriers, preservatives, stabilizing agents, emulsifiers, buffers and excipients as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, m~gn~?~ium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, m~gnecium carbonate, and the like. These compositions typically contain 1%-95% of active ingredient, preferably 2%-70%.
The compositions are preferably prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection may also be prepared.
The antibodiotics of the present invention are often mixed with diluents or excipients which are compatible and physiologically tolerable. Suitable diluents and excipients are, for 20 example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, or the like, and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired the compositions may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, stabilizing or pH buffering agents.
Where repeated ~rlmini.~trations are required, it may be beneficial to first clear any anti-hapten antibodies by ~lmini~t~ring free antibiotic. This can then be followed by 25 ~lmini~tration of the antibodiotic.
EXPERIMENTAL
The following examples serve to illustrate certain preferred embodiments and aspects of the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the scope thereof.
In the experimental disclosure which follows, the following abbreviations apply: eq 30 (equivalents); M (Molar); ,uM (micromolar); N (Normal); mol (moles); mmol (millimoles);
,umol (micromoles); nmol (nanomoles); gm (grams); mg (milligrams); ~lg (micrograrns); ng WO 94/l4437 PCT/US93/12381 2~5~ ~8~
(nanograms); L (liters); ml (milliliters); ,ul (microliters); cm (centimeters); mm (millimeters);
,um (micrometers); nm (nanometers); C (degrees Centigrade); AUFS (absorption units full scale); hr (hour); sec (second); min (minutes); IV (intravenous); lg (immnnQglobulin); FCS
(fetal calf serum); CFU (colony forming units); ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent 5 Assay); Aldrich (Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI); Amicon (Beverly, MA); Baxter (Deerfield, IL); BBL (Becton Dickinson Microbiology Systems, Cockeysville, MD); Bio-Rad (Richmond, CA); Corning (Corning, Inc., Corning, NY); Falcon (Lincoln Park, NJ); Lee (Lee Laboratories, Grayson, Georgia); Harlan Sprague-Dawley (Harlan Sprague-Dawley, Intli~n~polis, IN); ICN (ICN Biomedicals, Costa Mesa~ CA); Mallinckrodt (Mallinckrodt, St.
10 Louis, MO); Pharmacia (Pharmacia, Inc., Piscataway, NJ); Pierce (Pierce Chemical Co..
Rockford, IL.); Prochem (Prochem, Inc., Rockford, IL); Scientific Products or S/P (Scientific Products, McGraw Park, IL); S & S (Schleicher & Schuell, Inc., Keene, NH); Sigma (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO.);Spectrum (Spectrum, Houston, TX); Whatman (Wh~tm~n, Inc., Clifton, NJ).
In some of the examples below, purification of products from re~ct~nt~ is performed using various types of chromatography. Standard terms understandable to those skilled in the art are employed to describe this purification. For example. "eluent" is a chemical solution capable of dissociating desired products bound to the column matrix (if any) that passes through the column matrix and comprises an "eluate". Products that are dissociated (if any) 20 are freed from the column matrix and pass by elution with the "eluent" into the "eluate".
~tt~rhmtont Of An Antibiotic To Human IgG Using A Carbodiimide Cross-Linker This example describes attempts to attach antibiotics to a carrier (i.e., in this case 25 antibodies). In this regard, K. Hanasawa et al. describe the ~tt~chment of PMB to an immobilized fiber via carbodiimide chemi~try. [Surg. Gyn. & Ob. 168:323-331 (1989).] In this example, the ability of a carbodiimide cross-linker to conjugate polymyxin B (PMB) to human IgG was analyzed.
It is known that l-ethyl-3(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) 30 cross-links proteins and peptides between amine and carboxylic acids. The example involved:
~WO 94/14437 2 ~ ~ ~L 3 8 6 PCT/USg3/12381 (a) EDC-mediated cross-linking of PMB and IgG; and (b) enzyme-linked immunoassay(ELISA) of conjugate binding to LPS.
a) EDC-Me~ te-l Cross-l,inkin~ Of PMB To IgG
In this and in all examples, measures were taken to make glassware, solutions, and 5 other materials and reagents pyrogen-free because adventitious pyrogen (e.g~, LPS) could inhibit conjugation reactions, absorb PMB or conjugates~ or block the activity of PMB
conjugates.
Human IgG (Sigma) and PMB (Sigma) were each dissolved at a concentration of 8 mg/ml in pyrogen-free MES (2-[N-Morpholino]eth~nf sl~lfonic acid) buffer (0.lM MES, 0.09 10 M NaCl pH 4.7). 0.5 ml of each solution were mixed together and 0.15 ml of the mixture was incubated with 0.15 ml of either 0.4 M EDC, 0.2 M EDC, 0.1 M EDC (Pierce), or control solution in MES buffer, for 2 hrs at room temperature. The reactions were stopped by the addition of 2.7 ml of TBS (50 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.2). The five mixtures were dialyzed separately (molecular weight cut-off of dialysis tubing 12-14,000, Scientific 15 Products) at 4C against four changes of 1500 ml of PBS over a 36 hr period. The samples cont~ining human IgG at 0.2 mg/ml were stored at 4C.
b) Enzyme-~.irk~l Immunoassay Of EDC-PMB Conjugate Binding To LPS
In order to determine whether the ~tt~r.hment of PMB facilitated the binding of IgG to 20 LPS, a simple indirect binding assay was performed. To each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (~alcon), 100 111 of a 2.0 ,ug/ml solution of E. coli 011 l:B4 LPS (Sigma) in PBS was coated, except for those control wells in which PBS but no LPS was added. After an overnight incubation at 4C, the coating solutions were clec~ntç~l and all wells were washed three times with PBS. Non-specific binding sites were blocked by the addition of 100 1l1 of 25 PBS cont~ining 5 mg/ml bovine serum albumin (BSA, Sigma) for 2 hrs at room temperature.
After ~lçç~nting the blocking solution, samples of the conjugates prepared in (a) above were diluted in PBS cont~ining 1 mg/ml BSA to an initial concentration of 10 ~lg/ml IgG followed by five-fold dilutions. A positive control antiserum of commercially prepared rabbit anti-E.
coli 0111:B4 antiserum (Lee Laboratories, Lot M25082) was initially diluted 1:100. One 0 hundred (100) ~11 of each sample was incubated in duplicate for two hours at room ~138~
temperature and the plates were washed three times with BBS-Tween 20 (0.1 M boric acid, 0.025 M Na borate, 1.0 M NaCI, 0.1% Tween 20. p~ 8.3), followed by two washes with PBS-Tween 20 (0.1% Tween 20 (v/v)), an~ finally, two washes with PBS.
In order to detect bound antibodies, the wells incubated with the hurnan antibody 5 conjugates were incubated with 100 ,ul of a 1:500 dilution of goat anti-human IgG (whole molecule)-~lk~line phosphatase conjugate (Sigma) and the wells incubated with the rabbit serum were incubated with 100 ~l of a 1 :500 dilution of goat anti-rabbit IgG (whole molecule)-alkaline phosphatase conjugate (Sigma) for 2 hours at room temperature. The secondary antibody solutions were discarded, the plates were washed with BBS-Tween 20, 10 and PBS-Tween 20 as above and then twice with 50 mM Na7Co3, 10 mM MgCI7, pH 9.5.
~fter 45 minl~te~ at room temperature, the absorbance of each well was measured at 410 nrn on a Dynatech MR700 plate reader using diluent control wells as blanks. Tables 6 and 7 show the results for the rabbit control serurn and EDC-conjugates.
The results in Table 6 show that the positive control serum, as expected, bound to 15 LPS-coated wells in a specific manner. These data validate the ELISA design as being capable of detecting LPS binding antibodies.
The results in Table 7 appear to indicate that EDC cross-linking caused the IgG-PMB
to bind to the LPS. However, the titration of the conjugates drops off rather abruptly between S and 1 ~Lg/ml. To verify that the observed binding is specific, it must be determin~d that the 20 binding is inhibitable by PMB and antigen-dependent.
Binding Of Rabbit Anti-E. coli 0111 :B4 Antiserum To E. coli 0111:B4 LPS (OD4l0 Values) Serum Dilution LPS Coated No Antigen 1:1 1.801 0.032 1 :5 1.817 0.028 1 :25 1.648 0.024 1:175 0.308 0.026 1 :625 0.070 0.027 1:3125 0.021 0.028 1:15,625 0.014 0.018 2 ~ 8 ~
The ELISA described above was repeated; however, in this instance, a fixed concentration of the EDC-conjugate (10 ~lg/ml) that yielded the highest binding by ELISA
was incubated with five-fold dilutions of polymyxin B (beginning with 10 mg/ml) and the LPS-binding activity was determined. In addition, the binding was -Binding Of EDC-Mediated Human IgG-PMB Conjugates To E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS (OD4,0 Values) EDC Conjugation Conc. (M) Conjugate IgG Conc. (llg/ml) 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.025 0 0.638 0.369 0.306 0.464 0.015 /2 0.010 0.012 0.026 0.054 0.008 0.4 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.009 0.007 0.008 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.005 tested in control wells co~ ;"i"g no antigen. The results are shown in Tables 8 and 9. Since the binding of the conjugate is only inhibited at the very highest concentration of PMB tested 15 and because the conjugate exhibited significant binding to wells that contained no antigen, it is clear that most of the binding observed is was not specific. This may reflect an il1al~pl~ iate type or number of bonds between PMB and IgG and, since IgG that was not treated with a cross-linker shows very little binding to LPS, it suggests that the cross-linking of the IgG molecule is causing nonspecific binding.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2~5~ 38g Specificity Of EDC-Conjugates Of IgG-PMB Binding To LPS: PMB Inhibition Test (OD4,0 Values) PMB Concentration (mg/ml) 0.2 M EDC-Conjugate Binding 0 1.757 0.755 2 1.775 0.4 1.785 0.08 1.770 100.016 1.766 0.0033 1.775 Clearly, carbodiimide chemi~try does not work at a level which is practical. Indeed. it is evident that the interactions of the cross-linking reagent with the antibiotic are somewhat complex. It is to be remembered that three reactions arepossible: PMB to PMB; IgG to IgG;
15 and PMB to IgG. Only the latter reaction is productive.
Antigen-Dependent Binding Of EDC-Conjugate Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) Conjugate Conc. (~g/ml)LPS Coated Wells No Antigen Wells 20 10 1.770 1.766 2 0.976 0.552 0.4 0.347 0.045 0.08 0.034 o.oo 0.016 0.062 0.00 21~13~6 Attachment Of An Antibiotic To Human IgG Using A Disuccinimide Ester ln an attempt to remedy the difficulties observed with EDC conjugates. different cross-linkers and chemistries were invcstig~tecl Talmadge and Siebert describe the ~ chment of 5 PMB via a hydroxysuccinimide ester reagent. [J. Chrom. 476:175-185 (1989).] Along the lines of this approach, this example ex~mines the ability of a homobifunctional cross-linking agent suberic acid bis-(N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) (DSS), which cross-links peptides and proteins via their amine groups~ to conjugate PMB to IgG. The example involved: (a) DSS-mediated cross-linking of PMB and IgG, and (b) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS.
~o a) DSS-Mediated Cross-~ kir~ Of PMB To IgG
Pyrogen-free PBS was prepared in pyrogen-free water (Baxter), and stock solutions of human IgG (40 mg/ml) and PMB (40 mg/ml) were dissolved in pyrogen-free PBS. A 60 mM
stock solution of DSS was prepared in 100% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). This solution was diluted to 6.0 mM DSS in PBS where some precipitation was noted. A stock solution of 15 human IgG and PMB was prepared cont~ining 20 mg/ml IgG and 20 mg/ml PMB in PBS.
Five dirr~,lc"t conjugates were prepared by mixing two-fold dilutions of the stock DSS
solution (0.15 ml) with a constant (0.15 ml) volume of the IgG/PMB stock solution. The five resulting DSS concentrations were 3.0 mM, 1.5 mM, 0.75 mM, 0.375 mM, and 0.0 mM
DSS. After incubation for 1 hour at room temperature, the reactions were stopped by the 20 addition of 2.7 ml of TBS. The five ~ Lul~:s were dialyzed against PBS as described in Example I for the EDC conjugates. The resulting dialyzed conjugates contained a final concentration of I mg/ml IgG and were stored at 4C.
2 ~W~ 7 PCT/US93/1238 b) ELISA Of DSS Conjugated Binding to LPS
The ELISA was performed es~enti~lly as in Example l(b) using the DSS conjugates at starting concentrations of 10 ~g/ml and the same control rabbit anti-E. coli Ol l l :B4 antiserum. The results of the initial binding assay are shown in Table 10.
Binding Of DSS Conjugates Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) DSS Concentration (mM) Conjugate IgG Conc.
3.0 1.5 0.75 0.375 0.00 (!lg/ml) 0.098 0.032 0.014 0.01 1 0.015 2 0.026 0.003 0.007 0.005 0.007 0.4 0.01 l 0.001 0.00 0.002 0.002 0.08 0.010 0.00 0.002 0.004 0.004 The results indicate a low level of binding that is correlated with the concentration of DSS utili7~tl The specificity of this binding was then tested by eX~mining the ability of 15 PMB to inhlbit binding and its dependence on antigen. The assays were performed exactly as described for the EDC conjugates in Example 1(b). The results are shown in Tables 11 and 12.
These results indicate that the DSS conjugate binds somewhat non-specifically. The pattern of PMB inhibition is erratic in that the highest concentration shows no inhibition of 20 binding but intermediate PMB concentrations do ~ar~ ly inhibit.
These results indicate some level of specific binding above a significant amount of non-specific binding. The binding of the control rabbit antiserurn at 1:500 and 1:12,500 dilution was 1.766 and 0.380, respectively and was virtually all antigen-dependent. The relatively low level of binding here suggests that hydroxysuccinimide ester reagents such as 25 DSS are not very effective cross-linkers for PMB and IgG. This could be due to the amine-amine chemistry employed, or the properties of the DSS agent. We did note some insolubility of DSS in PBS, perhaps a more water soluble form of DSS would perform better.
~ wO 94/14~37 2 L 5 ~ 3 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 Inhibition Of IgG-PMB Binding To LPS By Free PMB (OD4,0 Values) PMB Conc. (mg/ml)3.0 mM DSS Conj. of IgG-PMB (50 mg/ml) 0 0.144 0.182 2 0.054 0.4 0.059 0.08 0.097 0.016 0.128 0.0033 0.213 Antigen-Dependent Binding Of DSS Conjugate Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) Conjugate Conc. (,ug/ml) LPS Coated Wells No Antigen Wells 0.268 0.096 0.168 0.043 2 0.094 0.007 0.4 0.016 0.010 0.08 0.009 0.00 20 In addition, in both cases of the EDC and DSS conjugates, the PMB was exposed to a vast excess of cross-linker which could inhibit the ability of PMB to bind to LPS.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
215l~
Two-Step Conjugation Of PMB To IgG
Using EDC And A Water Soluble Analogue Of DSS
In the previous two examples, cross-linkers were present in molar excess over IgG and 5 were mixed simultaneously with both antibody and antibiotic. In this example, IgG was first modified with the cross-linker, the cross-linker removed, and then PMB added to the coupling reaction. In this way, the binding activity of PMB might be improved and the non-specific binding of the IgG reduced. In order to have an amine to arnine coupling reagent that was more water soluble, BS3 (Pierce). a water soluble analogue of DSS was employed. The 10 example involved: (a) two-step conjugation of IgG-PMB with EDC; (b) two step conjugation of IgG-PMB with BS3: and (c) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS.
a) Two-Step Conjugation Of IgG-PMB With EDC
A 0.75 ml of a 4 mg/ml IgG solution in MES buffer was prepared as described in Example 1, and mixed with 0.75 ml of a 0.4 M EDC solution in MES buffer at room 15 tem~dLul~ for 2 hours. The unreacted cross-linker was removed by passing the 1.5 ml reaction lllixLu~e over a Sephadex G-10 (Pharmacia) column that was poured into a sterile l0 ml pipette and equilibrated with pyrogen-free MES buffer. The void volume was collected and the IgG content was determined by measuring the OD280 of a 1:40 dilution of each fraction. The peak fraction cont~ining 2.37 mg IgG/ml was divided into two fractions: 1.5 20 mg of PMB was added and dissolved in one volume; nothing was added to the other (control). After incubation at room t~ el~Lule overnight, the reaction was stopped with TBS
and the final Ig(~ concentration was adjusted to 0.2 mg/ml. Both samples were dialyzed as in Example l(a) and stored at 4C.
wo 94/14437 2 i 5 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 b) Two-Step Conjugation Of IgG To PMB With BS3 A 0.75 ml of a 20 mg/ml IgG solution was mixed with 0.75 ml of a 6.0 mM BS3 solution, each prepared in PBS and incubated at room temperature for l hr. Unreacted cross-linker was removed as in Example 3(a) above and the peak IgG fractions identified and 5 pooled. Two equal fractions of IgG at 8.35 mg/ml were made and 7.5 mg of PMB was added and dissolved in one while nothing was added to the other. After overnight incubation at room temperature, the reactions were stopped with TBS, the conjugates dialyzed and the final IgG concentration adjusted to 1.0 mg/ml.
c) ELISA Of Conjugate Binding To LPS
This LPS-binding assay was performed as described in Example (I) except that theBBS-Tween 20 washes were elimin~te~ and the Tween 20 concentration in the PBS-Tween 20 wash was lowered to 0.05% (v/v). The results are shown in Tables 13 and 14.
The 0.2 M EDC IgG-PMB conjugate exhibited a high level of binding but this was partly due to non-specific binding as evidenced by the binding to control wells COt~t~ g no 15 LPS. Further evidence of non-specific binding created by EDC cross-linlcing is shown by the results for the conjugate collt~ g no PMB (which exhibited somewhat comparable levels of binding to the wells regardless of whether antigen was present or not).
Binding Of Two-Step EDC Conjugates To LPS (OD4,0 Values) 0-2 M EDC (No PMB) 0-2 M EDC IgG-PMB Conj.
IgG Control 20Conjugate IgG Conc.
LPS
LPS Coated No Antigen No Antigen Coated 1 0 1 .790 1 .790 1 .7841 .790 2 1.520 0.886 0.6760.522 0.4 0.092 0.146 0.0880.079 0.08 0.024 ND 0.028 ND
0.016 0.046 ND 0.030 ND
2~..r~ ~8~
Binding Of Two-Step BS3 Conjugate To LPS (OD4,0 Values)
6.0 mM BS3 IgG-PMB 6.0 M BS3 IgG
Conjugate IgG Conc. (~lg/ml) No LPS LPSNo Antigen Antigen 1 0 0.037 0.040 0.0280.00 2 0.01 60.00 0.02~0.00 0.4 0.044 0.00 0.0440.00 0.08 0.040 ND 0.076 ND
0.016 0.038 ND 0.024 NI~
The BS3 conjugates exhibited no specific binding to LPS whatsoever at the 10 concentrations tested. However, they did not exhibit much non-specific binding either, indicating that this cross-linker may not be as problematic as EDC in causing non-specific binding of IgG.
Given the low level of BS3 conjugate background binding, the ELISA was performedagain using higher concentrations of the conjugates and a tenfold higher concentration of LPS
15 coated onto the wells (2 ,ug LPS/well). This increased the assay sensitivity. The results shown in Table 15 indicate that the BS3 conjugates do possess LPS-binding activity above background.
Together, the results of the two-step conjugations described in this example indicate that EDC creates an unacceptable level of non-specific binding, while BS3, the water soluble 20 analogue of DSS, effects a modest level of specific binding and causes very little non-specific binding in this two-step conjugation format. Additional two-step conjugation procedures using other cross-linkers were investip.~te~l to cletermine whether higher levels of LPS-binding activity could be achieved than those obtained with BS3.
Conjugate IgG Conc. (~lg/ml) No LPS LPSNo Antigen Antigen 1 0 0.037 0.040 0.0280.00 2 0.01 60.00 0.02~0.00 0.4 0.044 0.00 0.0440.00 0.08 0.040 ND 0.076 ND
0.016 0.038 ND 0.024 NI~
The BS3 conjugates exhibited no specific binding to LPS whatsoever at the 10 concentrations tested. However, they did not exhibit much non-specific binding either, indicating that this cross-linker may not be as problematic as EDC in causing non-specific binding of IgG.
Given the low level of BS3 conjugate background binding, the ELISA was performedagain using higher concentrations of the conjugates and a tenfold higher concentration of LPS
15 coated onto the wells (2 ,ug LPS/well). This increased the assay sensitivity. The results shown in Table 15 indicate that the BS3 conjugates do possess LPS-binding activity above background.
Together, the results of the two-step conjugations described in this example indicate that EDC creates an unacceptable level of non-specific binding, while BS3, the water soluble 20 analogue of DSS, effects a modest level of specific binding and causes very little non-specific binding in this two-step conjugation format. Additional two-step conjugation procedures using other cross-linkers were investip.~te~l to cletermine whether higher levels of LPS-binding activity could be achieved than those obtained with BS3.
7 PCT/US93/12381 2 1 ~ 6 More Sensitive Detection Of BS3 Conjugates Of IgG-PMB Binding To LPS (OD4,0 Values) 6.0 mM BS3 IgG-PMB 6.0 M BS3 IgG (Control) Conjugate IgG Conc. (~lg/ml) LPSNo antigen LPSNo antigen-5 50 0.0980.01 0 0.0060.006 I 0 0.0580.006 0.0060.008 2 0.0200.005 0.0040.004 0.4 0.0090.005 0.0040.004 0.08 0.005 ND 0.004 ND
Three Step Conjugation Of PMB To IgG Using An Amine To Sulfhydryl Coupling Chemistry With SMCC
Because of the unsatisfactory results of previous examples in obtaining high specific-binding of IgG-PMB conjugates to PMB, an alternative cross-linking method was investigated using sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate [sulfo-SMCC] in a three-step procedure similar to that of T. Kitagawa et al. [J. Assoc. Anal. Chem. (1985).]
The example involved: (a) three-step conjugation of PMB to reduced IgG with sulfo-SMCC;
and (b) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS.
a) Three-Step Conjugation Of PMB To IgG
ln the first step of this procedure, reactive thiol groups were created in the IgG by treatment with 2-mercaptoethanol. In this procedure, 4.0 mg of IgG was first dissolved in 0.45 ml of pyrogen-free O.lM NaPO4 pH 6Ø Fifty ,ul of 0.1 M 2-mercaptoethanol in 5 mM
EDTA, 0.1 NaPO4, pH 6.0 was then added and incubated at 37C for 1.5 hours. The free 2-mercaptoethanol was separated by applying the 0.5 ml sample to a 5 ml Sephadex G-10 2~5~3~
colurnn equilibrated in 0.1 M NaPO4, 5 mM EDTA, pH 6.0 and the IgG cont~ining fractions identified and pooled.
The second step of this procedure involved preparation of malemide-activated PMB.
This involved mixing 1.5 ml of a 0.16 mg/ml PMB solution in 50 mM sodium borate buffer, 5 pH 7.6 (pyrogen-free) and 1.5 ml of a 0.46 mg/ml sulfo-SMCC (Pierce) solution in the same borate buffer (creating a final concentration of 0.053 mM of each reactant). This "SMCC-activated" PMB was incubated at 30C for 60 minutes.
The third step of the procedure involved incubation of 0.65 ml of the reduced IgG
with 0.65 ml of the SMCC-activated PMB.
The concentrations of the two re~ct~nt.~ were 0.0265 mM PMB and 0.013 mM IgG (a 2:1 molar ratio). After incubation at 4C for 20 hrs~ 8.7 1ll of a fresh solution of 0.1 M ~-mercaptoethanol was added and incubated at room temperature for 20 minut~s The IgG
concentration was adjusted to 1.0 mg/ml with an equal volume of PBS. Sarnples of the conjugates were purified by dialysis against two 800 ml volumes of PBS over a 20 hour 15 period or by gel filtration on a Sephadex G-10 column equilibrated in PBS. A control reduced human IgG fraction was prepared from the reduced IgG pool and the three al~lions stored at 4C.
b) ELISA Of Conjugate-Binding To LPS
The LPS binding assay procedure was the same as that described in Example l(b) 20 except that the LPS was coated at 2 ~g/well, the BBS-Tween 20 washes were elimin~t~-l and the Tween 20 concentration in the PBS-Tween 20 wash was lowered to 0.05%. The blocking solution and sample diluent were prepared using pyrogen-free PBS and low-endotoxin BSA
(Sigma). The results are shown in Table 16.
wo 94114437 PCT/US93/12381 2~51386 Binding Of An SMCC Conjugate Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) SMCC l ,G-PMB SMCC IgG Control Conjugate IgG
Concentration (,ug/ml) LPS No LPS No Antigen 4 AIltigell 5100 0.084 O.Oll 0.038 0.00 0.013 0.00 0.012 0.00 4 0.00 0.005 0.00 0.00 0.8 0.00 0.028 0.00 0.00 0.016 0 00 0.00 o oo o oo The SMCC IgG-PMB exhibited slightly higher binding to LPS than the control but the overall level of binding was far below that of the positive control rabbit anti-~. coli Olll:B4 antiserum (1.097 at a 1:25,000 dilution). It is possible that reduced IgG possesses only a few thiol groups available for cross-linking and that higher concentrations of activated PMB might drive the reaction more effectively.
E~M PLE 5 -. Conjugation Of An Antibiotic To IgG
Without Using A Bifunctional Cross-linker In all of the previous examples, free bifunctional cross-linkers were employed in attempts to covalently attach the antibiotic polymyxin to IgG. The configurations failed to yield a conjugate with LPS-binding activity comparable to that of an immune serum. Because of the binding observed in the absence of antigen, there were probably conjugates having less - than one active PMB molecule to each molecule of IgG. To investigate means of ~tt~t~hing antibiotics to IgG without the involvement of a bifunctional cross-linker~ periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate groups of IgG [D.A. Handley, Eur. Patent Appl. Pub. No.428486] was used to create amine-reactive aldehyde groups that could potentially react with PMB and be reduced to establish a stable covalent linkage.
.
2~13 The example involved: (a) periodate oxidation of IgG in pH 4.0 sodium acetate buffer; and (b) conjugation of polymyxin B to periodate oxidized IgG.
a) Periodate oxidation of IgG in pH 4.0 sodiurn acetate buffer was achieved by dissolving 5 mg human IgG in 1 ml of water and mixing this solution with 200 ,ul of sodium 5 acetate pH 4.0 (0.3 g sodium acetate and 960 ,ul glacial acetic acid in 100 ml H~O) and 200 ,ul of 0.2 M NaIO4. [Modification of J.W. Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Ac~ c Press, New York, p. 84 (1986).] After 15 minlltec at room telllp~ldl~lre in the dark, the periodate solution was removed by gel filtration on a P-10 column in 50 mM
Na,CO3, pH 9.5.
b) Conjugation of periodate-oxidized IgG with PMB was carried out by adding 10 mg of PMB to the IgG prepared in (a) and incubating for 1 hour at room tem~eldLu.e, followed by the addition of 100 ~11 of NaBH3CN (4 mg/ml) and room tel~ ule incubation for another hour and dialysis against PBS overnight at 4C.
Inspection of the LPS binding activity (not shown) revealed that the prepared conjugate was inactive. These results suggest that the periodate-oxidation of IgG, without the use of a cross-linker, is an ineffective means of covalent conjugation of antibiotics to antibody.
The Derivatization Of Antibiotics With Cross-Linkers: Preservation Of Antibiotic Activity A significant concern with either one-step or multi-step schemes for conjugatingantibiotics to antibodies is whether the conjugation scheme reduces or inactivates antibiotic function. In order to determine the best cross-linker concentration for derivatization of PMB
in a multi-step conjugation sch~me, the effect of the concentration of cross-linker on antibiotic 25 activity was clet~rrnined (see discussion of Mode IA above). The exarnple involved: (a) modification of PMB with SPDP and the separation of free cross-linker; and (b) assay of derivatized PMB antibacterial activity.
2~13~
a) Modification of PMB with SPDP and the separation of free cross-linker was carried out by mixing three different molar ratios of SPDP (2:1, 3:1 and 4:1) to PMB. First, 2.1 mg, 3.15 mg or 4.2 mg of SPDP (Pierce) dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide was added to 5 mg of PMB in 0.5 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and incubated for 30 5 minutes at room telll~Ue~ UlC~ with occasional .ch~king. Free cross-linker was then removed from each sample by chromatography on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA. The peak fractions cont~ining the derivatized PMB were collected and pooled.
b) Assay of derivatized PMB antibacterial activity was carried out in a disc inhibition assay (see Figure 2). E. coli HB101 was plated on Trypticase Soy Agar (TSA;
10 BBL) to create a confluent lawn of bacteria. One-quarter inch blank paper discs (BBL) were then applied to the surface of the lawn and 20 ~1 of each test solution applied. After incubation at 37C overni~ht zones of inhibition surrounding the disc were observed. The results (not shown) indicate that PMB derivatized at 2:1 or 3:1 molar ratios of SPDP-PMB
were still active whereas antibiotic derivatized at a 4:1 molar ratio was inactive. Therefore, 15 derivatization of PMB with SPDP should be carried out at ratios of SPDP to PMB of less than or equal to 3:1.
Conjugation Of SPDP-PMB To IgG
Having determined an SPDP cross-linker concentration that preserved the antibiotic 20 activity of polymyxin B in Example 6, conjugates were prepared between SPDP-PMB and IgG by reacting the derivatized antibiotic with IgG to which sulfhydryl (-SH) groups were introduced with Traut's reagent.
The example involved: (a) derivatization of PMB with SPDP; (b) derivatization ofIgG with Traut's reagent; (c) conjugation of Traut-IgG with SPDP-PMB; and (d) conjugate 25 LPS-binding activity ~Sec.~ment.
a) Derivatization of PMB with SPDP was carried out by adding 7 ,umoles of SPDP (2.1 mg) in 50 ,ul of dimethyl-sulfoxide to 10 mg of PMB in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate~ 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and incubating at room temperature for 30 minutes on a WO 94/14437 PCT/US93t123~1 2~138~ -rotating shaker. The unconjugated cross-linker was removed by applying the sample to 15 ml Swift desalting column (Pierce) equilibrated with 20 mM NaPO4, 150 mM NaCl, I mMEDTA, pH 7.2 (PBS-EDTA). Peak fractions were pooled and stored at 4C.
b) Derivatization of IgG with Traut's reagent was carried out by adding a five-5 fold molar excess (100 ~Ll of a 0.2 mg/ml stock) of Traut's reagent (Pierce) to S mg of IgG
dissolved in 1 ml of 50 mM triethanolamine, 0.15 M NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and incubating under nitrogen for 45 minlltes at room temperature. The excess Traut's reagent was removed by gel filtration on a P-10 column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA. The peak fractions were combined.
c) Conjugation of Traut-IgG with SPDP-PMB was carried out by adding 3.5 mg Traut-IgG and 2 mg SPDP-PMB (77 fold molar excess of PMB) and incubating for 18 hours at room t~ ldLul~. The conjugates were sep~d~d from free SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a P-10 column (50 ml) equilibrated with PBS-EDTA and the peak fractions co,.l~ i,.g the IgG were collected, pooled, and stored at 4C.
d) Conjugate LPS-binding activity ~es~",ent was carried out by evaluating the ability of each conjugate in (c) to bind LPS in an ELISA assay (see Figure 4). The results indicated that the Traut IgG-PMB conjugate possessed limited binding activity (not shown).
Conjugation Of SPDP-PMB To SPDP-IgG
Having rletermined that Traut's reagent does not generate a conjugate with preserved antibiotic activity in Example 7, conjugates were prepared between SPDP-PMB and IgG by reacting the derivatized antibiotic with IgG in which amino (NH2) groups were convered to sulfhydryl (-SH) groups by activation with SPDP.
The example involved: (a) derivatization of PMB with SPDP; (b) derivatization ofIgG with SPDP; (c) conjugation of SPDP-IgG with SPDP-PMB; and (d) conjugate LPS-binding activity ~e~ment 21~1~86 a) Derivatization of PMB with SPDP was carried out as in Example 7.
b) Derivatization of IgG with SPDP was carried out by adding 20 ~l of 20 mM
SPDP to lO mg of IgG in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and incubating 30 minutes at room t~ pelaLIlre with ~h~kin~. The free cross-linker was removed 5 by chromatography on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated in lO0 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM sodium chloride pH 4.5. The peak fractions were collected and concentrated on C~llllip-el)-30 concentrator (Amicon). To this sample, 7.7 mg of dithiothreitol in 250 ~11 of 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM sodium chloride, pH 4.5 was added and incubated at room temperature for 30 mimltes The sample was again applied to a 15 ml Swift desalting 10 column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA and peak fractions with the highest OD280 were collected, pooled, and concentrated on a C~IlL~ cp-30 concentrator (Amicon).
c) Conjugation of SPDP-IgG with SPDP-PMB was carried out by adding the following combinations of re~ct~nt~
- 5 mg SPDP-IgG and 2 mg SPDP-PMB (43 fold molar excess of PMB) - 2 mg SPDP-IgG and 2 mg SPDP-PMB (107 fold molar excess of PMB) and incubating for 18 hours at room t~ dlule. The conJugates were each separated from free SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a P-10 column (50 ml) equilibrated with PBS-EDTA.
Fractions cont~inin~ PMB-IgG conjugate were collected, pooled, and stored at 4C.
d) Conjugate LPS-binding activity ~ c~ment was carried out by evaluating the ability of each conjugate in (c) to bind LPS in an ELISA assay and co~"p~ E them with the Traut conjugate produced in Example 7. The results (Figure 5) in~ te~l that both SPDP-IgG-PMB conjugates possessed considerable activity -- a much higher activity than that of the Traut IgG-PMB conjugate.
Conjugation Of PMB To IgG Using A Long Chain SPDP Cross-Linker Since SPDP proved to be an effective agent for the derivatization and cross-linking of IgG and PMB. a long chain form of SPDP (sulfo-LC-SPDP) was then examined to see if the 2~513~
addition of a larger spacer arm between the IgG and PMB enhanced the activity of the conjugate. This example involved: (a) derivatization of PMB with sulfo-LC-SPDP;
(b) derivatization of IgG with sulfo-LC-SPDP; (c) conjugation of derivatized IgG with derivatized PMB; and (d) conjugate activity ~es~ment by ELISA.
S a) Derivatization of PMB with sulfo-LC-SPDP was carried out by adding 35 ~11 of a 9 mg/ml solution of sulfo-LC-SPDP to 10 mg of PMB in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and inc~lh~ting for 30 minlltes at room temperature. Free cross-linker was removed by gel filtration on a 1.5 x 35 cm P-2 column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA. Peak fractions containing derivatized PMB were combined and stored at 4C.
b) Derivatization of IgG with sulfo-LC-SPDP was carried out by adding 0.3 mg of sulfo-LC-SPDP to 10 mg of IgG in 50 mM sodiurn borate, 300 mM NaCl pH 9.0 and incubating for 30 minlltes on a rotating shaker. The derivatized IgG was ~,epd,dL~d from free cross-linker on a S ml Swift de~lting column (Pierce) equilibrated with 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM sodium chloride, pH 4.5 and the peak fractions collected and pooled. This sample was then reduced by adding 7.7 mg of dithiothreitol in 250 ~1 of the same sodium acetate buffer and incubated for 30 ~ PS at room temperature. Excess reducing agent was removed by gel filtration on a 10 ml P-10 column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA. The peak fractions were collected and pooled.
c) Conjugation of derivatized IgG with derivatized PMB was carried out by adding 2.5 mg of IgG to 2.5 mg of PMB (107-fold molar excess of PMB) and 3.5 mg of IgG
to 1.4 mg of PMB (43-fold molar excess of PMB), and incubating for 18 hours at room t~ ld~Ult;. The IgG-PMB conjugate was sep~a~ed from the rest of the reaction mixture on a 50 ml P-10 gel filtration column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA.
d) Conjugate activity ~se~ment by ELISA indicated that the sulfo-LC-SPDP
conjugates did not possess greater activity than the shorter SPDP molecule (Figure 6).
2~385 Inhibition Of Specific Binding Of Antibodiotic To LPS By ~ree Antibiotic In order to determine that the antibody-antibiotic conjugate binding observed in Figure 5 is specific, free antibiotic was used to block conjugate binding (see Mode III discussion, S above). This example involved: (a) mixing of the antibodiotic with free antibiotic; and (b) assaying the degree of conjugate binding to LPS in the presence of different concentrations of free antibiotic.
a) Mixing of antibodiotic with free antibiotic was performed by adding an equal volume of a 1:125 dilution (32 !lg/ml) of the SPDP IgG-PMB conjugate in PBS-Tween 20 10 (0.05%) cont~ining 1 mg/ml BS~ with polymyxin at 0-20 ,ug/ml in the same buffer. Two hundred (200) ~11 of this mixture co~ g 0-2 llg of PMB and 3.2 ,ug of conjugate was then assayed for binding activity.
b) Assaying the degree of conjugate binding to LPS in the presence of different concentrations of free antibiotic was performed by adding 200 ~1 of the antibodiotic/free 15 antibiotic IlliX~ to wells of a 96-well microtiter plate that was coated with 2 ~g of E. coli Ol l l :B4 LPS and blocked as described in Example 1. The wells were washed, goat anti-human Ig-~lk~line pho~ph~t~ce was added, and the binding assayed ~u~lliL~ ely on a MicroELISA reader exactly as described in Example 1.
The results are shown in Figure 7 and demonstrate that free polymyxin competitively 20 inhibits IgG-PMB binding to LPS. Clearly, the antibodiotic is binding specifically to LPS
(i.e., via the conjugated PMB moieties).
Inspection of the inhibition curve gives some indication of the extent of active PMB
conjugation, in that a 16 ~lg/ml solution of antibody (1.1 x 10-7M) is 50% inhibited in its binding to LPS by a concentration of 40 ng/ml PMB (2.6 x 10-8M). If one molecule of PMB
25 was present on each PMB (making the PMB concentration on IgG equal to 1.1 x 10-7) one would expect that an equimolar concentration of free PMB would inhibit binding by 50%.
Since it requires one fourth the concentration of free PMB to inhibit this antibodiotic, one may conclude that there is at least one PMB molecule per four IgG molecules. In fact, since SPDP-modified PMB has a four-fold lower antibiotic activity than free PMB, the actual WO 94/14~37 PCTIUS93/12381 215~386 degree of IgG conjugation with PMB is probably at least four-fold higher than that calculated above (i.e., there is probably at least one PMB conjugated to each IgG molecule).
Conjugation Using Periodate Oxidation Of IgG In NaPO4 In Example 5, a means of ~tt~rhing antibiotics to IgG without the involvement of a bifunctional cross-linker (i.e., periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate groups of IgG) was attempted. This involved, in part, periodate oxidation of IgG in pH 4.0 sodium acetate buffer and failed to yield a conjugate with significant activity. Because this failure may have been due to the reaction conditions, different reaction conditions were explored. This example involves. (a) periodate oxidation of IgG in phosphate buffer; and (b) conjugation of polymyxin B to periodate oxidized IgG.
a) Periodate oxidation of IgG in phosph~te buffer was achieved by dissolving 10 mg of human IgG in I ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 and adding 0.011 g sodium metaperiodate (final concentration 50 mM). After 30 minllt~s at room temperature, the periodate was removed by gel filtration on a 10 ml P-10 gel filtration column equilibrated in 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2. The peak fractions co,.~ -g antibody were pooled and concentrated to 1.5 ml.
b) Conjugation of periodate-oxidized IgG with PMB was carried out by adding 10 mg of PMB to either 5 mg or 3 mg of IgG prepared in (a) at 4C overnight with gentle ~h~king, followed by reduction with 0.1 mg/ml NaBH3CN in 20 mM NaPO4, pH 6.5 for 3 hours at room ~ claL~ . The IgG-PMB was separated from the rest of the reaction products by gel filtration on a 10 ml P-10 column.
Inspection of the LPS binding activity (Figure 8) revealed that the conjugates prepared were active. This is in contrast to the conjugate prepared in Example 5.
wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 21~138~
Antibacterial Activity Of IgG-PMB Conjugates Having determined which conjugates of IgG-PMB possessed LPS binding activity, the biological activity of the conjugates were ç~mined (see discussion of Mode IV~ above).
5 Since polymyxin possesses direct antibiotic activity, it was possible that the conjugated polymyxin was also active. To determine whether the conjugates had any antibacterial activity, the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) and minimllm bactericidal concentration (MBC) for the SPDP-conjugated IgG-PMB (107-fold molar excess of PMB, Exarnple 8) and the periodate mediated IgG-PMB conjugate (3:1 ratio of PMB, Example 11) were determined.
10 The example involved: (a) ~ule~ ion of an E. coli bacterial inoculum; (b) determin~tion of the MIC; and (c) determination of the MBC.
a) P.~ ion of an ~. coli bacterial inoculum was initiated by first culturing E.
coli HB101 overnight on TSA agar at 37C. Colonies were suspended in sterile saline at 1.2 x lo8 org~ni~m~/ml then diluted to 5 x 105 org~ni~m~/ml in Trypticase-Soy Broth (TSB;
15 BBL). This concentration was co~ ..l.ed by dilution plating.
b) D~L~ ion of MIC for each conjugate and a native polymyxin B control was made by mixing 0.5 ml of the 5 x 105 org~ni~m.s/ml inoculum with 0.5 ml of a two-fold dilution series of each conjugate and incub~ting overnight in sterile 12 x 75 mm culture tubes at 37C. The MIC was defined as the lowest concentration of the conjugate or PMB which 20 resulted in complete inhibition of visible growth.
For the PMB control, the MIC was found to be 0.031 ~lg/ml while for the SPDP
conjugate, the MIC was found to be 0.25 mg/ml. For the 3:1 (PMB:IgG) periodate conjugate, the MIC was found to be 0.031 mg/ml, which is approximately 1000-fold higher than for native PMB and eight-fold lower than for the SPDP IgG-PMB conjugate. Thus, both IgG-25 PMB conjugates do indeed retain antibacterial activity with the periodate conjugate exhibitingthe highest degree of activity. The difference between the PMB and IgG-PMB values reflect in part, the greater size of IgG (about 100 times that of PMB) in that if PMB activity was perfectly preserved during conjugation and one PMB molecule was conjugated to each IgG
molecule, the MIC would increase 100-fold due to the size of the IgG. The 1000-fold shift 215138~ :
observed suggests that the activity of PMB is reduced by conjugation, and/or not all IgG
molecules are conjugated. Nonetheless, it is surprising that a small surface-active antibiotic can still inhibit bacterial growth when conjugated to a much larger protein.
c) Determination of the MBC for each conjugate was made by plating serial 5 dilutions of the nli~Lu,es in (b) above that exhibited no growth on TSA agar ovemight at 37C. The MBC was defined as the lowest concentration of conjugate of PMB which resulted in 99.9% or more of the viable org~ni~m.c in the primary inoculum being killed. The MBC for the PMB was found to be 0.031 ~g/ml, for the SPDP IgG-PMB it was 0.5 mg/ml, and for the periodate it was 0.031 mg/ml. The ability of the IgG-PMB conjugates to suppress 10 bacterial growth and to kill bacteria on contact suggests that these compounds may be effective in preventing or treating bacteremia.
EXAMPL~ 13 The Effect Of IgG-PMB Conjugate On Complement And Its Activation By LPS
Both immlmnglobulin and LPS have the potential to interact with complement. The interaction of LPS with complement can exacerbate the infl~mm~tory response to endotoxemia or bacteremia. In this example, the ability of IgG-PMB conjugate to block complement activation by LPS was investig~te~l In addition, since immllnoglobulin can also trigger adverse complement reactions [S. Barandun et al., Vox Sang. 7:157-174 (1962)], the 20 ability of conjugate alone to activate complement was also ~i~termin~ The example involved: (a) ~ tion of the LPS concentrations sufficient to activate complement; and (b) blocking Lps-inrlllce~l complement activation with IgG-PMB.
a) Det~rmin~tion of the LPS concentrations sufficient to activate complement wascarried out by adding varying concentrations of LPS to a standard quantity of a complement 25 source (CH50 Reference Standard; Sigma) and m~llring the amount of complementconsumed by titration on sen~iti7.p~l sheep red blood cells (SRBCs). [Modification of A.
Chonn et al., J. Immunol. 146:4234-4241 (1991).]
21513~
To 40 ~11 of the Reference Standard, 40 ,ul of solution contslining 80 ~g, 8,ug, 0.8 ~lg, 0.0 ~g of E. coli LPS or GVB+2 buffer (Sigma) were added, mixed, and incubated for 30 minlltes at 37C. Five or 10 ,ul aliquots of each mixture or a blank control were then added to CompQuick CH50 tubes (Sigma), mixed by repeated inversion and incubated for 60 5 minutes at room temperature with occasional mixing. The tubes were then centrifuged at 600 x g for 10 minutes at 4C and the hemolysis present in the s~ ldl~t measured at 415 nrn versus the lysis control blank solution. The CH50 value of each mixture was calculated as follows:
Absorbance of Sample CH50 of Sample = x CH50 of Standard Absorbance of Standard The results are shown in Table 17.
Activation Of Complement By LPS
Sample Tested Abs. ~ 415 nm CH50 Value % Decrease 1.0 mg/ml LPS + Ref. StdØ124 114.7 51.2 0.1 mg/ml LPS + Ref. StdØ170 157.8 33.1 0.01 mg/ml LPS + Ref. Std. 0.215 198.9 15.4 Reference Standard 0.254 235.0 0.00 These results show that preincubation of a complement source with LPS consumes complement which is then unavailable for action on SRBCs in the second phase of the assay.
The LPS effect was concentration-dependent.
b) Blocking of LPS-incl~lcecl complement activation with IgG-PMB was carried out by mixing SPDP-conjugated IgG-PMB prepared as described in Example 7 with LPS and then ~x;..,.i~ g the effect of ~ Ll~dled LPS on complement activation. To 1.5 ~g of E. coli 2~ ~ 38~ ~
026:B6 LPS, 7.5 llg of IgG PMB or 15 ,ul of a buffer control was added and incubated at 37C for 60 minl1tes Thirty (30) ~11 of complement (Ref-Std as in (a) above) or GVB+2 buffer was added to each sample and incubated for 60 minlltes at 37C. Twenty (20) ~1 of each mixture was added to CompQuick CH50 tubes (Sigma), mixed and incubated for 60 5 minutes at room temperature. The tubes were centrifuged as in (a) above and hemolysis 4ua~ ed at 415 nm. The results are shown in Table 18.
The results show that preincubation of IgG-PMB with LPS blocks the effect of LPSon complement activation. Furthermore, the IgG-PMB conjugate has no effect on complement activation on its own, suggesting that cross-linking with PMB has not perturbed 10 IgG structure such that it would have a deleterious effect through TABL~: 18 Inhibition Of LPS-Mediated Complement Activation By IgG-PMB
Sample Tested Abs. (~ 415 nm CH50 Value %
IgG-PMB only 0.002 0.40 IgG-PMB + Complement 1.273 253.1 +7.7 LPS Only 0.008 1.59 Complement Reference Standard 1.182 235 0.00 LPS + Complement 0.806 160.2 -31.8 IgG-PMB + LPS + Complement 1.237 245.9 +4.6 20 spontaneous complemçnt reactions. The ability to block LPS effects and the ~~ safety of the IgG-PMB conjugate suggests that it could possess both prophylactic and therapeutic value against bacteremia and endotoxemia.
2~13~ `
Improved IgG-PMB Conjugates Methods were invçstig~te~l for improving the activity of the IgG-PMB conjugates prepared by the methods of Example 7 (SPDP) and Example 11 (periodate oxidation/Schiff 5 base reduction). Since both families of conjugates exhibited much higher levels of LPS-binding than conjugates prepared with other ch~mi~tries, it was possible that even higher levels of binding could be achieved by increasing the degree of PMB-substitution on the lgG.
The two mech~ni~m.~ employed for achieving greater substitution were to increase the reactant (IgG and PMB) concentration at the conjugation step and to use more highly derivatized 10 SPDP-PMB. The example involved: (a) ~lel)~dlion of a new periodate IgG-PMB conjugate;
(b) prepalalion of new SPDP IgG-PMB conjugates; (c) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS;
(d) ~lele~ tion of conjugate MICs and MBCs; and (e) determination of the degree of conjugation by amino acid analysis.
a) Pl~paldlion of a new periodate IgG-PMB conjugate was carried out by 15 oxidizing 30 mg of IgG dissolved in 1 ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 with 10.7 mg of sodium periodate ~Sigma) for 30 ~ es at room Lt;lll,u~ldlult;. The 1 ml reaction l~ Lu~e was applied to a 15 ml Swift desalting colD equilibrated in 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 and the peak IgG fractions were pooled to an IgG concentration of 7.1 mg/ml. To 1 ml of this Ig mixture co"~ g 0.0476 ~Lmoles of IgG, 20 mg of PMB (14.44 ~lmoles) was added and incub~te(l 20 overnight at 4C. The reaction ~ Lule was adjusted to pH 6.5 with 1.0 N HCI, and 10 ~LI of a 10 mg/ml NaBH3CN solution was added and incubated at room temperature for 4 hours.
The conjugate was then chromatographed on a 10 ml P-10 column and stored at 4C.
b) Plel)~dlion of new SPDP IgG-PMB conjugates was carried out by first derivatizing PMB at 2:1 and 3:1 molar ratios of SPDP:PMB as described in Example 6. For 25 each reaction, 5 mg of IgG in 0.5 ml was derivatized with 15 ~1 of 20 mM SPDP solution in DMSO by inc~lb~ting for 30 minutes at room telllp~ldlule with intermittent .~h~king The derivatized IgG was purified on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated with acetate buffer and the peak fractions were pooled and concentrated on a Cenlliplep-30 concentrator (Amicon). To the 5 mg of IgG in 1.8 ml of acetate buffer, 7.7 mg of dithiothreitol in 250 ~11 2~5~ 3~
of acetate buffer was added and incubated at room te~ ld~ule for 30 minlltt~s Each sample was then purified on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA. To each sample cont~ining approximately 5 mg of SPDP derivatized IgG, 5 mg of PMB derivatized at either a 2:1 or 3:1 molar ratio of SPDP was added and inc~lb~tecl for 18 hours at room S te-~p~ re. Each conjugate was then separated from free SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a P-10 column (50 ml) equilibrated with PBS-EDTA, and the peak fractions were collected, pooled, and stored at 4C.
c) ELISA analysis of conjugate binding to LPS was performed as described in Example 1 using E. coli Ol l l :B4 LPS (Sigma). The binding of different dilutions of the 10 periodate conjugate made in (a) above, and the two SPDP conjugates made in (b) above to LPS coated and uncoated wells of a 96 well microtiter plate are shown as averages of duplicate samples in Table 19.
The results show that the 3:1 SPDP:PMB conjugate had the highest specific LPS
binding activity, applo~i",ately 2-4 times the binding exhibited by the 2:1 SPDP:PMB
15 conjugate and the periodate COlljU~ at concentrations of 0.8-4.0 ~lg/ml.
d) D~L~l.llin~lion of conjugate MICs and MBCs was carried out exactly as described in Example 12 using E. coli HB101 as the ~usct;~Lible test strain. The results are shown in Table 20.
When colllpa.ed with these ~ ..,.i"~lions for the conjugates ex~min~l in Example 12, 20 the new periodate conjugate is four times as potent, and the 3:1 SPDP-PMB conjugate is twice as potent. Surprisingly, the periodate conjugate exhibits lower LPS-binding activity by ELISA but stronger antibacterial activity than the 3:1 SPDP-PMB conjugate. Perhaps the modification of PMB and IgG with SPDP improves the conjugation efficacy but decreases the antibiotic activity compared to the conjugation of native PMB to periodate-treated IgG.
e) D;;~ ion of the degree of conjugation by amino acid analysis was carried out by e~mining the a~nino acid composition of 2:1 SPDP Ig-PMB, 3:1 SPDP Ig-PMB, and the periodate Ig-PMG conjugates above, compared with control samples of native human IgG
and free polymyxin B. The novel amino acid ~ minobutyric acid (DAB) which constitutes 6 of the 10 residues of PMB was the key component that was detected and ~lu~~ d.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~ 2151~6 Five samples in all were analyzed, including:
1. Free PMB (25 nmoles in 50 ~11 H~0) 2. Periodate Ig-PMB (600 pmoles in 100 ~I PBS) 3. SPDP 3:1 lg-PMB (600 pmoles in 100 ~I PBS) 4. SPDP 2:1 Ig-PMB (600 pmoles in lO0 ,ul PBS) 5. Human IgG (600 pmoles in 100 ,ul PBS) LPS-Binding Activity Of New IgG-PMB Conjugates Abst"~ ce at 410 nm Conjugate TestedConjugate Dilution wlAgw/o Ag 1: 10 (=0.1 mg/ml) I .7881.694 I :50 1.3920.632 10IgG-PMB (104) 1:250 0.4400.096 1:1250 0.1210.039 I :6250 0.0350.009 1: 10 (=0.09 mg/ml) 1.7260.718 I :50 1.6500.156 IgG-PMB (SPDP) 3:1 1:250 0.9790.167 1:1250 0.5200.013 1:6250 0.1200.007 1:10 (=0.1 mg/ml) 1.5920.375 I :50 1.2560-057 IgG-PMB (SPDP) 2:1 1:25Q 0.5780.015 1: 1250 0.1510.008 1:6250 0.0280.010 2~ ~ 13~
MIC And MBC For The New IgG-PMB Conjugates ConjugateMIC :` MBC
Periodate IgG-PMB 7.8 ~lg/ml 7.8 ~g/ml 2:1 SPDP IgG-PMB 250 ~g/ml 250 !lg/ml 3:1 SPDP IgG-PMB 125 ~Lg/ml > 125 llg/ml PMB Control 0.039 ~lg/ml 0.039 ~lg/ml The samples were prepared by transferring each to a glass hydrolysis tube using three rinses of 100 ,ul of pure water and then concentrated to dryness in a vacuum centrifuge. To 10 each of the sample tubes, 500 ~11 of distilled 6N HCl, 10 ,ul of 2-mercaptoethanol, and ] O Ill of a 50% aqueous phenol solution were added. The tubes were then purged with nitrogen gas and capped. The sarnples were hydrolyzed by heating at 110C for 22 hours and then concentrated again to dryness. The PMB sample was suspended in 500 ~l of 0.2 N sodium citrate buffer, pH 2.2 while the other four sarnples were suspended in 250 ~ul of this buf~er.
15 After thorough mi~ing, the sample solutions were passed through a 0.2 ~lm pore nylon membrane syringe filter.
A Beckman Instruments 6300 Amino Acid Analyzer was used to analyze 20 ,ul of each filtered hydrolysate solution. The m~rhine was equipped with a Beckman 10 cm cationic exchange HPLC column, a Beçkm~n sodium buffer system, a 60 minute analysis 20 methodology? and a Be~m~n ninhydrin reagent detection system with absorbance measured at the 570 nm and 440 nm wavelengths. The detector sensitivity was set at 1.0 AUFS for the PMB sample and 0.5 AUFS for the other four samples.
All data collection and peak integration calculations were performed with a Gilson HPLC System Controller 712 v. 1.1 software package (Middleton, WI). Sample peak 25 identification and amino acid concentrations were determined by comparison to analyses made at known concentrations of a l 7 amino acid standard mixture (Beckman Standard, Lot #A108039) and (S) - (+) 2,4 - Diaminobutyric acid dihydrochloride (Aldrich Chemical, Lot #07301CY). The results of the amino acid analyses are shown in Table 21.
wo 94/14437 21~1~ 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 The values represent the estim~tP~ amino acid composition of each sample, determined by multiplying the percentage of each amino acid measured by the expected total number of amino acids (1320 for human IgG~ for example). The moles of PMB/mole IgG were calculated by dividing the number of unique DAB residues detected by 6 (the number of S DAB residues/PMB).
The results show that the 3:1 SPDP conjugate possessed the highest degree of conjugation (avg. 3.7 PMB molecules per IgG molecule). This is consistent with this conjugate po.~es~ing the highest LPS-binding activity as measured by ELISA (see (b) above).
The 3:1 SPDP conjugate contained, on average,.twice the number of PMB molecules than the 10 2:1 SPDP conjugate, which would explain the two-fold greater activity of the 3:1 SPDP
conjugate in the LPS-binding ELISA. The periodate Ig-PMB is also well conjugated and it exhibited the highest degree of antibacterial activity. It appears that the SPDP linkage affords the highest degree of LPS-binding activity while the periodate linkage provides greater antibacterial activity. This may reflect steric differences in the way PMB is ~tt~hed to the 15 IgG and/or the different effects of the two conjugation ch~mi~tries on PMB activity.
EXAMPLE 1~
The Use Of IgG-PMB Conjugates As A Diagnostic: Cross-Reactivity Of Dirr~rellt Gram-Negative LPS Antigens with IgG-PMB
Since the IgG-PMB conjugates exhibited binding to E. coli ()lll:B4 LPS, and this20 species is only one of many potential gram-negative agents of endotoxemia and bacteremia, it was of interest to determine whether the IgG-PMB conjugate was capable of detecting other species of LPS in a diagnostic format using a competitive ELISA. The example involved:
(a) coating of E. coli 011 l:B4 LPS to microtiter wells; (b) incubation of IgG-PMB conjugates with different concentrations of several species of LPS; and (c) assay of conjugate binding to 25 E. coli Ol l l :B4 LPS in the presence of competitor.
a) Coating of E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS to the wells of 96-well microtiter ELISA
plates was performed as described in Example 1, (100 ~Ll/well of pyrogen-free PBS cont~ining 1 mM EDTA and 2 ~Lg of LPS was coated onto the wells and allowed to incubate overnight 21~ ~ 3~ --at 4C). The wells were washed with PBS-0.05% Tween 20 and blocked with PBS
cont~ining 10 mg/ml endotoxin-free BSA at 37C for 90 minlltç~
Amino Acid Composition Of Ig-PMB Conjugates Amino Letter Human IgG- IgG- IgG-Acid Code IgG PMB PMB 104. PMB 1:2 PMB 1:3 Asp D 111 107 105 111 Thr S 117 2 120 115 122 Ser S 177 188 208 176 Glu E 133 129 129 136 Pro P 119 105 120 123 Gly G 95 101 102 101 Ala A 75 75 78 80 Val V 116 112 107 112 Met M 9 8 9 9 Ile 1 26 28 25 26 Leu L 99 1 105 96 100 Tyr ~ Y 51 53 51 51 Phe F 42 1 47 44 45 His H 24 24 23 23 Lys K 83 87 79 82 Arg R 41 44 38 39 Moles PMB/Mole IgG 3.3 1.8 3.7 b) Incubation of IgG-PMB conjugates with different concentrations of LPS purified from E. coli 0111 :B4 (control standard) Salmonella typhimurium, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Vibrio cholerae, Shigella flexneri, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enteritidis, Serratia marcescens, and ~hodobacter sphaeroides (all 21S~;38~
from Sigma? except the Rhodobacter, which was obtained from List Biologicals Laboratory, Campbell. CA) was carried out by adding 250 !11 of a 7.2 ,~Lg/ml solution of IgG-PMB
conjugate prepared with a 3:1 molar ratio of SPDP:PMB (Example 13) to 250 ~Ll of PBS-0.05% Tween 20 cont~ining 1 mg/ml BSA followed by incubation at 37C; 100 ~ll of these 5 mixtures was added per well.
c) Assay of conjugate binding to E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS in the presence of competitor was measured by incubating 100 ~1 of the mixtures from (b) above at 37C for 1 hour. The plates were then washed and the wells incubated with alkaline phosphate-conjugated goat anti-human IgG (Sigma) diluted 1 :500 in PBS with 0.05% Tween 2010 cont~ining l mg/ml BSA, incubated 37C for 1 hour, washed again and incubated in p-nitrophenyl phosphate for 30 minlltes and read at 410 nm, as described in Example 1. The results are shown in Figure 9 and demoll~L~ate that LPS antigens from all nine species representing four different orders of gram-negative bacteria compete effectively for IgG-PMB
binding to E. coli Olll:B4 LPS. These results show that IgG-PMB conjugates can be used to 15 detect and quantitate a LPS from a variety of bacterial species, and suggest that the IgG-PMB
conjugate will be therapeutically effective against a broad spectrum of gram-negative or~ni~m~ and endotoxins.
Neutralization Of The In Vivo Effects Of Endotoxin By IgG-PMB
Endotoxin (LPS) can trigger a lethal reaction in vivo. In order to ~lettormine whether IgG-PMB conjugate is capable of neutralizing the lethal effects of endotoxin, a well-characterized and accepted murine model of endotoxic shock was lltili7~.1 [C. Galanos et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:5939-5943 (1979).] The example involved: (a) determination of a minimum lethal dose of endotoxin in galactosamine-sensitized mice; and (b) neutralization of endotoxin lethality by premixture with Ig-PMB.
a) Dete, ."i"~tion of a ",illi",ll", lethal dose of endotoxin in galactosamine-sensitized mice was performed by ~(lmini~tPring dirrerell~ doses of E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS to C57Bl/6 mice that were co-~lmini~tered 20 mg of D-galactosamine-HCl in 400 ,ul of PBS.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93l12381 2 ~ 8 ~
The latter compound is a specific hepatotoxic agent that increases the sensitivity of experimental ~nimz~l~ to endotoxin several thousand-fold. [C. Galanos et al.~ Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 76:5939-5943 (1979).] To accomplish this determination, 1-500 ng of E. coli Olll:B4 LPS (List Biological Laboratories, Campbell, CA) in PBS was injected 5 intraperitoneally, along with 20 mg of D-galactosamine (Sigma). It was found that 10-25 ng of endotoxin was usually sufficient to kill most or all mice within 24 hr. The variability in endotoxin lethality may be related to the dirr~lellt ages of the mice used. Since 10 ng was the minim~l effective lethal dose, this amount of LPS was utilized in neutralization experiments.
b) Neutralization of endotoxin lethality by plelllixlul~ with Ig-PMB was 10 performed by incubating 50 ng of E. coli Olll:B4 LPS with 5 mg of periodate conjugated IgG-PMB (prepared as described in Example 14), or 5 mg of unconjugated control human IgG (Sigma) and 100 mg D-galactosamine in PBS and injecting a portion of each mixture intraperitoneally into C57BL/6 mice. The results are shown in Table 22. Survival was ~ ec~e-l 24 hours later.
Neutralization Of Endotoxin Lethality By IgG-PMB (Therapeutic Prophylactic) Tre~tmçnt Survivors/Total 1 mg Human IgG and 20 mg D-galactosamine 5/5 1 mg Human IgG, 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 1/4 1 mg Periodate IgG-PMB, 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 5/5 Since the number of ~nim~l~ used in this experiment was small, the trial was repeated using: a) 12 mice in the control group treated with endotoxin, D-galactosamine, and normal human IgG and b) 12 mice in the experimental group that received endotoxin~ D-galactos~mine, and the periodate IgG-PMB. The per mouse dosage of each component was 25 the same as above and the experiment was repeated exactly as above. The results are shown in Table 23.
WO 94tl4437 PCT/US93/12381 21~3~
Neutralization Of Endotoxin Lethality By IgG-PMB
Tre~tm~nt Survivors/Total 1 mg Human IgG, 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 0/12 1 mg Periodate IgG-PMB~ 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 11/12 The results of these two trials prove that IgG-PMB neutralizes the lethal effect of endotoxin in vivo and suggest that Ig-PMB conjugates will be useful in preventing or treating sepsis due to gram-negative bacteria.
Prevention Of Endotoxin Lethality By Prophylactic ~rlmini.ctration Of IgG-PMB Conjugate In the previous example, the ability of IgG-PMB conjugate to neukalize endotoxinlethality in vivo was investig~te~l by mixing conjugate or control IgG with endotoxin and ~ mini~tering the mixture with D-galactosamine into mice. The results showed that the 15 conjugate neutralized the endotoxin. A more strenuous test of the ability of the conjugate to neukalize endotoxin lethality is to ~flminicter the conjugate at a separate time and via a s~ L~ route than that used to ~lminicter endotoxin. In addition, to demonstrate its prophylactic value~ lower doses of conjugate were utili7~1 The Example involved the inkavenous ~lminictration of IgG-PMB or control IgG followed 1 hr later by the 20 inkaperitoneal ~-lminictration of a lethal dose of endotoxin and D-galactosamine.
Twenty (20) CS7BL/6 mice weighing twenty (20) grams each were a-lmini~tto.red 200 llg (5 mice) or 400 ~lg (8 mice) of IgG-PMB conjugate (periodate conjugate prepared as in Example 14) or 400 ~lg conkol human IgG (7 mice) in 100 ~LI of PBS through their tail vein.
Ninety (90) mimlte,c later, each mouse received 10 ng E. coli 0111 :B4 endotoxin and 20 mg 25 D-galactosamine in 200 111 of PBS ~lminictered hlLIdp~liLoneally. After 24 hrs, the number of mice surviving in each group was recorded. The results are shown in Table 24.
.
Three Step Conjugation Of PMB To IgG Using An Amine To Sulfhydryl Coupling Chemistry With SMCC
Because of the unsatisfactory results of previous examples in obtaining high specific-binding of IgG-PMB conjugates to PMB, an alternative cross-linking method was investigated using sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate [sulfo-SMCC] in a three-step procedure similar to that of T. Kitagawa et al. [J. Assoc. Anal. Chem. (1985).]
The example involved: (a) three-step conjugation of PMB to reduced IgG with sulfo-SMCC;
and (b) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS.
a) Three-Step Conjugation Of PMB To IgG
ln the first step of this procedure, reactive thiol groups were created in the IgG by treatment with 2-mercaptoethanol. In this procedure, 4.0 mg of IgG was first dissolved in 0.45 ml of pyrogen-free O.lM NaPO4 pH 6Ø Fifty ,ul of 0.1 M 2-mercaptoethanol in 5 mM
EDTA, 0.1 NaPO4, pH 6.0 was then added and incubated at 37C for 1.5 hours. The free 2-mercaptoethanol was separated by applying the 0.5 ml sample to a 5 ml Sephadex G-10 2~5~3~
colurnn equilibrated in 0.1 M NaPO4, 5 mM EDTA, pH 6.0 and the IgG cont~ining fractions identified and pooled.
The second step of this procedure involved preparation of malemide-activated PMB.
This involved mixing 1.5 ml of a 0.16 mg/ml PMB solution in 50 mM sodium borate buffer, 5 pH 7.6 (pyrogen-free) and 1.5 ml of a 0.46 mg/ml sulfo-SMCC (Pierce) solution in the same borate buffer (creating a final concentration of 0.053 mM of each reactant). This "SMCC-activated" PMB was incubated at 30C for 60 minutes.
The third step of the procedure involved incubation of 0.65 ml of the reduced IgG
with 0.65 ml of the SMCC-activated PMB.
The concentrations of the two re~ct~nt.~ were 0.0265 mM PMB and 0.013 mM IgG (a 2:1 molar ratio). After incubation at 4C for 20 hrs~ 8.7 1ll of a fresh solution of 0.1 M ~-mercaptoethanol was added and incubated at room temperature for 20 minut~s The IgG
concentration was adjusted to 1.0 mg/ml with an equal volume of PBS. Sarnples of the conjugates were purified by dialysis against two 800 ml volumes of PBS over a 20 hour 15 period or by gel filtration on a Sephadex G-10 column equilibrated in PBS. A control reduced human IgG fraction was prepared from the reduced IgG pool and the three al~lions stored at 4C.
b) ELISA Of Conjugate-Binding To LPS
The LPS binding assay procedure was the same as that described in Example l(b) 20 except that the LPS was coated at 2 ~g/well, the BBS-Tween 20 washes were elimin~t~-l and the Tween 20 concentration in the PBS-Tween 20 wash was lowered to 0.05%. The blocking solution and sample diluent were prepared using pyrogen-free PBS and low-endotoxin BSA
(Sigma). The results are shown in Table 16.
wo 94114437 PCT/US93/12381 2~51386 Binding Of An SMCC Conjugate Of IgG-PMB To LPS (OD4,0 Values) SMCC l ,G-PMB SMCC IgG Control Conjugate IgG
Concentration (,ug/ml) LPS No LPS No Antigen 4 AIltigell 5100 0.084 O.Oll 0.038 0.00 0.013 0.00 0.012 0.00 4 0.00 0.005 0.00 0.00 0.8 0.00 0.028 0.00 0.00 0.016 0 00 0.00 o oo o oo The SMCC IgG-PMB exhibited slightly higher binding to LPS than the control but the overall level of binding was far below that of the positive control rabbit anti-~. coli Olll:B4 antiserum (1.097 at a 1:25,000 dilution). It is possible that reduced IgG possesses only a few thiol groups available for cross-linking and that higher concentrations of activated PMB might drive the reaction more effectively.
E~M PLE 5 -. Conjugation Of An Antibiotic To IgG
Without Using A Bifunctional Cross-linker In all of the previous examples, free bifunctional cross-linkers were employed in attempts to covalently attach the antibiotic polymyxin to IgG. The configurations failed to yield a conjugate with LPS-binding activity comparable to that of an immune serum. Because of the binding observed in the absence of antigen, there were probably conjugates having less - than one active PMB molecule to each molecule of IgG. To investigate means of ~tt~t~hing antibiotics to IgG without the involvement of a bifunctional cross-linker~ periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate groups of IgG [D.A. Handley, Eur. Patent Appl. Pub. No.428486] was used to create amine-reactive aldehyde groups that could potentially react with PMB and be reduced to establish a stable covalent linkage.
.
2~13 The example involved: (a) periodate oxidation of IgG in pH 4.0 sodium acetate buffer; and (b) conjugation of polymyxin B to periodate oxidized IgG.
a) Periodate oxidation of IgG in pH 4.0 sodiurn acetate buffer was achieved by dissolving 5 mg human IgG in 1 ml of water and mixing this solution with 200 ,ul of sodium 5 acetate pH 4.0 (0.3 g sodium acetate and 960 ,ul glacial acetic acid in 100 ml H~O) and 200 ,ul of 0.2 M NaIO4. [Modification of J.W. Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Ac~ c Press, New York, p. 84 (1986).] After 15 minlltec at room telllp~ldl~lre in the dark, the periodate solution was removed by gel filtration on a P-10 column in 50 mM
Na,CO3, pH 9.5.
b) Conjugation of periodate-oxidized IgG with PMB was carried out by adding 10 mg of PMB to the IgG prepared in (a) and incubating for 1 hour at room tem~eldLu.e, followed by the addition of 100 ~11 of NaBH3CN (4 mg/ml) and room tel~ ule incubation for another hour and dialysis against PBS overnight at 4C.
Inspection of the LPS binding activity (not shown) revealed that the prepared conjugate was inactive. These results suggest that the periodate-oxidation of IgG, without the use of a cross-linker, is an ineffective means of covalent conjugation of antibiotics to antibody.
The Derivatization Of Antibiotics With Cross-Linkers: Preservation Of Antibiotic Activity A significant concern with either one-step or multi-step schemes for conjugatingantibiotics to antibodies is whether the conjugation scheme reduces or inactivates antibiotic function. In order to determine the best cross-linker concentration for derivatization of PMB
in a multi-step conjugation sch~me, the effect of the concentration of cross-linker on antibiotic 25 activity was clet~rrnined (see discussion of Mode IA above). The exarnple involved: (a) modification of PMB with SPDP and the separation of free cross-linker; and (b) assay of derivatized PMB antibacterial activity.
2~13~
a) Modification of PMB with SPDP and the separation of free cross-linker was carried out by mixing three different molar ratios of SPDP (2:1, 3:1 and 4:1) to PMB. First, 2.1 mg, 3.15 mg or 4.2 mg of SPDP (Pierce) dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide was added to 5 mg of PMB in 0.5 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and incubated for 30 5 minutes at room telll~Ue~ UlC~ with occasional .ch~king. Free cross-linker was then removed from each sample by chromatography on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA. The peak fractions cont~ining the derivatized PMB were collected and pooled.
b) Assay of derivatized PMB antibacterial activity was carried out in a disc inhibition assay (see Figure 2). E. coli HB101 was plated on Trypticase Soy Agar (TSA;
10 BBL) to create a confluent lawn of bacteria. One-quarter inch blank paper discs (BBL) were then applied to the surface of the lawn and 20 ~1 of each test solution applied. After incubation at 37C overni~ht zones of inhibition surrounding the disc were observed. The results (not shown) indicate that PMB derivatized at 2:1 or 3:1 molar ratios of SPDP-PMB
were still active whereas antibiotic derivatized at a 4:1 molar ratio was inactive. Therefore, 15 derivatization of PMB with SPDP should be carried out at ratios of SPDP to PMB of less than or equal to 3:1.
Conjugation Of SPDP-PMB To IgG
Having determined an SPDP cross-linker concentration that preserved the antibiotic 20 activity of polymyxin B in Example 6, conjugates were prepared between SPDP-PMB and IgG by reacting the derivatized antibiotic with IgG to which sulfhydryl (-SH) groups were introduced with Traut's reagent.
The example involved: (a) derivatization of PMB with SPDP; (b) derivatization ofIgG with Traut's reagent; (c) conjugation of Traut-IgG with SPDP-PMB; and (d) conjugate 25 LPS-binding activity ~Sec.~ment.
a) Derivatization of PMB with SPDP was carried out by adding 7 ,umoles of SPDP (2.1 mg) in 50 ,ul of dimethyl-sulfoxide to 10 mg of PMB in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate~ 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and incubating at room temperature for 30 minutes on a WO 94/14437 PCT/US93t123~1 2~138~ -rotating shaker. The unconjugated cross-linker was removed by applying the sample to 15 ml Swift desalting column (Pierce) equilibrated with 20 mM NaPO4, 150 mM NaCl, I mMEDTA, pH 7.2 (PBS-EDTA). Peak fractions were pooled and stored at 4C.
b) Derivatization of IgG with Traut's reagent was carried out by adding a five-5 fold molar excess (100 ~Ll of a 0.2 mg/ml stock) of Traut's reagent (Pierce) to S mg of IgG
dissolved in 1 ml of 50 mM triethanolamine, 0.15 M NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and incubating under nitrogen for 45 minlltes at room temperature. The excess Traut's reagent was removed by gel filtration on a P-10 column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA. The peak fractions were combined.
c) Conjugation of Traut-IgG with SPDP-PMB was carried out by adding 3.5 mg Traut-IgG and 2 mg SPDP-PMB (77 fold molar excess of PMB) and incubating for 18 hours at room t~ ldLul~. The conjugates were sep~d~d from free SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a P-10 column (50 ml) equilibrated with PBS-EDTA and the peak fractions co,.l~ i,.g the IgG were collected, pooled, and stored at 4C.
d) Conjugate LPS-binding activity ~es~",ent was carried out by evaluating the ability of each conjugate in (c) to bind LPS in an ELISA assay (see Figure 4). The results indicated that the Traut IgG-PMB conjugate possessed limited binding activity (not shown).
Conjugation Of SPDP-PMB To SPDP-IgG
Having rletermined that Traut's reagent does not generate a conjugate with preserved antibiotic activity in Example 7, conjugates were prepared between SPDP-PMB and IgG by reacting the derivatized antibiotic with IgG in which amino (NH2) groups were convered to sulfhydryl (-SH) groups by activation with SPDP.
The example involved: (a) derivatization of PMB with SPDP; (b) derivatization ofIgG with SPDP; (c) conjugation of SPDP-IgG with SPDP-PMB; and (d) conjugate LPS-binding activity ~e~ment 21~1~86 a) Derivatization of PMB with SPDP was carried out as in Example 7.
b) Derivatization of IgG with SPDP was carried out by adding 20 ~l of 20 mM
SPDP to lO mg of IgG in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and incubating 30 minutes at room t~ pelaLIlre with ~h~kin~. The free cross-linker was removed 5 by chromatography on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated in lO0 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM sodium chloride pH 4.5. The peak fractions were collected and concentrated on C~llllip-el)-30 concentrator (Amicon). To this sample, 7.7 mg of dithiothreitol in 250 ~11 of 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM sodium chloride, pH 4.5 was added and incubated at room temperature for 30 mimltes The sample was again applied to a 15 ml Swift desalting 10 column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA and peak fractions with the highest OD280 were collected, pooled, and concentrated on a C~IlL~ cp-30 concentrator (Amicon).
c) Conjugation of SPDP-IgG with SPDP-PMB was carried out by adding the following combinations of re~ct~nt~
- 5 mg SPDP-IgG and 2 mg SPDP-PMB (43 fold molar excess of PMB) - 2 mg SPDP-IgG and 2 mg SPDP-PMB (107 fold molar excess of PMB) and incubating for 18 hours at room t~ dlule. The conJugates were each separated from free SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a P-10 column (50 ml) equilibrated with PBS-EDTA.
Fractions cont~inin~ PMB-IgG conjugate were collected, pooled, and stored at 4C.
d) Conjugate LPS-binding activity ~ c~ment was carried out by evaluating the ability of each conjugate in (c) to bind LPS in an ELISA assay and co~"p~ E them with the Traut conjugate produced in Example 7. The results (Figure 5) in~ te~l that both SPDP-IgG-PMB conjugates possessed considerable activity -- a much higher activity than that of the Traut IgG-PMB conjugate.
Conjugation Of PMB To IgG Using A Long Chain SPDP Cross-Linker Since SPDP proved to be an effective agent for the derivatization and cross-linking of IgG and PMB. a long chain form of SPDP (sulfo-LC-SPDP) was then examined to see if the 2~513~
addition of a larger spacer arm between the IgG and PMB enhanced the activity of the conjugate. This example involved: (a) derivatization of PMB with sulfo-LC-SPDP;
(b) derivatization of IgG with sulfo-LC-SPDP; (c) conjugation of derivatized IgG with derivatized PMB; and (d) conjugate activity ~es~ment by ELISA.
S a) Derivatization of PMB with sulfo-LC-SPDP was carried out by adding 35 ~11 of a 9 mg/ml solution of sulfo-LC-SPDP to 10 mg of PMB in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 and inc~lh~ting for 30 minlltes at room temperature. Free cross-linker was removed by gel filtration on a 1.5 x 35 cm P-2 column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA. Peak fractions containing derivatized PMB were combined and stored at 4C.
b) Derivatization of IgG with sulfo-LC-SPDP was carried out by adding 0.3 mg of sulfo-LC-SPDP to 10 mg of IgG in 50 mM sodiurn borate, 300 mM NaCl pH 9.0 and incubating for 30 minlltes on a rotating shaker. The derivatized IgG was ~,epd,dL~d from free cross-linker on a S ml Swift de~lting column (Pierce) equilibrated with 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM sodium chloride, pH 4.5 and the peak fractions collected and pooled. This sample was then reduced by adding 7.7 mg of dithiothreitol in 250 ~1 of the same sodium acetate buffer and incubated for 30 ~ PS at room temperature. Excess reducing agent was removed by gel filtration on a 10 ml P-10 column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA. The peak fractions were collected and pooled.
c) Conjugation of derivatized IgG with derivatized PMB was carried out by adding 2.5 mg of IgG to 2.5 mg of PMB (107-fold molar excess of PMB) and 3.5 mg of IgG
to 1.4 mg of PMB (43-fold molar excess of PMB), and incubating for 18 hours at room t~ ld~Ult;. The IgG-PMB conjugate was sep~a~ed from the rest of the reaction mixture on a 50 ml P-10 gel filtration column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA.
d) Conjugate activity ~se~ment by ELISA indicated that the sulfo-LC-SPDP
conjugates did not possess greater activity than the shorter SPDP molecule (Figure 6).
2~385 Inhibition Of Specific Binding Of Antibodiotic To LPS By ~ree Antibiotic In order to determine that the antibody-antibiotic conjugate binding observed in Figure 5 is specific, free antibiotic was used to block conjugate binding (see Mode III discussion, S above). This example involved: (a) mixing of the antibodiotic with free antibiotic; and (b) assaying the degree of conjugate binding to LPS in the presence of different concentrations of free antibiotic.
a) Mixing of antibodiotic with free antibiotic was performed by adding an equal volume of a 1:125 dilution (32 !lg/ml) of the SPDP IgG-PMB conjugate in PBS-Tween 20 10 (0.05%) cont~ining 1 mg/ml BS~ with polymyxin at 0-20 ,ug/ml in the same buffer. Two hundred (200) ~11 of this mixture co~ g 0-2 llg of PMB and 3.2 ,ug of conjugate was then assayed for binding activity.
b) Assaying the degree of conjugate binding to LPS in the presence of different concentrations of free antibiotic was performed by adding 200 ~1 of the antibodiotic/free 15 antibiotic IlliX~ to wells of a 96-well microtiter plate that was coated with 2 ~g of E. coli Ol l l :B4 LPS and blocked as described in Example 1. The wells were washed, goat anti-human Ig-~lk~line pho~ph~t~ce was added, and the binding assayed ~u~lliL~ ely on a MicroELISA reader exactly as described in Example 1.
The results are shown in Figure 7 and demonstrate that free polymyxin competitively 20 inhibits IgG-PMB binding to LPS. Clearly, the antibodiotic is binding specifically to LPS
(i.e., via the conjugated PMB moieties).
Inspection of the inhibition curve gives some indication of the extent of active PMB
conjugation, in that a 16 ~lg/ml solution of antibody (1.1 x 10-7M) is 50% inhibited in its binding to LPS by a concentration of 40 ng/ml PMB (2.6 x 10-8M). If one molecule of PMB
25 was present on each PMB (making the PMB concentration on IgG equal to 1.1 x 10-7) one would expect that an equimolar concentration of free PMB would inhibit binding by 50%.
Since it requires one fourth the concentration of free PMB to inhibit this antibodiotic, one may conclude that there is at least one PMB molecule per four IgG molecules. In fact, since SPDP-modified PMB has a four-fold lower antibiotic activity than free PMB, the actual WO 94/14~37 PCTIUS93/12381 215~386 degree of IgG conjugation with PMB is probably at least four-fold higher than that calculated above (i.e., there is probably at least one PMB conjugated to each IgG molecule).
Conjugation Using Periodate Oxidation Of IgG In NaPO4 In Example 5, a means of ~tt~rhing antibiotics to IgG without the involvement of a bifunctional cross-linker (i.e., periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate groups of IgG) was attempted. This involved, in part, periodate oxidation of IgG in pH 4.0 sodium acetate buffer and failed to yield a conjugate with significant activity. Because this failure may have been due to the reaction conditions, different reaction conditions were explored. This example involves. (a) periodate oxidation of IgG in phosphate buffer; and (b) conjugation of polymyxin B to periodate oxidized IgG.
a) Periodate oxidation of IgG in phosph~te buffer was achieved by dissolving 10 mg of human IgG in I ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 and adding 0.011 g sodium metaperiodate (final concentration 50 mM). After 30 minllt~s at room temperature, the periodate was removed by gel filtration on a 10 ml P-10 gel filtration column equilibrated in 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2. The peak fractions co,.~ -g antibody were pooled and concentrated to 1.5 ml.
b) Conjugation of periodate-oxidized IgG with PMB was carried out by adding 10 mg of PMB to either 5 mg or 3 mg of IgG prepared in (a) at 4C overnight with gentle ~h~king, followed by reduction with 0.1 mg/ml NaBH3CN in 20 mM NaPO4, pH 6.5 for 3 hours at room ~ claL~ . The IgG-PMB was separated from the rest of the reaction products by gel filtration on a 10 ml P-10 column.
Inspection of the LPS binding activity (Figure 8) revealed that the conjugates prepared were active. This is in contrast to the conjugate prepared in Example 5.
wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 21~138~
Antibacterial Activity Of IgG-PMB Conjugates Having determined which conjugates of IgG-PMB possessed LPS binding activity, the biological activity of the conjugates were ç~mined (see discussion of Mode IV~ above).
5 Since polymyxin possesses direct antibiotic activity, it was possible that the conjugated polymyxin was also active. To determine whether the conjugates had any antibacterial activity, the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) and minimllm bactericidal concentration (MBC) for the SPDP-conjugated IgG-PMB (107-fold molar excess of PMB, Exarnple 8) and the periodate mediated IgG-PMB conjugate (3:1 ratio of PMB, Example 11) were determined.
10 The example involved: (a) ~ule~ ion of an E. coli bacterial inoculum; (b) determin~tion of the MIC; and (c) determination of the MBC.
a) P.~ ion of an ~. coli bacterial inoculum was initiated by first culturing E.
coli HB101 overnight on TSA agar at 37C. Colonies were suspended in sterile saline at 1.2 x lo8 org~ni~m~/ml then diluted to 5 x 105 org~ni~m~/ml in Trypticase-Soy Broth (TSB;
15 BBL). This concentration was co~ ..l.ed by dilution plating.
b) D~L~ ion of MIC for each conjugate and a native polymyxin B control was made by mixing 0.5 ml of the 5 x 105 org~ni~m.s/ml inoculum with 0.5 ml of a two-fold dilution series of each conjugate and incub~ting overnight in sterile 12 x 75 mm culture tubes at 37C. The MIC was defined as the lowest concentration of the conjugate or PMB which 20 resulted in complete inhibition of visible growth.
For the PMB control, the MIC was found to be 0.031 ~lg/ml while for the SPDP
conjugate, the MIC was found to be 0.25 mg/ml. For the 3:1 (PMB:IgG) periodate conjugate, the MIC was found to be 0.031 mg/ml, which is approximately 1000-fold higher than for native PMB and eight-fold lower than for the SPDP IgG-PMB conjugate. Thus, both IgG-25 PMB conjugates do indeed retain antibacterial activity with the periodate conjugate exhibitingthe highest degree of activity. The difference between the PMB and IgG-PMB values reflect in part, the greater size of IgG (about 100 times that of PMB) in that if PMB activity was perfectly preserved during conjugation and one PMB molecule was conjugated to each IgG
molecule, the MIC would increase 100-fold due to the size of the IgG. The 1000-fold shift 215138~ :
observed suggests that the activity of PMB is reduced by conjugation, and/or not all IgG
molecules are conjugated. Nonetheless, it is surprising that a small surface-active antibiotic can still inhibit bacterial growth when conjugated to a much larger protein.
c) Determination of the MBC for each conjugate was made by plating serial 5 dilutions of the nli~Lu,es in (b) above that exhibited no growth on TSA agar ovemight at 37C. The MBC was defined as the lowest concentration of conjugate of PMB which resulted in 99.9% or more of the viable org~ni~m.c in the primary inoculum being killed. The MBC for the PMB was found to be 0.031 ~g/ml, for the SPDP IgG-PMB it was 0.5 mg/ml, and for the periodate it was 0.031 mg/ml. The ability of the IgG-PMB conjugates to suppress 10 bacterial growth and to kill bacteria on contact suggests that these compounds may be effective in preventing or treating bacteremia.
EXAMPL~ 13 The Effect Of IgG-PMB Conjugate On Complement And Its Activation By LPS
Both immlmnglobulin and LPS have the potential to interact with complement. The interaction of LPS with complement can exacerbate the infl~mm~tory response to endotoxemia or bacteremia. In this example, the ability of IgG-PMB conjugate to block complement activation by LPS was investig~te~l In addition, since immllnoglobulin can also trigger adverse complement reactions [S. Barandun et al., Vox Sang. 7:157-174 (1962)], the 20 ability of conjugate alone to activate complement was also ~i~termin~ The example involved: (a) ~ tion of the LPS concentrations sufficient to activate complement; and (b) blocking Lps-inrlllce~l complement activation with IgG-PMB.
a) Det~rmin~tion of the LPS concentrations sufficient to activate complement wascarried out by adding varying concentrations of LPS to a standard quantity of a complement 25 source (CH50 Reference Standard; Sigma) and m~llring the amount of complementconsumed by titration on sen~iti7.p~l sheep red blood cells (SRBCs). [Modification of A.
Chonn et al., J. Immunol. 146:4234-4241 (1991).]
21513~
To 40 ~11 of the Reference Standard, 40 ,ul of solution contslining 80 ~g, 8,ug, 0.8 ~lg, 0.0 ~g of E. coli LPS or GVB+2 buffer (Sigma) were added, mixed, and incubated for 30 minlltes at 37C. Five or 10 ,ul aliquots of each mixture or a blank control were then added to CompQuick CH50 tubes (Sigma), mixed by repeated inversion and incubated for 60 5 minutes at room temperature with occasional mixing. The tubes were then centrifuged at 600 x g for 10 minutes at 4C and the hemolysis present in the s~ ldl~t measured at 415 nrn versus the lysis control blank solution. The CH50 value of each mixture was calculated as follows:
Absorbance of Sample CH50 of Sample = x CH50 of Standard Absorbance of Standard The results are shown in Table 17.
Activation Of Complement By LPS
Sample Tested Abs. ~ 415 nm CH50 Value % Decrease 1.0 mg/ml LPS + Ref. StdØ124 114.7 51.2 0.1 mg/ml LPS + Ref. StdØ170 157.8 33.1 0.01 mg/ml LPS + Ref. Std. 0.215 198.9 15.4 Reference Standard 0.254 235.0 0.00 These results show that preincubation of a complement source with LPS consumes complement which is then unavailable for action on SRBCs in the second phase of the assay.
The LPS effect was concentration-dependent.
b) Blocking of LPS-incl~lcecl complement activation with IgG-PMB was carried out by mixing SPDP-conjugated IgG-PMB prepared as described in Example 7 with LPS and then ~x;..,.i~ g the effect of ~ Ll~dled LPS on complement activation. To 1.5 ~g of E. coli 2~ ~ 38~ ~
026:B6 LPS, 7.5 llg of IgG PMB or 15 ,ul of a buffer control was added and incubated at 37C for 60 minl1tes Thirty (30) ~11 of complement (Ref-Std as in (a) above) or GVB+2 buffer was added to each sample and incubated for 60 minlltes at 37C. Twenty (20) ~1 of each mixture was added to CompQuick CH50 tubes (Sigma), mixed and incubated for 60 5 minutes at room temperature. The tubes were centrifuged as in (a) above and hemolysis 4ua~ ed at 415 nm. The results are shown in Table 18.
The results show that preincubation of IgG-PMB with LPS blocks the effect of LPSon complement activation. Furthermore, the IgG-PMB conjugate has no effect on complement activation on its own, suggesting that cross-linking with PMB has not perturbed 10 IgG structure such that it would have a deleterious effect through TABL~: 18 Inhibition Of LPS-Mediated Complement Activation By IgG-PMB
Sample Tested Abs. (~ 415 nm CH50 Value %
IgG-PMB only 0.002 0.40 IgG-PMB + Complement 1.273 253.1 +7.7 LPS Only 0.008 1.59 Complement Reference Standard 1.182 235 0.00 LPS + Complement 0.806 160.2 -31.8 IgG-PMB + LPS + Complement 1.237 245.9 +4.6 20 spontaneous complemçnt reactions. The ability to block LPS effects and the ~~ safety of the IgG-PMB conjugate suggests that it could possess both prophylactic and therapeutic value against bacteremia and endotoxemia.
2~13~ `
Improved IgG-PMB Conjugates Methods were invçstig~te~l for improving the activity of the IgG-PMB conjugates prepared by the methods of Example 7 (SPDP) and Example 11 (periodate oxidation/Schiff 5 base reduction). Since both families of conjugates exhibited much higher levels of LPS-binding than conjugates prepared with other ch~mi~tries, it was possible that even higher levels of binding could be achieved by increasing the degree of PMB-substitution on the lgG.
The two mech~ni~m.~ employed for achieving greater substitution were to increase the reactant (IgG and PMB) concentration at the conjugation step and to use more highly derivatized 10 SPDP-PMB. The example involved: (a) ~lel)~dlion of a new periodate IgG-PMB conjugate;
(b) prepalalion of new SPDP IgG-PMB conjugates; (c) ELISA of conjugate binding to LPS;
(d) ~lele~ tion of conjugate MICs and MBCs; and (e) determination of the degree of conjugation by amino acid analysis.
a) Pl~paldlion of a new periodate IgG-PMB conjugate was carried out by 15 oxidizing 30 mg of IgG dissolved in 1 ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 with 10.7 mg of sodium periodate ~Sigma) for 30 ~ es at room Lt;lll,u~ldlult;. The 1 ml reaction l~ Lu~e was applied to a 15 ml Swift desalting colD equilibrated in 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 and the peak IgG fractions were pooled to an IgG concentration of 7.1 mg/ml. To 1 ml of this Ig mixture co"~ g 0.0476 ~Lmoles of IgG, 20 mg of PMB (14.44 ~lmoles) was added and incub~te(l 20 overnight at 4C. The reaction ~ Lule was adjusted to pH 6.5 with 1.0 N HCI, and 10 ~LI of a 10 mg/ml NaBH3CN solution was added and incubated at room temperature for 4 hours.
The conjugate was then chromatographed on a 10 ml P-10 column and stored at 4C.
b) Plel)~dlion of new SPDP IgG-PMB conjugates was carried out by first derivatizing PMB at 2:1 and 3:1 molar ratios of SPDP:PMB as described in Example 6. For 25 each reaction, 5 mg of IgG in 0.5 ml was derivatized with 15 ~1 of 20 mM SPDP solution in DMSO by inc~lb~ting for 30 minutes at room telllp~ldlule with intermittent .~h~king The derivatized IgG was purified on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated with acetate buffer and the peak fractions were pooled and concentrated on a Cenlliplep-30 concentrator (Amicon). To the 5 mg of IgG in 1.8 ml of acetate buffer, 7.7 mg of dithiothreitol in 250 ~11 2~5~ 3~
of acetate buffer was added and incubated at room te~ ld~ule for 30 minlltt~s Each sample was then purified on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA. To each sample cont~ining approximately 5 mg of SPDP derivatized IgG, 5 mg of PMB derivatized at either a 2:1 or 3:1 molar ratio of SPDP was added and inc~lb~tecl for 18 hours at room S te-~p~ re. Each conjugate was then separated from free SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a P-10 column (50 ml) equilibrated with PBS-EDTA, and the peak fractions were collected, pooled, and stored at 4C.
c) ELISA analysis of conjugate binding to LPS was performed as described in Example 1 using E. coli Ol l l :B4 LPS (Sigma). The binding of different dilutions of the 10 periodate conjugate made in (a) above, and the two SPDP conjugates made in (b) above to LPS coated and uncoated wells of a 96 well microtiter plate are shown as averages of duplicate samples in Table 19.
The results show that the 3:1 SPDP:PMB conjugate had the highest specific LPS
binding activity, applo~i",ately 2-4 times the binding exhibited by the 2:1 SPDP:PMB
15 conjugate and the periodate COlljU~ at concentrations of 0.8-4.0 ~lg/ml.
d) D~L~l.llin~lion of conjugate MICs and MBCs was carried out exactly as described in Example 12 using E. coli HB101 as the ~usct;~Lible test strain. The results are shown in Table 20.
When colllpa.ed with these ~ ..,.i"~lions for the conjugates ex~min~l in Example 12, 20 the new periodate conjugate is four times as potent, and the 3:1 SPDP-PMB conjugate is twice as potent. Surprisingly, the periodate conjugate exhibits lower LPS-binding activity by ELISA but stronger antibacterial activity than the 3:1 SPDP-PMB conjugate. Perhaps the modification of PMB and IgG with SPDP improves the conjugation efficacy but decreases the antibiotic activity compared to the conjugation of native PMB to periodate-treated IgG.
e) D;;~ ion of the degree of conjugation by amino acid analysis was carried out by e~mining the a~nino acid composition of 2:1 SPDP Ig-PMB, 3:1 SPDP Ig-PMB, and the periodate Ig-PMG conjugates above, compared with control samples of native human IgG
and free polymyxin B. The novel amino acid ~ minobutyric acid (DAB) which constitutes 6 of the 10 residues of PMB was the key component that was detected and ~lu~~ d.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~ 2151~6 Five samples in all were analyzed, including:
1. Free PMB (25 nmoles in 50 ~11 H~0) 2. Periodate Ig-PMB (600 pmoles in 100 ~I PBS) 3. SPDP 3:1 lg-PMB (600 pmoles in 100 ~I PBS) 4. SPDP 2:1 Ig-PMB (600 pmoles in lO0 ,ul PBS) 5. Human IgG (600 pmoles in 100 ,ul PBS) LPS-Binding Activity Of New IgG-PMB Conjugates Abst"~ ce at 410 nm Conjugate TestedConjugate Dilution wlAgw/o Ag 1: 10 (=0.1 mg/ml) I .7881.694 I :50 1.3920.632 10IgG-PMB (104) 1:250 0.4400.096 1:1250 0.1210.039 I :6250 0.0350.009 1: 10 (=0.09 mg/ml) 1.7260.718 I :50 1.6500.156 IgG-PMB (SPDP) 3:1 1:250 0.9790.167 1:1250 0.5200.013 1:6250 0.1200.007 1:10 (=0.1 mg/ml) 1.5920.375 I :50 1.2560-057 IgG-PMB (SPDP) 2:1 1:25Q 0.5780.015 1: 1250 0.1510.008 1:6250 0.0280.010 2~ ~ 13~
MIC And MBC For The New IgG-PMB Conjugates ConjugateMIC :` MBC
Periodate IgG-PMB 7.8 ~lg/ml 7.8 ~g/ml 2:1 SPDP IgG-PMB 250 ~g/ml 250 !lg/ml 3:1 SPDP IgG-PMB 125 ~Lg/ml > 125 llg/ml PMB Control 0.039 ~lg/ml 0.039 ~lg/ml The samples were prepared by transferring each to a glass hydrolysis tube using three rinses of 100 ,ul of pure water and then concentrated to dryness in a vacuum centrifuge. To 10 each of the sample tubes, 500 ~11 of distilled 6N HCl, 10 ,ul of 2-mercaptoethanol, and ] O Ill of a 50% aqueous phenol solution were added. The tubes were then purged with nitrogen gas and capped. The sarnples were hydrolyzed by heating at 110C for 22 hours and then concentrated again to dryness. The PMB sample was suspended in 500 ~l of 0.2 N sodium citrate buffer, pH 2.2 while the other four sarnples were suspended in 250 ~ul of this buf~er.
15 After thorough mi~ing, the sample solutions were passed through a 0.2 ~lm pore nylon membrane syringe filter.
A Beckman Instruments 6300 Amino Acid Analyzer was used to analyze 20 ,ul of each filtered hydrolysate solution. The m~rhine was equipped with a Beckman 10 cm cationic exchange HPLC column, a Beçkm~n sodium buffer system, a 60 minute analysis 20 methodology? and a Be~m~n ninhydrin reagent detection system with absorbance measured at the 570 nm and 440 nm wavelengths. The detector sensitivity was set at 1.0 AUFS for the PMB sample and 0.5 AUFS for the other four samples.
All data collection and peak integration calculations were performed with a Gilson HPLC System Controller 712 v. 1.1 software package (Middleton, WI). Sample peak 25 identification and amino acid concentrations were determined by comparison to analyses made at known concentrations of a l 7 amino acid standard mixture (Beckman Standard, Lot #A108039) and (S) - (+) 2,4 - Diaminobutyric acid dihydrochloride (Aldrich Chemical, Lot #07301CY). The results of the amino acid analyses are shown in Table 21.
wo 94/14437 21~1~ 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 The values represent the estim~tP~ amino acid composition of each sample, determined by multiplying the percentage of each amino acid measured by the expected total number of amino acids (1320 for human IgG~ for example). The moles of PMB/mole IgG were calculated by dividing the number of unique DAB residues detected by 6 (the number of S DAB residues/PMB).
The results show that the 3:1 SPDP conjugate possessed the highest degree of conjugation (avg. 3.7 PMB molecules per IgG molecule). This is consistent with this conjugate po.~es~ing the highest LPS-binding activity as measured by ELISA (see (b) above).
The 3:1 SPDP conjugate contained, on average,.twice the number of PMB molecules than the 10 2:1 SPDP conjugate, which would explain the two-fold greater activity of the 3:1 SPDP
conjugate in the LPS-binding ELISA. The periodate Ig-PMB is also well conjugated and it exhibited the highest degree of antibacterial activity. It appears that the SPDP linkage affords the highest degree of LPS-binding activity while the periodate linkage provides greater antibacterial activity. This may reflect steric differences in the way PMB is ~tt~hed to the 15 IgG and/or the different effects of the two conjugation ch~mi~tries on PMB activity.
EXAMPLE 1~
The Use Of IgG-PMB Conjugates As A Diagnostic: Cross-Reactivity Of Dirr~rellt Gram-Negative LPS Antigens with IgG-PMB
Since the IgG-PMB conjugates exhibited binding to E. coli ()lll:B4 LPS, and this20 species is only one of many potential gram-negative agents of endotoxemia and bacteremia, it was of interest to determine whether the IgG-PMB conjugate was capable of detecting other species of LPS in a diagnostic format using a competitive ELISA. The example involved:
(a) coating of E. coli 011 l:B4 LPS to microtiter wells; (b) incubation of IgG-PMB conjugates with different concentrations of several species of LPS; and (c) assay of conjugate binding to 25 E. coli Ol l l :B4 LPS in the presence of competitor.
a) Coating of E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS to the wells of 96-well microtiter ELISA
plates was performed as described in Example 1, (100 ~Ll/well of pyrogen-free PBS cont~ining 1 mM EDTA and 2 ~Lg of LPS was coated onto the wells and allowed to incubate overnight 21~ ~ 3~ --at 4C). The wells were washed with PBS-0.05% Tween 20 and blocked with PBS
cont~ining 10 mg/ml endotoxin-free BSA at 37C for 90 minlltç~
Amino Acid Composition Of Ig-PMB Conjugates Amino Letter Human IgG- IgG- IgG-Acid Code IgG PMB PMB 104. PMB 1:2 PMB 1:3 Asp D 111 107 105 111 Thr S 117 2 120 115 122 Ser S 177 188 208 176 Glu E 133 129 129 136 Pro P 119 105 120 123 Gly G 95 101 102 101 Ala A 75 75 78 80 Val V 116 112 107 112 Met M 9 8 9 9 Ile 1 26 28 25 26 Leu L 99 1 105 96 100 Tyr ~ Y 51 53 51 51 Phe F 42 1 47 44 45 His H 24 24 23 23 Lys K 83 87 79 82 Arg R 41 44 38 39 Moles PMB/Mole IgG 3.3 1.8 3.7 b) Incubation of IgG-PMB conjugates with different concentrations of LPS purified from E. coli 0111 :B4 (control standard) Salmonella typhimurium, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Vibrio cholerae, Shigella flexneri, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enteritidis, Serratia marcescens, and ~hodobacter sphaeroides (all 21S~;38~
from Sigma? except the Rhodobacter, which was obtained from List Biologicals Laboratory, Campbell. CA) was carried out by adding 250 !11 of a 7.2 ,~Lg/ml solution of IgG-PMB
conjugate prepared with a 3:1 molar ratio of SPDP:PMB (Example 13) to 250 ~Ll of PBS-0.05% Tween 20 cont~ining 1 mg/ml BSA followed by incubation at 37C; 100 ~ll of these 5 mixtures was added per well.
c) Assay of conjugate binding to E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS in the presence of competitor was measured by incubating 100 ~1 of the mixtures from (b) above at 37C for 1 hour. The plates were then washed and the wells incubated with alkaline phosphate-conjugated goat anti-human IgG (Sigma) diluted 1 :500 in PBS with 0.05% Tween 2010 cont~ining l mg/ml BSA, incubated 37C for 1 hour, washed again and incubated in p-nitrophenyl phosphate for 30 minlltes and read at 410 nm, as described in Example 1. The results are shown in Figure 9 and demoll~L~ate that LPS antigens from all nine species representing four different orders of gram-negative bacteria compete effectively for IgG-PMB
binding to E. coli Olll:B4 LPS. These results show that IgG-PMB conjugates can be used to 15 detect and quantitate a LPS from a variety of bacterial species, and suggest that the IgG-PMB
conjugate will be therapeutically effective against a broad spectrum of gram-negative or~ni~m~ and endotoxins.
Neutralization Of The In Vivo Effects Of Endotoxin By IgG-PMB
Endotoxin (LPS) can trigger a lethal reaction in vivo. In order to ~lettormine whether IgG-PMB conjugate is capable of neutralizing the lethal effects of endotoxin, a well-characterized and accepted murine model of endotoxic shock was lltili7~.1 [C. Galanos et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:5939-5943 (1979).] The example involved: (a) determination of a minimum lethal dose of endotoxin in galactosamine-sensitized mice; and (b) neutralization of endotoxin lethality by premixture with Ig-PMB.
a) Dete, ."i"~tion of a ",illi",ll", lethal dose of endotoxin in galactosamine-sensitized mice was performed by ~(lmini~tPring dirrerell~ doses of E. coli 0111 :B4 LPS to C57Bl/6 mice that were co-~lmini~tered 20 mg of D-galactosamine-HCl in 400 ,ul of PBS.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93l12381 2 ~ 8 ~
The latter compound is a specific hepatotoxic agent that increases the sensitivity of experimental ~nimz~l~ to endotoxin several thousand-fold. [C. Galanos et al.~ Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 76:5939-5943 (1979).] To accomplish this determination, 1-500 ng of E. coli Olll:B4 LPS (List Biological Laboratories, Campbell, CA) in PBS was injected 5 intraperitoneally, along with 20 mg of D-galactosamine (Sigma). It was found that 10-25 ng of endotoxin was usually sufficient to kill most or all mice within 24 hr. The variability in endotoxin lethality may be related to the dirr~lellt ages of the mice used. Since 10 ng was the minim~l effective lethal dose, this amount of LPS was utilized in neutralization experiments.
b) Neutralization of endotoxin lethality by plelllixlul~ with Ig-PMB was 10 performed by incubating 50 ng of E. coli Olll:B4 LPS with 5 mg of periodate conjugated IgG-PMB (prepared as described in Example 14), or 5 mg of unconjugated control human IgG (Sigma) and 100 mg D-galactosamine in PBS and injecting a portion of each mixture intraperitoneally into C57BL/6 mice. The results are shown in Table 22. Survival was ~ ec~e-l 24 hours later.
Neutralization Of Endotoxin Lethality By IgG-PMB (Therapeutic Prophylactic) Tre~tmçnt Survivors/Total 1 mg Human IgG and 20 mg D-galactosamine 5/5 1 mg Human IgG, 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 1/4 1 mg Periodate IgG-PMB, 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 5/5 Since the number of ~nim~l~ used in this experiment was small, the trial was repeated using: a) 12 mice in the control group treated with endotoxin, D-galactosamine, and normal human IgG and b) 12 mice in the experimental group that received endotoxin~ D-galactos~mine, and the periodate IgG-PMB. The per mouse dosage of each component was 25 the same as above and the experiment was repeated exactly as above. The results are shown in Table 23.
WO 94tl4437 PCT/US93/12381 21~3~
Neutralization Of Endotoxin Lethality By IgG-PMB
Tre~tm~nt Survivors/Total 1 mg Human IgG, 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 0/12 1 mg Periodate IgG-PMB~ 10 ng LPS and 20 mg D-galactosamine 11/12 The results of these two trials prove that IgG-PMB neutralizes the lethal effect of endotoxin in vivo and suggest that Ig-PMB conjugates will be useful in preventing or treating sepsis due to gram-negative bacteria.
Prevention Of Endotoxin Lethality By Prophylactic ~rlmini.ctration Of IgG-PMB Conjugate In the previous example, the ability of IgG-PMB conjugate to neukalize endotoxinlethality in vivo was investig~te~l by mixing conjugate or control IgG with endotoxin and ~ mini~tering the mixture with D-galactosamine into mice. The results showed that the 15 conjugate neutralized the endotoxin. A more strenuous test of the ability of the conjugate to neukalize endotoxin lethality is to ~flminicter the conjugate at a separate time and via a s~ L~ route than that used to ~lminicter endotoxin. In addition, to demonstrate its prophylactic value~ lower doses of conjugate were utili7~1 The Example involved the inkavenous ~lminictration of IgG-PMB or control IgG followed 1 hr later by the 20 inkaperitoneal ~-lminictration of a lethal dose of endotoxin and D-galactosamine.
Twenty (20) CS7BL/6 mice weighing twenty (20) grams each were a-lmini~tto.red 200 llg (5 mice) or 400 ~lg (8 mice) of IgG-PMB conjugate (periodate conjugate prepared as in Example 14) or 400 ~lg conkol human IgG (7 mice) in 100 ~LI of PBS through their tail vein.
Ninety (90) mimlte,c later, each mouse received 10 ng E. coli 0111 :B4 endotoxin and 20 mg 25 D-galactosamine in 200 111 of PBS ~lminictered hlLIdp~liLoneally. After 24 hrs, the number of mice surviving in each group was recorded. The results are shown in Table 24.
.
8 6 Prophylaxis Against Endotoxin In Challenge With IgG-PMB Conjugate Tre~tment Survivors/Total 400 ,ug Human IgG, 10 ng Endotoxin and 20 mg D-galactosamine 0/7 200 ~lg IgG-PMB, 10 ng Endotoxin and 20 mg D-galactosamine 5/5 400 ~lg IgG-PMB, 10 ng Endotoxin and 20 mg D-galactosamine 8/8 The results show that a 10-20 mg/kg dose of IgG-PMB ~lmini.ctered intravenously is sufficient to protect against a subsequent lethal challenge of endotoxin ~mini.~tered intraperitoneally. These fintling.~ suggest that the IgG-PMB conjugate given prophylactically 10 will prevent endotoxin-mediated effects and that the conjugate is capable of neutralizing endotoxin outside of the vascular conlp~Ll.,ent.
Preservation Of IgG Effector Functions In IgG-PMB Conjugates: Fc Receptor Binding One of the functions of IgG is to opsonize and facilitate clearance of org~ni~m.c, toxins, antigens, etc. by phagocytic cells. In order to determine whether this ~lo~oelLy of IgG, which is facilitated by the Fc region of the native molecule, remains intact in IgG conjugates that have been prepared with SPDP or periodate, the binding of IgG-PMB to human monocyte/macrophage cells was e~mined in a competition assay. This assay is similar to 20 that employed to e~mine the Fc receptor binding activity of hybrid recombinant antibody fragments fused to cell surface viral receptors. [D.J. Capon el al., Nature 337:525-531 (1989); A. Traunecker e~ al., Nature, 339:68-70 (1989).] The example involved: (a) ala~ion of a control conjugate of PMB to human albumin (a non-Fc receptor binding human protein-PMB conjugate); and (b) assay of IgG-PMB conjugate binding to Fc receptors 25 of the human U937 monocyte/macrophage cell line.
WO 94/14437 PCT/USg3/12381 2151~86 a) In order to compare the specific properties of IgG-PMB conjugates with other protein-PMB conjugates, human albumin was conjugated with PMB using the SPDP
chemistry of Example 7 (because albumin is not glycosylated, the periodate chemistry of Example S was not applicable to albumin). Conjugation of albumin with PMB was carried 5 out in three steps similar to the scheme described in Example 7. The first step involved derivatization of 10 mg of PMB in 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 with 2:1 mg of SPDP dissolved in 50 ~Ll of dimethylsulfoxide for 30 minutes at room te~ eldlule.
The free cross-linker was removed on a 15 ml Swift desalting column as described in Example 7.
Ten (10) mg of human serum albumin was derivatized with 1.2 mg of SPDP (in 2S ~11 DMSO), dissolved in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCI, pH 9.0, and mixed for 30 minutes at room temperature. The free cross-linker was removed by gel filtration on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA, pH 7.5 and the peak fractions cont~ininp SPDP-albumin were collected, pooled and concentrated on a C~ lcp-30 15 concentrator. The pH of the sample was raised to 8.0 with 10 ~11 of 10N NaOH, and reduced with 15.4 mg dithiothreitol dissolved in 200 ~11 of pyrogen-free water for 30 mimltes at room temperature. The reclllce-l, derivatized albumin was purified by gel filtration on a 15 ml rle~lting colurnn and concentrated on a Ct;llLIi~le~-30 concentrator.
The re(l~lce~l. derivatized albumin was conjugated with SPDP-PMB by mixing the two 20 solutions prepared above and incubating overnight at room t~;lllpt;lalule. The conjugate was separated from SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a 50 ml P-10 column.
b) IgG-PMB conjugate binding to Fc lec~Lol, of the human U937 monocyte/macrophage cell line was assayed in a manner similar to that described by Capon e~
al. [Nature 337:525-531 (1989).] First, a saturation curve of the binding of l25I-labelled 25 human IgG [the l25I-IgG stock concentration was 16 ~lg/ml = 1.07 x 10-7 M] (New England Nuclear, Boston, MA) was performed by inc~lb~ting 1 x 10-8 M to 1 x 10-12 M l25I-IgG with 2 x 105 U937 cells in 0.5 ml of PBS cont~ining 2 mg/ml BSA and 0.1% sodium azide. The cell suspensions were incubated for 60 minnte~ at 37C, centrifuged for 3 minutes at 1500 x g and washed three times with incubation buffer. The cell pellets were then counted for 30 radioactivity with a Bioscan "Quick Count" benchtop radioisotope counter (Bioscan, Inc., Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 2~513~ `
Washington D.C.). The binding was found to saturate at I x 10-8 M ''sI-Ig so this concentration was used for the competition assay described below.
For the competition experiment, a constant quantity of '75I-IgG (1 x 10-8 M) wasincubated with 2 x 105 U937 cells in 0.5 ml of PBS cont~ining 2 mg/ml BSA, 0.1% sodium azide and varying concentrations of the unlabelled competitor proteins: human IgG, IgG-PMB
(SPDP), IgG-PMB (periodate), and human albumin-PMB from (a) above. The cells were incubated, washed, and the amount of bound radioactive l75I-IgG was quantitated as described above. In the absence of any of the human competitor proteins, 12?029 cpm of labelled IgG
was bound to the cells. The results of the competitor assay are plotted in Figure 10. It is clear that human IgG and both IgG-PMB conjugates have similar binding ~.iop~llies to the U937 cells in that all three compete comparably well at 10-8 M and 10-6 M. This result shows that the modification of the IgG with SPDP and PMB or by periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate side chains does not impair the ability of IgG to bind to Fc receptors. This suggests that the conjugates can facilitate Fc receptor-mediated opsonization ofantigen/org~ni.sm.s by phagocytic cells. As expected, the human albumin-PMB exhibited no con~ ilive binding activity at concentrations up to 10-6 (data not shown) and is therefore unable to facilitate opsonization.
P,~p~dLion Of An Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugate With Activity Against Gram-Positive Bacteria: IgG-Bacitracin Gram-positive org~ni.sm.s are responsible for approximately one-third of sepsis cases.
It would be desirable to have IgG-antibiotic conjugates with activity against these org~ni~m.s.
To this end, conjugates were made between IgG and bacitracin and vancomycin, two surface-active gram-positive antibiotics. The example involved: (a) periodate activation of IgG, and 25 (b) conjugation to bacitracin and vancomycin.
a) Periodate activation of IgG was carried out as described in Exarnple S(b), using 30 mg of human IgG and 50 mM sodium periodate in 1 ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 for 30 minutes at room temperature. The activated IgG was purified on a 15 ml Swift ~les~lting column (Pierce) and the peak fractions pooled.
~ WO 94/14437 2 ~ 5 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 b) Conjugation to bacitracin and vancomycin was carried out by adding 18.6 mg of bacitracin to 7.1 mg of activated IgG and 19.7 mg of vancomycin to 7.1 mg of activated IgG and each solution was incubated overnight at 4C. The mixtures were then clarified by centrifugation to remove any precipitates formed during incubation. The reaction mixtures 5 were adjusted to pH 6.5 with 1.0 N HCl, and 10 ~l of a NaCNBH3 solution (10 mg/ml) was added and incubated for 4 hours at room temperature. The conjugate was then purified on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA, pH 7.2.
Antibacterial Activity Of IgG-Antibiotic Conjugate On Gram-Positive Bacteria To deterrnine if the conjugates prepared in Example 19 possessed anti-bacterial activity, the MIC and MBC of these conjugates was assayed against Staphylococcusepidermidis obtained from Dr. Edward Balish, Department of Medical Microbiology,University of Wisconsin. The strain is gram- positive, DNase negative, mannitol salt 15 negative, coagulase negative and novobiocin sensitive. The example involved:
(a) ~ Lion of an S. epidermidis inoculum; and (b) determination of the MIC and MBC of free and conjugated antibiotics.
a) Pl~aLion of an S. epidermidis inoculum was carried out by plating org~ni~m~
on TSA overnight at 37C, and suspending bacteria at 5 x 105 org;~ni~m~/ml in TSB.
b) Det~rmin~ion of the MIC and MBC of the free and conjugated antibiotics was carried out by mixing 0.5 ml of the S. epidermidis inoculum with 0.5 ml of solutions co~ i"~; 0.3125 to 10 ~Lg/ml of free antibiotic or 12.5 to 250 ~lg/ml of each conjugate. The MIC was defined as the minimllm concentration of the compounds that inhibited visible growth and the MBC defined as the concentration that killed 99.9% or more of the initial org~ni.cm~ present in the inoculum (measured by plating those solutions that do not exhibit visible growth; see Example 10). The results are shown in Table 25.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/123~1 2~ ~1386 MIC And MBC Of Free And IgG-Conjugated Antibiotics On S. epidermidis Compound MIC(~lg/ml) MBC (~Lg/ml) Bacitracin 25 50 S IgG-Bacitracin 125 250 Vancomycin 1.25 2.5 IgG-Vancomycin >50 N.D.
The results show that the IgG-bacitracin conjugate was indeed active against S.
epidermidis and suggest that this compound could be useful in the prevention and treatment of 10 gram-positive sepsis.
Treatment Of Persons Susceptible To Gram-Negative Sepsis And Endotoxemia With An Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugate As noted earlier, studies have suggested a causal relationship between a person's 15 humoral immllne status and the susceptibility to gram-negative infections. The present invention contemplates screening for patients having a poor immllne status for determining a subpopulation having the greatest need for antibodiotics. The example involves: (a) assay of patient total IgG and IgM levels, (b) assay of patient endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM levels; (c) comparison of patient immunoglobulin levels to healthy normal controls; (d) 20 a-lminictration of immllnoglobulin and/or immunoglobulin-antibiotic conjugate to patients with significant deficiencies in total or core antigen-specific immunoglobulin levels.
(a) Assay of patient total IgG and IgM levels is perforrned by nephelometry using the Beckman Automated immunochemistry system (Beckman Instruments, Inc., Brea, CA) as described by Stoll et al., Serodiagnosis and Immunotherapy 1:21-31 (1987).
215138~
(b) Assay of endotoxin in core-antigen specific IgG and IgM levels is performed by ELISA. Plasma or sera are diluted and the level of binding of different sample dilutions to purified E. coli J5 endotoxin and Salmonella minnesota R595 endotoxin are quantitated and compared with known standards of purified anti-endotoxin antibodies. ~B.J. Stoll et al., Serodiagnosis and Immunotherapy 1:21-31 (1987); and M. Pollack et al., J. Clin. Invest.
72:1874-1881 (1983).]
c) Comparison of patient irnmunoglobulin levels to healthy controls is performedby analyzing the total IgG and IgM levels (as mg/ml of sample) in the patient vs. the control group and the endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM levels (as ~g/ml of sample) between these same two groups. Patients with ~ 80% of the normal control level of total IgG
and/or S 60% of the normal control level of endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM are defined as at risk for gram-negative infection and endotoxemia.
d) Atlmini~tration of immunoglobulin and/or immunoglobulin antibiotic conjugate to patients with significant deficiencies in total or core antigen-specific immunoglobulin levels is carried out to restore normal or near normal total and antigen-specific hDoral defenses.
To restore normal IgG levels, a 3% solution of intravenously injectable immunoglobulin (available from Sandoz Fors~ .-gsin.~tit~t, Vienna, Auskia; Hyland Therapeutics, Duarte, CA;
or Cutter Laboratories, Berkeley, CA) is ~-lmini.ctPred twice daily until immunoglobulin levels rise to within 10% of normal levels.
Because the IgG-PMB conjugates of the present invention comprise a population ofantibody molecules all of which are capable of binding to endotoxin, much less IgG-PMB
conjugate is required than total IgG to restore or increase levels antigen-specific antibody. A
single intravenous dose con~i~ting of 1-20 mg of IgG-PMB conjugate per kg of body weight is ~lmini~tered to restore endotoxin-specific antibody levels to 2 100% of normal levels.
WO 94/14437 PCTtUS93/12381 2~5 ~38~
Treatment Of Persons Susceptible To Gram-Negative Sepsis~ Endotoxemia, And Gram-Positive Sepsis With A Cocktail Of Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugates Since there is a causal relationship between a person's humoral status and their5 susceptibility to infection, there is also a need to restore antibody levels against gram-positive org~ni.cm~ as well as the levels against gram-negative org~ni~m~ and endotoxin. This is achieved by ~(lmini.~tration of a cocktail of antibody-antibiotic conjugates with activity against both classes of bacteria as well as endotoxin. The example involves: (a) identification of persons at risk of infection; and (b) ~lmini~tration of a cocktail of antibody-antibiotic l O conjugates and, if necessary, total pooled human immunoglobulin to restore antigen-specific and total immunoglobulin levels.
a) Identification of persons at risk of infection is carried out by the means defined in Example 21.
b) A~lmini~tration of a cocktail of antibody-antibiotic conjugates and, if necessary, 15 total pooled hDan immnnnglobulin to restore antigen-specific and total immunoglobulin levels is carried out by injecting a single intravenous dose of IgG-PMB (1-20 mg/kg) and a single intravenous dose of IgG-bacitracin conjugate (1-20 mg/kg) to increase the levels of grarn-negative and gram-positive-reactive antibodies, respectively. If total immlmoglobulin levels are also < 80% of normal, a 3% solution of intravenously injectable immunoglobulin 20 (available from Sandoz Forsçllllngin~titut~ Vienna, Austria; Hyland Therapeutics, Duarte, CA;
or Cuter Laboratories, Berkeley, CA) is ~rlmini~tered twice daily until immllnnglobulin levels rise to within 10% of normal levels.
Long-Term Prophylaxis Against Endotoxin Lethality By IgG-PMB Conjugates The long-term prophylactic effect of the IgG-PMB conjugate was exarnined in the D-galactosamine-sensitized mouse model. [C. Galanos et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
76:5939-5943 (1979); V. Lehmann et al.? J. Exp. Med. 165:657-663 (1987); and 2 1 ~ 6 M.A. Freudenberg and C. Galanos, Infect. Imrnun. 56:1352-1357 (1988).] One mg of human IgG-PMB conjugate in PBS (prepared as described in Example 14) was given intravenously to each of 10 male C57Bl/6 mice. Ten control mice received I mg of unconjugated human IgG
in PBS, again intravenously. Both the conjugate and control IgG solutions were at 8 mg/ml.
S the injection volumes were therefore 125 ,ul/mouse.
The in vivo experiments described in Examples 16 and 17 showed that as little as 25 ,ug of the IgG-PMB conjugate could provide complete protection when ~imini~teredintravenously I hour prior to endotoxin challenge. Here, we investig~tecl the protective window at 24 hours.
Twenty-four hours after the ~(lmini~tration of PMB-conjugated or control IgG, both groups of mice were challenged intraperitoneally with a lethal dose of E. coli 0111:~4 endotoxin (# 201; List Biological Laboratories, Campbell~ CA), prepared as described below.
A 1 mg/ml stock solution of endotoxin was sonicated for 2 minutes in a Branson 2000 water bath sonicator and diluted 100-fold in PBS to make a 10 ng/~l working solution. Two 15 hundred and forty mg of D-galactosamine hydrochloride (# G-1639; Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis, MO) was weighed into 2 siliconized Reacti-vials (Pierce) and dissolved in 2.4 ml of PBS cont~ininp 0.1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin (BSA) as a carrier protein. Twelve ~ll of the 10 ng/,ul endotoxin solution (120 ng) was added to each vial, and the solutions were mixed for 15 minllf.~s at room tt;l~ Lule. Each vial contained enough solution for twelve 20 200 ,ul injectlons, con~i~ting of 10 ng endotoxin and 20 mg galactosamine/injection. Each mouse in both groups was injected intraperitoneally with 200 ,ul of the mixture. The mice were given food and water ad libitum, and observed for 24 hours, using mortality as the endpoint. The results were analyzed by Fisher's exact method for estim~ting probabilities [F.
Mosteller, et al., in Probabilty With Statistical Applications, Addison Wesley, Re~tlin~, MA
25 (1970)]; significant protection was defined as a p value <0.05 when the experimental and control groups were compared.
The results of the prophylactic study are summarized in Table 26.
wo 94/14437 PCT/US93112381 .
2~13~6 Group # Survivors/Total % Survival p Value Control 2/10 20 --Experimental 7/10 70 0.03215 SThese results show that the IgG-PMB conjugate can be given intravenously as a prophylactic, and significant protection from endotoxin lethality can be obtained for at least 24 hours after ~mini~tration of the conjugate.
Det~rmin~tion Of The Relative Half-Life 10Of PMB-HIgG Conjugate And HIgG In Rabbits This example describes experiments to determine if there was any effect on the half-life of HIgG in rabbits when conjugated to PMB. The pharmacokinetic study was conducted using male New Zealand White rabbits (10 Ib, 12 months old). Two rabbits each received a single dose of 3 mg of PMB-HIgG conjugate in 10 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.1 ) 5 CO~ ill;llg 150 mM sodium chloride intravenously on day 0. At the same time, two control rabbits received intravenous injections of 3 mg of HIgG in the same buffer. Both the test samples and control samples were tested and found to be pyrogen-free. Rabbits were bled at one hour and 5 hours after the initial injection and then at days 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, and 14 after the initial injection. Serum samples were collected and stored at -70C until tested for the 20 presence of HIgG.
A sandwich ELISA was developed in order to detect the presence of HIgG in rabbitserum samples. Each well of a microtiter plate (Corning) was coated with 100 ~1 of a solution cont~ining 25 ~lg/ml of goat-anti human IgG (Sigma) in 50 mM carbonate buffer, pH
Preservation Of IgG Effector Functions In IgG-PMB Conjugates: Fc Receptor Binding One of the functions of IgG is to opsonize and facilitate clearance of org~ni~m.c, toxins, antigens, etc. by phagocytic cells. In order to determine whether this ~lo~oelLy of IgG, which is facilitated by the Fc region of the native molecule, remains intact in IgG conjugates that have been prepared with SPDP or periodate, the binding of IgG-PMB to human monocyte/macrophage cells was e~mined in a competition assay. This assay is similar to 20 that employed to e~mine the Fc receptor binding activity of hybrid recombinant antibody fragments fused to cell surface viral receptors. [D.J. Capon el al., Nature 337:525-531 (1989); A. Traunecker e~ al., Nature, 339:68-70 (1989).] The example involved: (a) ala~ion of a control conjugate of PMB to human albumin (a non-Fc receptor binding human protein-PMB conjugate); and (b) assay of IgG-PMB conjugate binding to Fc receptors 25 of the human U937 monocyte/macrophage cell line.
WO 94/14437 PCT/USg3/12381 2151~86 a) In order to compare the specific properties of IgG-PMB conjugates with other protein-PMB conjugates, human albumin was conjugated with PMB using the SPDP
chemistry of Example 7 (because albumin is not glycosylated, the periodate chemistry of Example S was not applicable to albumin). Conjugation of albumin with PMB was carried 5 out in three steps similar to the scheme described in Example 7. The first step involved derivatization of 10 mg of PMB in 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCl, pH 9.0 with 2:1 mg of SPDP dissolved in 50 ~Ll of dimethylsulfoxide for 30 minutes at room te~ eldlule.
The free cross-linker was removed on a 15 ml Swift desalting column as described in Example 7.
Ten (10) mg of human serum albumin was derivatized with 1.2 mg of SPDP (in 2S ~11 DMSO), dissolved in 1 ml of 50 mM sodium borate, 300 mM NaCI, pH 9.0, and mixed for 30 minutes at room temperature. The free cross-linker was removed by gel filtration on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated with PBS-EDTA, pH 7.5 and the peak fractions cont~ininp SPDP-albumin were collected, pooled and concentrated on a C~ lcp-30 15 concentrator. The pH of the sample was raised to 8.0 with 10 ~11 of 10N NaOH, and reduced with 15.4 mg dithiothreitol dissolved in 200 ~11 of pyrogen-free water for 30 mimltes at room temperature. The reclllce-l, derivatized albumin was purified by gel filtration on a 15 ml rle~lting colurnn and concentrated on a Ct;llLIi~le~-30 concentrator.
The re(l~lce~l. derivatized albumin was conjugated with SPDP-PMB by mixing the two 20 solutions prepared above and incubating overnight at room t~;lllpt;lalule. The conjugate was separated from SPDP-PMB by gel filtration on a 50 ml P-10 column.
b) IgG-PMB conjugate binding to Fc lec~Lol, of the human U937 monocyte/macrophage cell line was assayed in a manner similar to that described by Capon e~
al. [Nature 337:525-531 (1989).] First, a saturation curve of the binding of l25I-labelled 25 human IgG [the l25I-IgG stock concentration was 16 ~lg/ml = 1.07 x 10-7 M] (New England Nuclear, Boston, MA) was performed by inc~lb~ting 1 x 10-8 M to 1 x 10-12 M l25I-IgG with 2 x 105 U937 cells in 0.5 ml of PBS cont~ining 2 mg/ml BSA and 0.1% sodium azide. The cell suspensions were incubated for 60 minnte~ at 37C, centrifuged for 3 minutes at 1500 x g and washed three times with incubation buffer. The cell pellets were then counted for 30 radioactivity with a Bioscan "Quick Count" benchtop radioisotope counter (Bioscan, Inc., Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 2~513~ `
Washington D.C.). The binding was found to saturate at I x 10-8 M ''sI-Ig so this concentration was used for the competition assay described below.
For the competition experiment, a constant quantity of '75I-IgG (1 x 10-8 M) wasincubated with 2 x 105 U937 cells in 0.5 ml of PBS cont~ining 2 mg/ml BSA, 0.1% sodium azide and varying concentrations of the unlabelled competitor proteins: human IgG, IgG-PMB
(SPDP), IgG-PMB (periodate), and human albumin-PMB from (a) above. The cells were incubated, washed, and the amount of bound radioactive l75I-IgG was quantitated as described above. In the absence of any of the human competitor proteins, 12?029 cpm of labelled IgG
was bound to the cells. The results of the competitor assay are plotted in Figure 10. It is clear that human IgG and both IgG-PMB conjugates have similar binding ~.iop~llies to the U937 cells in that all three compete comparably well at 10-8 M and 10-6 M. This result shows that the modification of the IgG with SPDP and PMB or by periodate oxidation of the carbohydrate side chains does not impair the ability of IgG to bind to Fc receptors. This suggests that the conjugates can facilitate Fc receptor-mediated opsonization ofantigen/org~ni.sm.s by phagocytic cells. As expected, the human albumin-PMB exhibited no con~ ilive binding activity at concentrations up to 10-6 (data not shown) and is therefore unable to facilitate opsonization.
P,~p~dLion Of An Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugate With Activity Against Gram-Positive Bacteria: IgG-Bacitracin Gram-positive org~ni.sm.s are responsible for approximately one-third of sepsis cases.
It would be desirable to have IgG-antibiotic conjugates with activity against these org~ni~m.s.
To this end, conjugates were made between IgG and bacitracin and vancomycin, two surface-active gram-positive antibiotics. The example involved: (a) periodate activation of IgG, and 25 (b) conjugation to bacitracin and vancomycin.
a) Periodate activation of IgG was carried out as described in Exarnple S(b), using 30 mg of human IgG and 50 mM sodium periodate in 1 ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 for 30 minutes at room temperature. The activated IgG was purified on a 15 ml Swift ~les~lting column (Pierce) and the peak fractions pooled.
~ WO 94/14437 2 ~ 5 13 8 6 PCT/US93/12381 b) Conjugation to bacitracin and vancomycin was carried out by adding 18.6 mg of bacitracin to 7.1 mg of activated IgG and 19.7 mg of vancomycin to 7.1 mg of activated IgG and each solution was incubated overnight at 4C. The mixtures were then clarified by centrifugation to remove any precipitates formed during incubation. The reaction mixtures 5 were adjusted to pH 6.5 with 1.0 N HCl, and 10 ~l of a NaCNBH3 solution (10 mg/ml) was added and incubated for 4 hours at room temperature. The conjugate was then purified on a 15 ml Swift desalting column equilibrated in PBS-EDTA, pH 7.2.
Antibacterial Activity Of IgG-Antibiotic Conjugate On Gram-Positive Bacteria To deterrnine if the conjugates prepared in Example 19 possessed anti-bacterial activity, the MIC and MBC of these conjugates was assayed against Staphylococcusepidermidis obtained from Dr. Edward Balish, Department of Medical Microbiology,University of Wisconsin. The strain is gram- positive, DNase negative, mannitol salt 15 negative, coagulase negative and novobiocin sensitive. The example involved:
(a) ~ Lion of an S. epidermidis inoculum; and (b) determination of the MIC and MBC of free and conjugated antibiotics.
a) Pl~aLion of an S. epidermidis inoculum was carried out by plating org~ni~m~
on TSA overnight at 37C, and suspending bacteria at 5 x 105 org;~ni~m~/ml in TSB.
b) Det~rmin~ion of the MIC and MBC of the free and conjugated antibiotics was carried out by mixing 0.5 ml of the S. epidermidis inoculum with 0.5 ml of solutions co~ i"~; 0.3125 to 10 ~Lg/ml of free antibiotic or 12.5 to 250 ~lg/ml of each conjugate. The MIC was defined as the minimllm concentration of the compounds that inhibited visible growth and the MBC defined as the concentration that killed 99.9% or more of the initial org~ni.cm~ present in the inoculum (measured by plating those solutions that do not exhibit visible growth; see Example 10). The results are shown in Table 25.
WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/123~1 2~ ~1386 MIC And MBC Of Free And IgG-Conjugated Antibiotics On S. epidermidis Compound MIC(~lg/ml) MBC (~Lg/ml) Bacitracin 25 50 S IgG-Bacitracin 125 250 Vancomycin 1.25 2.5 IgG-Vancomycin >50 N.D.
The results show that the IgG-bacitracin conjugate was indeed active against S.
epidermidis and suggest that this compound could be useful in the prevention and treatment of 10 gram-positive sepsis.
Treatment Of Persons Susceptible To Gram-Negative Sepsis And Endotoxemia With An Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugate As noted earlier, studies have suggested a causal relationship between a person's 15 humoral immllne status and the susceptibility to gram-negative infections. The present invention contemplates screening for patients having a poor immllne status for determining a subpopulation having the greatest need for antibodiotics. The example involves: (a) assay of patient total IgG and IgM levels, (b) assay of patient endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM levels; (c) comparison of patient immunoglobulin levels to healthy normal controls; (d) 20 a-lminictration of immllnoglobulin and/or immunoglobulin-antibiotic conjugate to patients with significant deficiencies in total or core antigen-specific immunoglobulin levels.
(a) Assay of patient total IgG and IgM levels is perforrned by nephelometry using the Beckman Automated immunochemistry system (Beckman Instruments, Inc., Brea, CA) as described by Stoll et al., Serodiagnosis and Immunotherapy 1:21-31 (1987).
215138~
(b) Assay of endotoxin in core-antigen specific IgG and IgM levels is performed by ELISA. Plasma or sera are diluted and the level of binding of different sample dilutions to purified E. coli J5 endotoxin and Salmonella minnesota R595 endotoxin are quantitated and compared with known standards of purified anti-endotoxin antibodies. ~B.J. Stoll et al., Serodiagnosis and Immunotherapy 1:21-31 (1987); and M. Pollack et al., J. Clin. Invest.
72:1874-1881 (1983).]
c) Comparison of patient irnmunoglobulin levels to healthy controls is performedby analyzing the total IgG and IgM levels (as mg/ml of sample) in the patient vs. the control group and the endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM levels (as ~g/ml of sample) between these same two groups. Patients with ~ 80% of the normal control level of total IgG
and/or S 60% of the normal control level of endotoxin core antigen-specific IgG and IgM are defined as at risk for gram-negative infection and endotoxemia.
d) Atlmini~tration of immunoglobulin and/or immunoglobulin antibiotic conjugate to patients with significant deficiencies in total or core antigen-specific immunoglobulin levels is carried out to restore normal or near normal total and antigen-specific hDoral defenses.
To restore normal IgG levels, a 3% solution of intravenously injectable immunoglobulin (available from Sandoz Fors~ .-gsin.~tit~t, Vienna, Auskia; Hyland Therapeutics, Duarte, CA;
or Cutter Laboratories, Berkeley, CA) is ~-lmini.ctPred twice daily until immunoglobulin levels rise to within 10% of normal levels.
Because the IgG-PMB conjugates of the present invention comprise a population ofantibody molecules all of which are capable of binding to endotoxin, much less IgG-PMB
conjugate is required than total IgG to restore or increase levels antigen-specific antibody. A
single intravenous dose con~i~ting of 1-20 mg of IgG-PMB conjugate per kg of body weight is ~lmini~tered to restore endotoxin-specific antibody levels to 2 100% of normal levels.
WO 94/14437 PCTtUS93/12381 2~5 ~38~
Treatment Of Persons Susceptible To Gram-Negative Sepsis~ Endotoxemia, And Gram-Positive Sepsis With A Cocktail Of Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugates Since there is a causal relationship between a person's humoral status and their5 susceptibility to infection, there is also a need to restore antibody levels against gram-positive org~ni.cm~ as well as the levels against gram-negative org~ni~m~ and endotoxin. This is achieved by ~(lmini.~tration of a cocktail of antibody-antibiotic conjugates with activity against both classes of bacteria as well as endotoxin. The example involves: (a) identification of persons at risk of infection; and (b) ~lmini~tration of a cocktail of antibody-antibiotic l O conjugates and, if necessary, total pooled human immunoglobulin to restore antigen-specific and total immunoglobulin levels.
a) Identification of persons at risk of infection is carried out by the means defined in Example 21.
b) A~lmini~tration of a cocktail of antibody-antibiotic conjugates and, if necessary, 15 total pooled hDan immnnnglobulin to restore antigen-specific and total immunoglobulin levels is carried out by injecting a single intravenous dose of IgG-PMB (1-20 mg/kg) and a single intravenous dose of IgG-bacitracin conjugate (1-20 mg/kg) to increase the levels of grarn-negative and gram-positive-reactive antibodies, respectively. If total immlmoglobulin levels are also < 80% of normal, a 3% solution of intravenously injectable immunoglobulin 20 (available from Sandoz Forsçllllngin~titut~ Vienna, Austria; Hyland Therapeutics, Duarte, CA;
or Cuter Laboratories, Berkeley, CA) is ~rlmini~tered twice daily until immllnnglobulin levels rise to within 10% of normal levels.
Long-Term Prophylaxis Against Endotoxin Lethality By IgG-PMB Conjugates The long-term prophylactic effect of the IgG-PMB conjugate was exarnined in the D-galactosamine-sensitized mouse model. [C. Galanos et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
76:5939-5943 (1979); V. Lehmann et al.? J. Exp. Med. 165:657-663 (1987); and 2 1 ~ 6 M.A. Freudenberg and C. Galanos, Infect. Imrnun. 56:1352-1357 (1988).] One mg of human IgG-PMB conjugate in PBS (prepared as described in Example 14) was given intravenously to each of 10 male C57Bl/6 mice. Ten control mice received I mg of unconjugated human IgG
in PBS, again intravenously. Both the conjugate and control IgG solutions were at 8 mg/ml.
S the injection volumes were therefore 125 ,ul/mouse.
The in vivo experiments described in Examples 16 and 17 showed that as little as 25 ,ug of the IgG-PMB conjugate could provide complete protection when ~imini~teredintravenously I hour prior to endotoxin challenge. Here, we investig~tecl the protective window at 24 hours.
Twenty-four hours after the ~(lmini~tration of PMB-conjugated or control IgG, both groups of mice were challenged intraperitoneally with a lethal dose of E. coli 0111:~4 endotoxin (# 201; List Biological Laboratories, Campbell~ CA), prepared as described below.
A 1 mg/ml stock solution of endotoxin was sonicated for 2 minutes in a Branson 2000 water bath sonicator and diluted 100-fold in PBS to make a 10 ng/~l working solution. Two 15 hundred and forty mg of D-galactosamine hydrochloride (# G-1639; Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis, MO) was weighed into 2 siliconized Reacti-vials (Pierce) and dissolved in 2.4 ml of PBS cont~ininp 0.1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin (BSA) as a carrier protein. Twelve ~ll of the 10 ng/,ul endotoxin solution (120 ng) was added to each vial, and the solutions were mixed for 15 minllf.~s at room tt;l~ Lule. Each vial contained enough solution for twelve 20 200 ,ul injectlons, con~i~ting of 10 ng endotoxin and 20 mg galactosamine/injection. Each mouse in both groups was injected intraperitoneally with 200 ,ul of the mixture. The mice were given food and water ad libitum, and observed for 24 hours, using mortality as the endpoint. The results were analyzed by Fisher's exact method for estim~ting probabilities [F.
Mosteller, et al., in Probabilty With Statistical Applications, Addison Wesley, Re~tlin~, MA
25 (1970)]; significant protection was defined as a p value <0.05 when the experimental and control groups were compared.
The results of the prophylactic study are summarized in Table 26.
wo 94/14437 PCT/US93112381 .
2~13~6 Group # Survivors/Total % Survival p Value Control 2/10 20 --Experimental 7/10 70 0.03215 SThese results show that the IgG-PMB conjugate can be given intravenously as a prophylactic, and significant protection from endotoxin lethality can be obtained for at least 24 hours after ~mini~tration of the conjugate.
Det~rmin~tion Of The Relative Half-Life 10Of PMB-HIgG Conjugate And HIgG In Rabbits This example describes experiments to determine if there was any effect on the half-life of HIgG in rabbits when conjugated to PMB. The pharmacokinetic study was conducted using male New Zealand White rabbits (10 Ib, 12 months old). Two rabbits each received a single dose of 3 mg of PMB-HIgG conjugate in 10 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.1 ) 5 CO~ ill;llg 150 mM sodium chloride intravenously on day 0. At the same time, two control rabbits received intravenous injections of 3 mg of HIgG in the same buffer. Both the test samples and control samples were tested and found to be pyrogen-free. Rabbits were bled at one hour and 5 hours after the initial injection and then at days 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, and 14 after the initial injection. Serum samples were collected and stored at -70C until tested for the 20 presence of HIgG.
A sandwich ELISA was developed in order to detect the presence of HIgG in rabbitserum samples. Each well of a microtiter plate (Corning) was coated with 100 ~1 of a solution cont~ining 25 ~lg/ml of goat-anti human IgG (Sigma) in 50 mM carbonate buffer, pH
9.5. Af~er an overnight incubation at 4C, the coating solutions were removed and all wells ~.
25 were washed three times with PBS-Tween-20 (.05% Tween-20 in PBS). The rem~ining antigen binding sites were blocked by the addition of PBS cont~ining IO mg/ml BSA (Sigma) for one hour at 37C.
~15138~
The test serum samples, which were stored at -70C, were thawed just prior to assay and diluted 1:10 in PBS-Tween-20 Cont~ining 0.1% BSA. All samples were added (200 ,ul/well) as duplicate aliquots to wells of the microtiter plate. Negative control wells were prepared by adding 200 ~l/well of 1:10 diluted normal rabbit serum in the same diluent as used with the test serum samples. As a positive control, normal HIgG was diluted in the same diluent at 20 ~g/ml and subsequently underwent eight serial 1:4 dilutions up to 0.00031 ~lg/ml. The corresponding O.D. values were used to generate a standard curve from which corresponding HIgG levels from test serum samples were determined. Plates were incubated at 37C for I hour and washed three times in PBS-Tween-20. Alkaline phosphatase conjugated goat anti-human IgG (Sigma), diluted 1:500 in 0.1% BSA in PBS-Tween-20 was added to the wells and incubated at 37C for one hour. After washing the wells four times with PBS-T, 100 ,ul of 1 mg/ml p-nitrophenylphosphate (Sigma) in 50 mM Na.CO3, pH 9.5, and 1 mM MgCI2 was added to all wells. Plates were shielded from light and allowed to develop at room temperature for 20-30 minut~c Absoll,ance at 410 nm was determined using a Dynatech MR 700 microplate reader.
The absorbances of duplicate wells were averaged and corrected for background bysubtracting the absorbance of the blank wells, which contained only conjugate and substrate.
A standard curve of absorbance versus log concentration of HIgG was plotted. Absorbances from test samples were qll~ntified from the linear portion of the standard curve.
The serum clearance curve for PMB-HIgG (R3 and R4)and HIgG (Rl and R2) are shown in Figures 11 and 12. The absorbance at 410 nm which directly corresponds to the co,lcen~ ion of HIgG is plotted against days in Figure 11. Figure 12 shows a graph of HIgG
in ,~Lg/ml serum over time. From both Figures 11 and 12, it is clear that the serum half life of PMB-HIgG is similar to that of unconjugated human IgG. Since the half-life of human IgG
in humans is on the order of 21 days, these experiments suggest that the conjugate half-life will be long. Therefore, in this Example, we have demonstrated that active conjugate is still detectable in rabbit sera two weeks after conjugate ~(lmini~tration.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 2~5~ ~g~ --Detection Of LPS-Binding Of The PMB-HlgG
Conjugate After Two Weeks Of Circulation In Rabbits This example describes an experiment to determine if.PMB-HIgG LPS-binding activity is still present after two weeks of circulation in rabbits. The study was conducted using male New Zealand White rabbits (10 Ib, 12 months old). Two rabbits each received a single dose of 3 mg of PMB-HI~G conjugate in 50 mM phosphate buffer cont~ining 150 mM sodiumchloride intravenously on day 0. At the sarne time, two control rabbits received intravenous injections of 3 mg of HIgG in the same buffer. Both the test samples and control samples were tested and found to be pyrogen-free. Rabbits were bled at one hour and 5 hours after the initial injection and then at days 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, and 14 after the initial injection. Serum samples were collected and stored at -70C until tested for the activity of PMB-HIgG
conjugate.
In order to detect the activity of PMB-HIgG conjugate from rabbit serum (i.e., ability to bind to LPS), a simple indirect binding assay was lltili7P~ Each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (Corning) was coated with 100 ~11 of a 20 ~lg/ml solution of LPS from E.coli O11 :B4 (Sigma) in PBS. Control wells were coated with PBS only (no LPS). After an overnight inrllb~tion at 4C, the coating solutions were removed and all wells were washed 3 times with PBS-Tween-20. The rem~ining antigen binding sites were blocked by the addition of PBS co,.~ g 10 mg/ml BSA (Sigma, tissue culture grade) for 1 hour at 37C. The blocking solution was removed and test rabbit serum samples diluted 1:10 in PBS-Tween-20 were added. As a positive control PMB-HIgG conjugate was also diluted in 10% normal rabbit serum and added to the wells. Samples wcre incubated in duplicate at 37C for 1 hour and the plates were washed three times with PBS-Tween-20.
In order to detect bound antibodies, the wells were inc~lb~te~l with 100 ~l of a 1:500 dilution of goat anti-human IgG-~lk~line phosph~t~e labeled antibody (Sigma) and incubated for 1 hour at 37C. After removing the secondary antibody solutions, the wells were washed 4 times with PBS-Tween-20. Substrate [p-nitrophenylphophate (Sigma)] at 1 mg/ml in 50 mM Na7CO3, and 10 mM MgCI7 was added to each well. The color developed after 15-20 minlltes of incubation at room L~;lllpelaLuL~ was measured at 410 nm using a Dynatech MR700 microplate reader 2:1~1386 The results of the LPS binding assay are as shown in Table 27. The conjugate from rabbit sera collected on day 14 bound to the LPS coated wells indicating that the conjugate was still active after circulating for two weeks in rabbits.
S Binding Of PMB-HIgG Conjugate From Rabbit Serum To LPS
Absorbance At 410 nrn Dilution Of Sera From Sera From Experimental Bleeding Date Anti-Serum Control Rabbits Group 1:10 0.016 0.166 Day 14 PMB-IgG Conjugates Do Not Elicit An lmmllne Response When A~lmini~tered Intravenously Into Rabbits This example describes an experiment to determine if anti-PMB antibodies are elicited in rabbits by conjugate ~mini~tration. Two rabbits were each given 3 mg of PMB-HIgG
conjugate intravenously on day 0. These rabbits received additional injections (boosts) at 2 weeks? 4 weeks and 7 weeks. As a control, 2 rabbits each received 3 mg of HIgG alone at the same scheduled day and time as with the experimental group. All rabbits were bled every two weeks after receiving either conjugate or IgG alone. Sera were collected and stored at -70C until tested for anti-PMB antibodies.
In order to detect anti-PMB antibodies in rabbit serum, a simple indirect binding assay was developed. Each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (Corning) was coated with 100 ~Ll of a 200 ,ug/ml solution of PMB (Sigma) in endotoxin-free PBS. Control wells were coated with PBS only (no PMB). After an overnight incubation at 4C, the coating solutions were r removed and all wells were washed 3 times with endotoxin-free PBS-Tween-20. The rem~ininp~ antigen binding sites were blocked by the addition of PBS col~t~;"il-~ 10 mg/ml BSA (Sigma, tissue culture grade) for 1 hour at 37C. The blocking solution was removed and test rabbit serum samples diluted in 2% normal rabbit serum at dilutions of 1:10, 1:100, 1:1000 and 1:10,000 were added. A positive control antiserum (chicken anti-PMB
2~51386 immunoglobulin, Ophidian Pharmaceuticals Inc., Madison, WI) was also diluted as for the test rabbit serum samples. Samples were incubated in duplicate at 37C for 1 hour. Following this incubation, the plates were washed three times with PBS-Tween-20.
In order to detect bound antibodies, the wells incubated with rabbit serum were 5 incubated with 100 ,ul of a 1:500 dilution of goat anti-rabbit IgG-alkaline phosph~t~se labeled antibody (Sigma) and the wells incubated with chicken antibody were incubated with 100 ~L]
of 1 :500 dilution of goat anti-chicken IgG (whole molecule)-~lk~line phosphatase conjugate (Sigma) for 1 hour at 37C. After removing the secondary antibody solutions, the wells were washed 4 times with PBS-Tween-20 and p-nitrophenylphosphate (Sigma) at 1 mg/ml in 50
25 were washed three times with PBS-Tween-20 (.05% Tween-20 in PBS). The rem~ining antigen binding sites were blocked by the addition of PBS cont~ining IO mg/ml BSA (Sigma) for one hour at 37C.
~15138~
The test serum samples, which were stored at -70C, were thawed just prior to assay and diluted 1:10 in PBS-Tween-20 Cont~ining 0.1% BSA. All samples were added (200 ,ul/well) as duplicate aliquots to wells of the microtiter plate. Negative control wells were prepared by adding 200 ~l/well of 1:10 diluted normal rabbit serum in the same diluent as used with the test serum samples. As a positive control, normal HIgG was diluted in the same diluent at 20 ~g/ml and subsequently underwent eight serial 1:4 dilutions up to 0.00031 ~lg/ml. The corresponding O.D. values were used to generate a standard curve from which corresponding HIgG levels from test serum samples were determined. Plates were incubated at 37C for I hour and washed three times in PBS-Tween-20. Alkaline phosphatase conjugated goat anti-human IgG (Sigma), diluted 1:500 in 0.1% BSA in PBS-Tween-20 was added to the wells and incubated at 37C for one hour. After washing the wells four times with PBS-T, 100 ,ul of 1 mg/ml p-nitrophenylphosphate (Sigma) in 50 mM Na.CO3, pH 9.5, and 1 mM MgCI2 was added to all wells. Plates were shielded from light and allowed to develop at room temperature for 20-30 minut~c Absoll,ance at 410 nm was determined using a Dynatech MR 700 microplate reader.
The absorbances of duplicate wells were averaged and corrected for background bysubtracting the absorbance of the blank wells, which contained only conjugate and substrate.
A standard curve of absorbance versus log concentration of HIgG was plotted. Absorbances from test samples were qll~ntified from the linear portion of the standard curve.
The serum clearance curve for PMB-HIgG (R3 and R4)and HIgG (Rl and R2) are shown in Figures 11 and 12. The absorbance at 410 nm which directly corresponds to the co,lcen~ ion of HIgG is plotted against days in Figure 11. Figure 12 shows a graph of HIgG
in ,~Lg/ml serum over time. From both Figures 11 and 12, it is clear that the serum half life of PMB-HIgG is similar to that of unconjugated human IgG. Since the half-life of human IgG
in humans is on the order of 21 days, these experiments suggest that the conjugate half-life will be long. Therefore, in this Example, we have demonstrated that active conjugate is still detectable in rabbit sera two weeks after conjugate ~(lmini~tration.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 2~5~ ~g~ --Detection Of LPS-Binding Of The PMB-HlgG
Conjugate After Two Weeks Of Circulation In Rabbits This example describes an experiment to determine if.PMB-HIgG LPS-binding activity is still present after two weeks of circulation in rabbits. The study was conducted using male New Zealand White rabbits (10 Ib, 12 months old). Two rabbits each received a single dose of 3 mg of PMB-HI~G conjugate in 50 mM phosphate buffer cont~ining 150 mM sodiumchloride intravenously on day 0. At the sarne time, two control rabbits received intravenous injections of 3 mg of HIgG in the same buffer. Both the test samples and control samples were tested and found to be pyrogen-free. Rabbits were bled at one hour and 5 hours after the initial injection and then at days 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, and 14 after the initial injection. Serum samples were collected and stored at -70C until tested for the activity of PMB-HIgG
conjugate.
In order to detect the activity of PMB-HIgG conjugate from rabbit serum (i.e., ability to bind to LPS), a simple indirect binding assay was lltili7P~ Each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (Corning) was coated with 100 ~11 of a 20 ~lg/ml solution of LPS from E.coli O11 :B4 (Sigma) in PBS. Control wells were coated with PBS only (no LPS). After an overnight inrllb~tion at 4C, the coating solutions were removed and all wells were washed 3 times with PBS-Tween-20. The rem~ining antigen binding sites were blocked by the addition of PBS co,.~ g 10 mg/ml BSA (Sigma, tissue culture grade) for 1 hour at 37C. The blocking solution was removed and test rabbit serum samples diluted 1:10 in PBS-Tween-20 were added. As a positive control PMB-HIgG conjugate was also diluted in 10% normal rabbit serum and added to the wells. Samples wcre incubated in duplicate at 37C for 1 hour and the plates were washed three times with PBS-Tween-20.
In order to detect bound antibodies, the wells were inc~lb~te~l with 100 ~l of a 1:500 dilution of goat anti-human IgG-~lk~line phosph~t~e labeled antibody (Sigma) and incubated for 1 hour at 37C. After removing the secondary antibody solutions, the wells were washed 4 times with PBS-Tween-20. Substrate [p-nitrophenylphophate (Sigma)] at 1 mg/ml in 50 mM Na7CO3, and 10 mM MgCI7 was added to each well. The color developed after 15-20 minlltes of incubation at room L~;lllpelaLuL~ was measured at 410 nm using a Dynatech MR700 microplate reader 2:1~1386 The results of the LPS binding assay are as shown in Table 27. The conjugate from rabbit sera collected on day 14 bound to the LPS coated wells indicating that the conjugate was still active after circulating for two weeks in rabbits.
S Binding Of PMB-HIgG Conjugate From Rabbit Serum To LPS
Absorbance At 410 nrn Dilution Of Sera From Sera From Experimental Bleeding Date Anti-Serum Control Rabbits Group 1:10 0.016 0.166 Day 14 PMB-IgG Conjugates Do Not Elicit An lmmllne Response When A~lmini~tered Intravenously Into Rabbits This example describes an experiment to determine if anti-PMB antibodies are elicited in rabbits by conjugate ~mini~tration. Two rabbits were each given 3 mg of PMB-HIgG
conjugate intravenously on day 0. These rabbits received additional injections (boosts) at 2 weeks? 4 weeks and 7 weeks. As a control, 2 rabbits each received 3 mg of HIgG alone at the same scheduled day and time as with the experimental group. All rabbits were bled every two weeks after receiving either conjugate or IgG alone. Sera were collected and stored at -70C until tested for anti-PMB antibodies.
In order to detect anti-PMB antibodies in rabbit serum, a simple indirect binding assay was developed. Each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (Corning) was coated with 100 ~Ll of a 200 ,ug/ml solution of PMB (Sigma) in endotoxin-free PBS. Control wells were coated with PBS only (no PMB). After an overnight incubation at 4C, the coating solutions were r removed and all wells were washed 3 times with endotoxin-free PBS-Tween-20. The rem~ininp~ antigen binding sites were blocked by the addition of PBS col~t~;"il-~ 10 mg/ml BSA (Sigma, tissue culture grade) for 1 hour at 37C. The blocking solution was removed and test rabbit serum samples diluted in 2% normal rabbit serum at dilutions of 1:10, 1:100, 1:1000 and 1:10,000 were added. A positive control antiserum (chicken anti-PMB
2~51386 immunoglobulin, Ophidian Pharmaceuticals Inc., Madison, WI) was also diluted as for the test rabbit serum samples. Samples were incubated in duplicate at 37C for 1 hour. Following this incubation, the plates were washed three times with PBS-Tween-20.
In order to detect bound antibodies, the wells incubated with rabbit serum were 5 incubated with 100 ,ul of a 1:500 dilution of goat anti-rabbit IgG-alkaline phosph~t~se labeled antibody (Sigma) and the wells incubated with chicken antibody were incubated with 100 ~L]
of 1 :500 dilution of goat anti-chicken IgG (whole molecule)-~lk~line phosphatase conjugate (Sigma) for 1 hour at 37C. After removing the secondary antibody solutions, the wells were washed 4 times with PBS-Tween-20 and p-nitrophenylphosphate (Sigma) at 1 mg/ml in 50
10 mM Na~CO3, 10 mM MgCl~ was added to each well. The color developed after 15-20 minntes of incubation at room temperature was measured at 410 nm using a Dynatech MR700 microplate reader.
The results in Table 28 show that the positive control antibody, as expected, bound to PMB. This validates that the design of ELISA is capable of detecting PMB-binding15 antibodies. The results in Table 29 (shown as A4l0 readings of duplicate samples) indicate that none of the rabbit serum samples bound to PMB, indicating the absence of anti-PMB
antibodies. These results demonstrate that PMB is not immnnQgenic, even on an heterologous protein carrier with repeated injections when given intravenously.
The lack of immllnc)genicity of this peptide may be related to its D-amino acid 20 content, as these residues may not be recognized by the immune system.
Binding Of Chicken Antibodies To PMB
Abso~ ce At 410 nm Dilution Of Antibody Preimmllne Egg Anti-PMB Egg Yolk Antibodies Yolk Antibodies ,~
1 :10 0.149 1.741 1: 100 0.083 1.732 1: 1,000 0.026 1.700 1 :10,000 0.015 0.686 1:100,000 0.006 0.100 ~151386 IgG PMB Is Not Toxic In order to investigate the safety with which IgG-PMB conjugate can be lltili7~.1 a toxicity study was performed. Female Sprague-Dawley rats (Harlan Sprague- Dawley) 5 weighing 250-300 g were given 2 relatively high doses of conjugate (approximately 16 mg/kg) intravenously. Serum samples, taken at various times during the study. and major organs were then analyzed for any indication of pathology.
Binding Of Rabbit Antiserum To PMB Coated Wells As Determined By ELISA
Ab~nballcc At 410 nm 10Rabbit Dilution of BleedingDates IdentificationAntiserum .çWeek 2Week 4 Week 7 Week 9 Rabbit #1 1:10 0.000 0.005 0.004 0.015 0.018 Control 1: 100 0.004 0.008 0.000 0.001 0.005 Group 1: 1,000 0.008 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.004 153 mg HlgG 1:10,000 0.012 0.012 0.004 0.004 0.002 Rabbit #2 1:10 -- 0.000 0.003 0.013 0.005 Control 1: 100 -- 0.009 0.004 0.009 0.000 Group 1: 1,000 -- 0.014 0.002 0.005 0.000 3 mg HlgG 1:10,000 -- 0.012 0.000 0.009 0.001 20Rabbit #3 1:10 0.013 0.004 0.105 0.111 0.026 E~.c.i~c~ l 1:100 0.010 0.006 0.013 0.012 0.000 Group 3 mg 1:1,000 0.008 0.006 0.002 0.007 0.000 PMB-HlgG 1:10,000 0.007 0.007 0.000 0.004 0.002 Rabbit #4 1:10 -- 0.000 0.061 0.039 0.001 25Experimental1: 100 -- 0.009 0.006 0.007 0.003 Group 3 mg 1:1,000 -- 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.001 PMB-HlgG 1:10,000 -- 0.000 0.001 0.007 0.005 Ig4437 PCT/US93/12381 The study consisted of 5 groups, 3 rats per group. After a 7 day acclimation period, rats in groups 1, 2, and 3 received intravenous injections of 4 mg of rat IgG conjugated to PMB (see (E) below for conjugation of PMB to rat IgG) on day 0 and again on day 2; group 4 rats received 4 mg of unconjugated rat IgG intravenously on day 0 (IgG control); and group 5 5 rats served as a normal control (no injection of either conjugate nor normal rat IgG). The rats were bled by cardiac puncture and sacrificed for organ pathology as indicated in Table 30.
Study Design Group Day O Day 2 Day 5 Day 7 Day 14 Bleed; Remove 4 mg IgG-PMB,4 mg IgG-PMB
Kidney, Liver, I.V. I.V.
Spleen Bleed; Remove 4 mg IgG-PMB,4 mg IgG-PMB, Kidney, Live~, I.V. I.V.
Spleen 4 mg IgG-PMB,4 mg IgG-PMB, 3 BleedBleed l.V. I.V.
4 mg Rat IgG, Bleed; Remove 4 .I.V. (IgG Kidney, Liver, Control) Spleen Bleed; Remove Normal Control Kidney, Liver, Spleen Tmme~ tely following cardiac puncture, blood smears (2 slides/rat) were prepared and stained with Diff-Quik (Baxter Healthcare, McGaw Park, IL) for white blood cell differential counts. The rem~inin~ blood (2-7 mls) was allowed to clot at 2-8C. The clot was pelleted by centrifugation at 2000 rpm for 10 minl-tes, and the serurn was removed and frozen at 20 -70C in 2 aliquots for blood chemi~try analysis (SMAC 12) and measurement of complement activation by the CH50 EZ Complement assay (Diamedix Corporation, Miami, FL). The organs ~ ~1513~
of interest (kidney, liver, and spleen) were removed from each rat as indicated in Table 30, and fixed imrnediately in phosphate buffered formalin (50 mM sodium phosphate, 10%
formaldehyde) until sections were made for histopathology slides.
A. Biochemical Serum Analysis For Liver And Kidney Function All rat serum samples (18 total: 3 from groups 1, 2, 4~ and 5; and 6 from group 3) were analyzed on the DuPont Dimension AR (DuPont Co., Wilmington, DE) for the following 12 tests (SMAC 12): glucose, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), cle~ P, uric acid, calcium, alburnin, total protein, cholesterol, total bilirubin, ~Ik~line phosphatase, aspartate transferase (SGOT/AST), and lactate dehydrogenase (LDH). The values for each group were averaged (Table 31) and the ~xl~c;l;lllental groups (1, 2, and 3) were compared with the control groups (4 and 5) to detect any significant differences. The laboratory results were also compared to the normal ranges for each assay, deterrnined by analyzing laboratory data for 20 female Sprague-Dawley rats (data provided by Harlan Sprague-Dawley).
The standard laboratory tests for liver disease include measurement of serum levels of bilirubin, AST, alkaline phosph~t~e, LDH, albumin, and, to a lesser extent, glucose. Kidney function can be ~e~ed by measuring plasma levels of urea, ~ P, and calcium. [J. F.
Zilva, P.R. Pannall, Clinical Chemistry in Diagnosis and Treatment, Yearbook Medical Publishers, Chicago, IL (1984).] With the exception of the lactate dehydrogenase value (LDH), which will be tli~c~ e~l below, Table 31 shows no significant differences when the values for the ~ ,.hllental groups 1, 2, and 3 are co~ )~ed with the control groups 4 and 5.
Furthermore, all the values are within or close to the normal ranges for each assay for this strain of rat.
The values for LDH vary considerably from group to group, and most of the valuesalso exceed the norrnal range for rat serum LDH (data from Harlan Sprague-Dawley).
Lactate dehydrogenase is found in high concentrations in the liver, heart, skeletal muscle, brain, kidney and in erythrocytes. Elevated values of particular isozymes can indicate liver or " cardiac muscle damage. however in this study the control rats also show elevated LDH values, suggesting the elevated LDH values are not associated with the IgG-PMB conjugate.
Hemolysis, which may have occurred in vitro (as the blood samples were being drawn, or if the serum was not separated from the blood cells soon enough), also increases serum LDH
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2 ~ 8 ~
values (J. F. Zilva and P. R. Pannall, Clinical Chemistry in Diagnosis and Treatment, supra) .
and may explain the elevated values in this study.
It is also worth noting that the measurements for serum samples drawn on day 5 (3 days after the second injection), day 7 (5 days after the second injection) and day 14 (12 days 5 after ~he second injection) show no significant differences that can be attributed to the ~lmini.~tration of the IgG-PMB conjugate. In other words~ the day S, 7 and 14 values for all of the serum components measured are ~vithin or close to their respective norrnal ranges (except LDH) and show little or no significant change over time~ as would be expected if the conjugate brought about any acute changes in the condition of the test rats.
Blood Chemistry Analysis*
Group 1Group 2Group 3Group 3Group 4Group 5 Test Day 5 Day 14 Day 7 Day 14 Day 14 Day 14 Glucose (mg/dl) 121 111 135 92 100 85 BUN (mg/dl) 16 19 15 16 19 21 15Creatinine (mg/dl) 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 Uric Acid (mg/dl) 2.4 3.0 2.2 3.4 2.8 2.8 Calcium (mg/dl) 10.2 9.9 9.9 9.7 9.6 9.8 Albumin (g/dl) 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 Total Protein (g/dl) 5.6 5.8 5.9 6.0 5.8 6.0 20Cholesterol (mg/dl) 79 81 81 82 83 80 Total Bilirubin (mg/dl) 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Alkaline Pho~ e (U/L) 112 100 99 112 101 111 SGOT/AST (U/L) 194 203 180 215 362 207 LDH (U/L) 880 3083 939 3333 2830 2660 25 * The Value For Each Measurement Rel),ese~ The Average For All 3 Rats In Each Group.
2 ~ 3 8 ~
B. White Blood Cell Differential Blood smears from each rat were examined under oil immersion (lOOOX) to determine the white blood cell differential. At least one hundred white blood cells were counted on each slide~ and the percentages of each cell type (Iymphocyte, monocyte, neutrophil, 5 eosinophil, and basophil) were calculated to determine the white blood cell differential for each rat. The differentials for rats in each group were averaged and dirr~lclllials from groups 1, 2, and 3 were compared with the dirrer~ ials from groups 4 and 5, to detect any significant differences in white blood cell populations. In addition, the red blood cells on each slide were examined for morphology, and a crude estim~te of the nurnber of platelets 10 present was made. The results of the differential cell counts are summarized in Table 32.
White Blood Cell Differentials*
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Cell Type Day 5 Day 14 Day 7 Day 14 Day 14 Day 14 Lymphocytes 80 84 81 86 89 84 15Monocytes 4 7 1 1 8 5 7 Neutrophils 16 8 6 4 3 6 Eosinophils -- 1 2 2 3 2 Basophils -~
* Numbers Given R~plesellt The Percentage For Each Cell Type (Mean Values for Each Group).
Table 32 shows no significant differences in the percentages of each cell type from group to group. The dirrerc;-llials do show some variation from the normal reference values for rats obtained from Harlan Sprague-Dawley (about 5-10% more Iymphocytes and 5-10 %
fewer neutrophils than expected), however this is found in both the normal control and 25 ~t;l;.l.ental groups, suggesting this finding is not related to the ~tlrnini~tration of the IgG-PMB conjugate. The red blood cell morphology appeared normal, and platelets were abundant on all slides examined.
C. Organ Histopathology The organs of interest were removed and fixed in phosphate buffered formaldehyde.
5 Sections were made as described below and stained with hematoxylin and eosin.
Kidney: Full length mid-longitudinal section through center Liver: Transverse section through hepatic lobule Spleen: Transverse section The slides were examined for organ pathology and no abnormalities were found.
D. Analysis Of Serum Complement Activity Immunoglobulin and immlln~globulin complexes have the potential to activate the complement system. Complement activation of this type, mediated by IgG-PMB conjugates.
would exacerbate the infl~mm~tory response to endotoxemia or bacteremia. In addition, inhibition of normal complement function would impair complement-m~ te-l host defense 15 mech~ni~m~. In this example, the in vivo effect of IgG-PMB conjugate on serum complement activity was investig~teA
Rat serum samples were analyzed for total hemolytic complement activity (CH50) using the EZ Complement CHso Assay (Diamedix Corp., Miami, FL). In order to determine the effect of the conjugate on complement activity, the resulting CH50 values obtained from 20 u~ e~d control rats were compared to the CHso values obtained from the IgG and IgG-PMB
conjugate-treated rats.
WO 94/14437 2 ~ 6 PCT/US93/1238 Analysis Of Serum Complement Activity*
GroupTreatment (I.V.) Day 5 Day 7 Day 14 4 mg Conj. on Days 0,2 303.8 2 4 mg Conj. on Days 0,2 -- -- 312.2 3 4 mg Conj. on Days 0,2 -- 290.4 299.8 4 4 mg Rat IgG on Day 0 -- -- 338.6 Untreated Control -- -- 298.2 * Each Measurement Represents The Mean CH50 Value Determined For The 3 Rats In Each Group.
Referring to Table 33 above, there were no significant differences in the CH50 values between any of the groups tested. If IgG-PMB conjugate-merli~t~cl complement activation was occurring in vivo, this effect would have been reflected as a decrease in the CH50 values of the conjugate-treated rats (groups 1, 2, and 3), as compared against the untreated control 15 rats (group 5), due to depletion of complement components in the treated ~nim~l~. Similarly, inh~bition of normal complement function would have been indicated by a decrease in CH50 values in the conjugate-treated groups as compared with the untreated control group.
Unconjugated IgG was also found to have no effect on serum complement activity (group 4).
Therefore, these results show that intravenous ~lmini~tration of IgG-PMB conjugate has no 20 adverse effect on serum complement activity.
E. Conjugation Of PMB Rat IgG Using Periodate Oxidation Of IgG In NaPO4 PMB was conjugated to rat IgG using periodate oxidation of IgG. This involved a)periodate oxidation of IgG in phosphate buffer followed by conjugation of PMB to the 25 periodate-oxidized IgG.
a) Periodate oxidation of IgG in phosphate buffer was achieved by dissolving 25 mg rat IgG (Sigma) in 1 ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 buffer and adding 10.7 mg of sodium 21S13~g metaperiodate (final concentration 50 mM ). After 30 minutes of incubation at room temperature with gentle vortexing every S minutes, the periodate was removed by gel filtration on a 15 ml Swift desalting column (Pierce) equilibrated with 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 buffer. The peak fractions cont~ining highest amount of antibody as monitored by A,80 5 absorbance were pooled.
b) Conjugation of periodate-oxidized IgG with PMB was carried out by adding 75 mg PMB to oxidized IgG at 4C overnight with gentle ~h~king followed by reduction with 0.1 mg/ml of NaBH3CN in 20 mM NaPO4, pH 6.5 for 2-3 hours at room temperature. The PMB-IgG was separated from the rest of the reaction products by gel filtration on a 15 ml 10 Swift desalting column equilibrated with 50 mM phosphate cont~ining 150 mM NaCL pH 7.5 (PBS).
The activity of PMB-rat IgG conjugate was detçnninç~ by LPS binding assay as described previously. Results in Table 34 indicate that PMB-rat IgG conjugate had excellent LPS binding activity.
LPS Binding Activity Of PMB-Rat IgG Conjugate As Determin~-l By ELISA (A28o) Conjugate IgG ConcentrationLPS-Coated Wells No Antigen Wells 100 ~g/ml 1.756 0.110 20,ug/ml 1.756 0.079 20 4 llg/ml 1.737 0.017 0.8,ug/ml 1.521 0.036 0.16 ,ug/ml 0.998 0.021 0.032 ~lg/ml 0.506 0.016 WO 94/14437 21 S 1~ 8 6 PCT/US93l12381 Demonstration Of Opsonophagocytic Activity Of IgG-PMB Conjugates Opsonic IgG class antibodies mediate an important immune effector function by enhancing the phagocytic clearance of extracellular bacteria [Raff, e~ al., J. Infect. Dis.
5 163:346-354 (1991).] In this way, opsonic IgG plays a critical role in host defense meçh~ni~m.~ against bacterial pathogens. [Rozenberg-Arska, et al. J. Med. Microbiol.
22:143-149 (1991).] The purpose of this example was to investigate whether the IgG
component of IgG-PMB conjugates retains this important effector function. This was done by ~c~es.cing whether the pre-treatment of E. coli org~ni.~m~ with IgG-PMB conjugate potentiates 10 phagocytic uptake (opsonophagocytosis) by the human monocytic cell line U937.Opsonophagocytosis assays provide a useful means by which the potential therapeutic efficacy of immunoglobulin ple~,aldlions, used for the tre~tment of bacterial infection, can be assessed.
[Hill, et al. Am. J. Med. 61-66 (1984).] This example involved (a) Assay for opsonophagocytic activity of IgG-PMB conjugate, and (b) Determin~tion of the minimllm 15 effective concentration of IgG-PMB conjugate.
A. Assay For Opsonophagocytic Activity Of IgG-PMB
Conjugate Opsonophagocytic activity of IgG-PMB conjugates was measured using an assay procedure which was modified from published methods. [Gemmell, et al., J. Clin. Invest.
20 67:1249-1256 (1981) and Bohnsack, et al., J. Tmmllnol. 143(10):3338-3342 (1989).] E. coli strain HB101 was grown for ~ oxhnately 20 hours at 37C on TSA ~BBL). The or~ni~m~
were then suspended in PBS, pH 7.2, at a concentration of 1 x 108 CFU./ml. Aliquots of 1.0 ml volumes of this suspension were placed into separate microfuge tubes and the tubes centrifuged at approximately 14,000 x g for 5 min. at 4C. Each of the resulting pellets was 25 then resuspended in a 1.0 ml volume of one of the following opsonin or control solutions:
1. IgG-PMB Conjugate (prepared by periodate oxidation, as described in Example 14(a)) at the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.062mg/ml) (The MIC was deterrninecl as described in Example 12).
2. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 2x the MBC for E. coli HB101 (0.25 mg/ml) (The MBC was ~letermined as described in Example 12).
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~138~ ~
3. IgG Control (unconjugated) at 0.062mg/ml (control for #1 above; s this was the same IgG as that used for production of the conjugate).
4. IgG Control (unconjugated) at 0.25mg/ml (control for #2 above).
5. PBS Control (no IgG or conjugate). PBS, pH 7.2 only.
The five suspensions were opsonized by incubation at 37C for 60 min. with periodic mixing. Following opsonization, the suspensions were centrifuged as above~ and the resulting pellets were each resuspended in 0.5ml of RPMI 1640 medium which was supplemented with 10% FCS (this will be referred to as "medium" for the r~m~in(ler of this example). Into each of 5 separate polypropylene culture tubes (S/P) was placed 1.0 ml of a U937 cell suspension, which was prepared in medium, and contained 1 x 10~ U937 cells/ml. To each tube, O.lml of one of the opsonized E. coli suspensions prepared above was also added. A sixth control group was also prepared which contained 1.0 ml of the U937 cell suspension and 0.1 ml of PBS(PBS control). At this point, each tube contained 1 x 106 U937 cells, and 2 x 107 E. coli org~ni~m.~, thus providing an E. coli to U937 cell ratio of 20:1. The 6 tubes were then incubated at 37C for 60 min. with constant ~h~king, in order to allow phagocytosis to occur.
Following incubation, the tubes were placed on ice for several minl1tes to prevent further phagocytosis. The 6 tubes were then centrifuged for 10 min. at 500 x g at 4C. The resulting pellets were washed three times (centrifuging as in the previous step) with chilled PBS, to remove extracellular E. coli org~ni~m.c. The final pellets were each resuspended in 0.2 ml of chllledPBS, and smears were ~ parcd by applying 40 ~11 volumes of the suspensions to glass microscope slides. The smears were allowed to air-dry, and were then fixed by immersion in 100% methanol for 5 sec. and again allowed to air-dry.
The smears were stained using a modified version of the Sowter-McGee staining procedure [Sowter and McGee. J. Clin. Pathol. 29:433-437 (1976)], which chromatically differentiates between intracellular bacteria and the surrounding cytoplasm of the host cells.
The slides were hydrated by immersion in water for approximately 60 sec., and were then placed in a methyl green-pyronin (MGP) solution (Sigma) for 5 min. The slides were washed in water for 15-20 sec. and then immersed in light green counterstain (0.25% Sigma Light Green SF Yellowish in distilled H~O) for 3-5 sec. Following a 15-20 sec. rinse in water, the slides were dipped in 100% ethanol for 5 sec., and then in xylene for 5 sec. The slides were allowed to air-dry, and were then mounted with glass coverslips.
WO 94tl4437 PCT/US93/12381 Seoring of opsonophagocytosis was performed in a blind manner, by light mieroseopy..
For eaeh experimental group. a total of 100 U937 eells were randomly counted to determine the pereentage of those eells whieh contained one or more intraeellular E. coli org~ni.~m.~.
The results of this study are presented in Table 35.
,.
U937 Cells Whieh Contained One Or More Opsonization Tre~tme~t E. coli IgG-PMB ~ MIC (0.062 mg/ml) 65%
IgG-PMB @ 2 x MIC (0.25 mg/ml) 56%
IgG (~ 0.062 mg/ml 0%
10IgG ~ 0.25 mg/ml 3%
PBS Control 0%
U937 Cells Only (No E. coli) 0%
Trç~tment of E coli org~ni.em.c with IgG-PMB conjugates at eoneentrations that were equivalent to the MIC and 2x the MBC for that organism resulted in the phagocytic uptake of 15 the org~ni.~m.~ by greater than 50% of the U937 cells. Tre~tment of the org~ni~m~ with comparable coneent~ations of the uneonjugated form of the same IgG resulted in minim~l to no uptake. In the absenee of IgG-PMB eonjugate or IgG, no phagoeytic uptake of the E. coli org~ni~m~ occurred (PBS eontrol group). These results demonstrate that the IgG portion of the IgG-PMB conjugate retains opsonic effeetor function, and that IgG-PMB conjugates 20 potentiate the phagocytic clearanee of baeterial org~ni~m~
B. Determination Of The Minimum Effective Concentration Of IgG-PMB ConJugate The minimum concentration of IgG-PMB required to mediate opsonophagocytosis was let(~.rmined by testing the eonjugate at the MIC and at fraetional eoncenkations of the MIC
25 (sub-MIC). As an additional control, a parallel series of albumin-PMB (Alb-PMB) conjugate ~5~ 38~
solutions were also tested at concentrations comparable to the IgG-PMB conjugate. The following conjugate and control solutions were assayed for opsonophagocytic activity by the procedure described in part (a) of this example: ~
1. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as that used in part (a) of this Example) at the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.062 mg/ml).
2. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 1/2 the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.031 mg/ml).
3. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 1/4 the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.0155 mg/ml).
4. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 1/8 the MIC for E. coli HB101 (7.75 ~Lg/ml).
5. Alb-PMB Conjugate (prepared as described in Example 18(a)) at 0.062 mg/ml (this group served as a control for #1 above).
6. Alb-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 0.031 mg/ml (this group served as a control for #2 above).
7. Alb-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 0.0155 mg/ml (this group served as a control for #3 above).
8. Alb-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 7.75 ~Lg/ml (this group served as a control for #4 above).
9 IgG Control (unconjugated) at 0.062 mg/ml.
10. PBS Control (no IgG or conjugate). PBS, pH 7.2 only.
The results of this study are presented in Table 36.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 21S1~6 U937 Cells Which Opsoni~ation Tre~tment Contained One Or More E. coZi IgG-PMB (~ MIC (0.062 mg/ml) 38%
IgG-PMB (~1/2 MIC (0.031 mg/ml) 41%
5lgG-PMB ~1/4 MIC (0.0155 mg/ml) 14%
IgG-PMB ~1/8 MIC (7.75 ~lg/ml) 10%
Alb-PMB (~ 0.062 mg/ml 2%
Alb-PMB (~ 0.031 mg/ml 0%
Alb-PMB (~10.0155 mg/ml 2%
10Alb-PMB (~ 7.75 llg/ml 5%
IgG (~ 0.062 mg/ml 2%
PBS Control 0%
Tre~tment of E. coli org~ni~m~ with IgG-PMB conjugates, using collcellll~lions at or below the MIC for the conjugate, resulted in the increased phagocytic uptake of the org~ni~m~
15 by the U937 cells at all IgG-PMB concentrations tested. The parallel series of Alb-PMB
conjugate concentrations tested did not r~ nol,~l,dl~ significant levels of opsonophagocytic activity, nor did the unconjugated IgG control. These results demon~ te that IgG-PMB
conjugates possess significant levels of opsonophagocytic activity at clinically-relevant, sub-MIC concentrations, and that both the functional PMB and IgG portions of the conjugate 20 are required ~imlllt~neously in order for the conjugate to be capable of me~ ting opsonophagocytosis .
~513~6 ~
Antimicrobial Activity Of IgG-PMB
Conjugates Against Clinically-Relevant Bacterial Strains MIC and MBC values were determined for IgG-PMB conjugate and native PMB
5 control against bacterial strains which are known to be human pathogens (see Exarnple 29 below). This exarnple involved (a) Plcpald~ion of the Conjugate, (b) Preparation of the Bacterial Inocula, and (c) Deterrnination of the MIC and MBC.
A. Preparation Of The Conjugate The IgG-PMB conjugate was prepared by periodate oxidation as described in Exarnple 10 14(a) with the following modification, which was pclro~ ed in order to more effectively remove free (unconjugated) PMB from the final conjugate pl~dldLion. The final conjugate solution was adjusted to contain 1.0% Tween-20, and then was chromatographed on a P-10 column using PBS co~ i"g 0.1% Tween-20 as the eluent. The material in the void volume was concentrated and then further purified by column chromatography as described in the 15 previous sentence.
B. Preparation Of The Bacterial Inocula Org~ni~m.c were grown, and ~ep~d~e inocula were prepared for the following test org~ni~m~, as described in Exarnple 12 (a): E. coli strain EC 5; Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain ATCC 27312; Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain Strong; and Pseudomonas aeruginosa 20 strain 3.
C. Deter~ir~tion Of The MIC And MBC
The MIC and MBC of IgG-PMB conjugate and native PMB control were determined for each of the test org~ni~m~, as described in Examples 12(b) and 12(c).
The results of the MIC ~ ""i"~tion are shown in Table 37.
wO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~151386 Test OrganismConjugate MIC PMB Control MIC
E. coli, EC 50.03125 mg/ml 0.156 ~lg/ml P~ aeruginosa, ATCC 27312 0.25 mg/ml not done S P. aeruginosa, Strong 0.25 mg/ml not done P. aeruginosa, Strain 3 0.25 mg/ml 1.0 ~lg/ml The results of the MBC determinations are shown Table 38.
Test Organism Conjugate MBC PMB Control MBC
10E. coli, EC 5 0.0625 mg/ml 0.156 ~Lg/ml P. aeruginosa, ATCC 27312 >0.5 mg/ml not done P. aeruginosa, Strong 0.25 mg/ml not done P. aer~ginosa, strain 3 0.25 mg/ml 1.0 ~g/ml The bacteriostatic and bactericidal activity of IgG-PMB conjugates against pathogenic 15 bacterial strains demonstrate that these compounds may be effective for the prophylaxis and/or tre~tment of bacteremia.
Prophylactic A-lminictration Of IgG-PMB Conjugate Protects Rats Against An Escherichia coii Bacteremia Gram negative bacteremia and endotoxic shock can trigger a lethal reaction in vivo.
Indeed, overwhelming gram negative bacteremia has become a leading cause of death from infection in the hospital. [S.M. Wolf, N. Eng. J. Med. 307;1267-1268 (1982).] In particular, E. coli sepsis cl ntinll~s to be associated with an unacceptably high mortality rate, despite the availability of potent antibiotics. E. coli strains with the Kl c~rsul~r type have been identified as the etiologic agent in up to 24% of blood culture isolates [G. W. Count and M. ~ e Turck, J. Clin. Microbiol. 5:490 (1977)], 80% of the cases of neonatal meningitis. [L.D.
Sarff et al, Lancet 1:1099 (1975).] It is the most frequent cause of nosocomial gram negative bacteremia in adults [M.P. Weinstein et al., Rev. Infect. Dis. 5:35-53 (1983)] and 5 pyelonephritis in children. [G.H. McCracken et al., Hosp. Pract. 9:57 (1974).] In addition to the Kl type, human blood E. coli isolates also possess an O antigen serotype, with 018 lipopolysaccharide being most frequently associated with bacteremia. [A.S. Cross et al., J.
Infect. Dis. 149:184-193 (1984).] E. coli serotype 018:Kl is a very virulent human pathogen, as defined by either D. Rowley, Br. J. Exp. Pathol. 35:528-538 (1954) or H. Smith, J. Gen.
10 Microbiol. 136:377-383 (1990), they can grow in vivo from a small inoculum, evade host defenses and cause ~xL~ stin~l infections.
To test the IgG-PMB conjugate for in vivo efficacy against bacteremia caused by a virulent bacterium such as E. coli 018:Kl, the established animal infection model described by D.E. Schiff et al., Infect. Tmmlln 61:975-980 (1993) was l-tili7~-1 This model fulfills - 15 many criteria important in evaluating the toxicity, efficacy and safety of immunoth-,.dpculics, some of which have been outlined by A.S. Cross et al., Infect. Immun. 61:2741-2747 (1993).
Specifically, the model is an infection rather than an intoxication model in which rats are challenged with low doses of a virulent bacteria instead of using large doses of an avirulent strain. Experimental evidence indicates that models of infection, in contrast to intoxication 20 models, more accurately reflect the course of human sepsis. Infection models: a) use bacteria that cause human sepsis pos~es~ing an invasive phenotype with virulent factors (i.e., a particular K antigen or smooth LPS antigen) [I. Orskov and F. Orskov, J. Hyg. Camp.
95:551-575 (1985)]; b) mimic the normal progression of sepsis from a focal site to colonization; c) generate levels of circulating bacteria c-~n~i~t~nt with clinical bacteremia [D.E.
25 Dietzman et al., J. Pediatr. 85:128-131 (1974)]; and d) produce endotoxin levels and induce physiological cytokine responses such as triggering TNF kinetics similar to the clinical experience. [Reviewed by A.S. Cross et al., Infect. Tmm~n 61:2741-2747 (1993).]
In this Example, we tested whether the prophylactic tre~tment of neonatal rats with IgG-PMB could protect against bacteremia and death caused by E. coli 018:Kl. This 30 example involved: (a) determin~tion of the lethal dosage of E. coli 018:Kl in rat pups; and (b) in vivo protection against E. coli 018:Kl using IgG-PMB.
wO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~151386 A. Determination Of Lethal Dosage Of E. coli 018:K1 In Newborn Rats Five day old pathogen-free Sprague-Dawley rats (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, MA) were inoculated subcutaneously with different doses of E. coli 01 8:K1.
The E. coli (strain de~ign~tion C5) obtained from K.S. Kim, Children's Hospital (Los Angeles, CA), was isolated from the cerebrospinal fluid of a child. An overnight culture of E. coli C5 in brain heart infusion (BHI) medium was diluted 1 :40 in fresh medium and grown to early log phase to an OD620 of 0.25 which replese~ approximately 1 x 108 bacteria/ml.
The cells were washed twice by centrifugation with sterile saline (0.9% NaCl) and diluted to different cell densities in saline. Each dilution was streaked onto a BHI agar plate and incubated at 37C to l~t~rmine actual cell number.
A~ v~hllately 370 to 2620 bacteria in 100 ,ul of sterile saline were inoculated subcutaneously into the rats. A typical lethal infection with E. coli 018:KI produced a bacteremia within 18 hours, and death within 24-72 hours post-infection. We found that about 300 bacteria lc~cst;ll~:d an LD50 and killed about 50% of the pups, whereas, 1500 bacteria was usually sufficient to kill most or all rats. Since between 1500-2500 bacteria represent the minim~l effective lethal dose, this concentration of E. coli was utilized in the in vivo bacteremia protection studies using IgG-PMB.
B. In vivo P~ lion Against E. coli 018:Kl (C5) Using IgG-PMB Conjugate To ~iet~rmine if the ~lmini.~tration of IgG-PMB conjugate can protect in vivo, rat pups were ~lcLlc~Led with IgG-PMB or control IgG followed by an ~-lmini~tration of a lethal dose of E. coli C5. The IgG used as the carrier in the conjugate and as the control was a human myeloma protein which was shown to be unreactive to the E. coli CS by ELISA. Themyeloma IgG was used as the carrier to produce the PMB-conjugate, in order to ensure the reactivity between the E. coli and IgG-PMB conjugate was exclusively due to binding between PMB and lipopolysaccharide.
Eleven to twelve 4-5 day-old Sprague-Dawley rats (weighing 10 gm) in each group were given 30 ,ug, 100 ~Lg or 300 ~Lg of an IgG-PMB conjugate or control IgG in 100 ~Ll of endotoxin-free PBS intraperitoneally. An untreated group was given only PBS (conjugate diluent). Two hours later, each rat received approximately 2560 E. coli C5 bacteria in 100 ~1 WO 94/14437 PCT/USg3/12381 ~ ~ 5 ~
of PBS subcutaneously behind the head. After 24 hours post-infection, the nurnber of survivors, survivors with focal lesions and dead were recorded. The results are shown in Table 39. The focal lesions appeared very hemorrhagic and were located at or near the site of inoculation. All pups displaying focal lesions were found to be bacteremic and subsequently 5 died within 24-48 hours of apl)e~ce of the lesion. Bacteremia was detected by collecting blood from the tail vein, diluted 20-fold in BHI broth and 20 ~11 aliquots were plated onto (5% sheep red cells) blood agar plates.
The results show that 30 ~g of IgG-PMB conjugate/pup or a 300~1g/Kg dose was sufficient to completely protect all the ~nim~ against the generation of a focal lesion or 10 death by E. coli for 24 hours post-infection. In contrast, no protection was afforded by doses of 30 or 100 ,ug of IgG/pup co~ ared to the untreated group. Pups treated with IgG at the highest dose (300 ~lg) were protected (probably leplesP~ g a nonspecific phenomenon).
These fin~ling~ demonstrate that IgG-PMB conjugate given prophylactically can prevent the progression of sepsis due to E. coli. This was shown by the prevention of death 15 in the pups and also the protection against focal lesions. These results imply that the conjugate is capable of systemic distribution throughout the body to regions outside the vascular cc",-p~l",ent and inhibiting infection.
D~.;vali~lion Of 7-Aminocephalosporanic Acid With Sulfo-MBS
This example describes the ~tt~l~hmPnt of a heterobifunctional cros~linkin~ agent to an antibiotic precursor. This example outlines the derivatization of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid, an antibiotic ~,e~ or exhibiting no significant anti-microbial plol)~,lies, with m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester ("sulfo-MBS").
For the derivatization of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid, 2.9 mg of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid (Sigma) were dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH
6.65) and 10.7 ~LI of 1.0 N NaOH were added during mixing to return the pH to 6.65. Then 4.6 mg of sulfo-MBS (Pierce) were added and dissolved with mixing. The mixture was incubated at ambient temperature with agitation for 4.5 hours. 10 mg of ethanolamine were added and the incubation was continued for 17 additional minntec 2 ~ 8 6 The reaction mixture (0.5 ml) was applied to a 1.5 x 20 cm column of Bio-Rad P2 resin. The eluent was 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.65) flowing at 0.5 ml/minute. The eluate (i.e. the liquid collected at the bottom of the column) was monitored for absorbance at 280 nm. 0.5 ml fractions were collected. Two major absorbance peaks were evident - one S centered at 42 minutes and the other at 47.5 minlltes (aminocephalosporanic acid and reaction products, respectively). Fractions corresponding to the leading edge of the first peak were pooled (2.0 ml, 3.42 A 280). 1.4 ~Ll of 100% beta-mercaptoethanol was added to the mixture which was then filtered using a sterile Whatman 0.45 micron Puradisc. The MIC of the putative S-Protection Against A Lethal E. coli 018:Kl Bacteremia Using IgG-PMB Conjugate Treatment Number o~ Focal Tre~tm~:nt Number Dead Number Alive Lesions Untreated (PBS) 4 3 4 15IgG (30 ,ug/lOO~l) 4 4 4 IgG (lOO~lg/lOO,ul) 1 9 2 IgG (300~1g/100~l1) 1 2 9 IgG-PMB (30~1g/100~1) 0 0 12 IgG-PMB (lOOIlg/lOO,ul) 1 0 11 20IgG-PMB (300~1g/100~1) 0 0 12 hydroxyethylthio-maleimidoben_oyl-N-aminocephalosporanic acid ester was determined to be 0.86 A280 with Staph. aureus compared to 3.7 A280 for 7-aminocephalosporanic acid.
Controls were also tested for the above deriv~i7~ted precursor. Sulfo-MBS, beta-mercaptoethanol and ethanolamine were plcp~-,d at concentrations used above and assessed 25 for activity against S. aureus. The compounds were inactive.
W O 94/14437 PCTrUS93/12381 21~g~ `
Derivatization Of 6-Aminopenicillanic Acid With Sulfo-MBS
This example describes the ~tt~rllment of the heterobifunctional crosslinkinp agent of Example 31 to a different antibiotic precursor. This example outlines the derivatization of 6-aminopenicillanic acid, an antibiotic precursor exhibiting no significant anti-microbial ~,.ol,c"ies, with sulfo-MBS.
For the derivatization of 6-aminopenicillanic acid, 12.1 mg of 6-aminopenicillanic acid (ICN) was dissolved in 2.5 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.65). The solution was continuously mixed with a stir bar and m~gnP~tic stirrer and the pH was monitored. Sulfo-MBS (24.1 mg, Prochem, Inc.) was added and the pH was adjusted to 6.85 with a 1.0 N
sodium hydroxide solution. The lnixLulc was incl-b~ted at ambient temperature for 2.5 hours.
The reaction mixture was applied to a 1.5 x 20 cm column of Whatman LRP-2 resin (C18 reverse phase), equilibrated with 10% methanol in water. The column was developed at 1.0 ml/min. with 10% methanol for 5 min., followed by a linear, 30 min. gradient of 10 to 90% methanol in water. The eluate co.~L~;,.i-.g the last peak of material absorbing at 280 nm (eluted at 26 min.) was collected and conccllL.dl~d to dryness under reduced ~les~ulc using a Labconco Cc~lLldVd~l conccl.~,dlor. The derivatized aminopenicillanic acid was dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer plus 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.65. The MIC of the derivatized aminopenicillanic acid was let~rmined to be 8~lg/ml against S. aureus, compared to 250 ~Lg/ml for the native aminopenicillanic acid.
Purified human IgG (40 mg, Sigma) was dissolved in 2.5 ml of 50 mM
triethanolamine, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and continuously stirred with a m~gnPtic stir bar and stirrer. 100 ,ul of 13 mg/ml iminothiolane (Traut's Reagent, Prochem) in water was added.
The pH was monitored and adjusted to 8.0 with 1.0 N. sodium hydroxide. The llli~Lule was incubated at ambient lclllpcl~c for 2 hours. The mixture was then applied to a 2.5 X 20 cm column of Spectra/Gel ACA 202 (Spectrum). The column was eluted at 2.0 ml/min with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.5. The absoll,~lce at 280 nm was "
monitored. The material in the void volume, co,~ g iminothiolated IgG, was collected and pooled. The concentration of the iminothiolated IgG was 5.0 mg/ml.
21~13~
The derivatized aminopenicillanic acid (0.5 ml, 9.0 mg/ml) was mixed with 1.75 ml of iminothiolated IgG and incubated at ambient temperature for 10 min with mixing and then at 2^8C overnight. The mixture was transferred to ambient temperature and incubated with agitation. After 20 minutes, 146 ~1 of 10 mM N-ethylmaleimide (Pierce) was added and the 5 incubation was continued for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was passed through a Uniflo-Plus filter (S&S) and applied to a 2.5 X 20 cm column of Spectra/Gel ACA 202 (Spectrum). The column was eluted at 2.0 ml/min with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.5. The absorbance at 280 nm was monitored. The material in the void volume, cont~ining MBS
aminopenicillanic acid:IgG was collected, pooled, concentrated using a Centricon concentrator 10 (Amicon) and passed through a Uniflo-Plus filter (S&S). The MBS aminopenicillanic acid:IgG was found to be inactive at 0.65 mg/ml against S. aureu,s.
Controls were also tested for the above deriv~ti7~tPcl precursor. Sulfo-MBS~ beta-mercaptoethanol and ethanolamine were prepared at concentrations used above and ~essed for activity against S. aureus. The compounds were inactive.
Derivatization Of Amoxicillin with Sulfo SMCC
This example outlines the derivatization of amoxicillin, an antibiotic exhibiting significant anti-microbial properties, with sulfo-SMCC. For the derivatization of amoxicillin, 23 mg of amoxicillin trihydrate (ICN) was added to 2.5 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH
6.65). The suspension was continuously mixed with a stir bar and magnetic stirrer and the pH was monitored. Sulfo SMCC (23 mg, Prochem, Inc.) was added and the pH was adjusted to 7.0 (and periodically readjusted to 7.0) with 1.0 N sodium hydroxide. The mixture was incubated at ambient temperature for 4 hours. (The reaction mixture was initially turbid due to suspended amoxicillin, but the mixture became clear with time.) The reaction mixture was applied to a 1.5 X 20 cm column of Whatman LRP-2 resin (C18 reverse phase), equilibrated with 10% methanol in water. The column was developed at 1.0 ml/min. with 10% methanol for 5 min., followed by a linear, 30 min. gradient of 10 to 90% methanol in water. The eluate cont:~ining the last peak of material absorbing at 280 nm (eluted at 27.5 min.) was collected and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure in a Labconco Centravap concentrator. This derivatized amoxicillin was dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/123~1 , 215~ 38~
mM phosphate buffer plus 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.65. The MIC of the derivitized amoxicillin was determined to be 8 ug/ml against S. aureus, compared to 250 ug/ml for native amoxicillin Derivatization Of Cefadroxil With Sulfo-SMCC
In the following example, cefadroxil, an antibiotic active against gram-positivebacteria, was reacted with the cros~linkin~ agent sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate ("sulfo-SMCC").
Cefadroxil (Sigma) was dissolved at 3.0 mg/ml in 50 mM phosphate (pH 6.65). sulfo-SMCC was added and dissolved at 2.6 mg/ml. After a 1 hour and 55 minute incubation at ambient temperature with agitation, ethanolamine was added at 3.4 mg/ml and the incubation was contim~ for an additional 42 mimltes The reaction mixture (0.5 ml) was applied to a 1.5 X 13 cm column of Sephadex G10 resin (Pharmacia). The eluent was 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 6.65, flowing at 0.5 ml/minute. The eluate was monitored for absorbance at 280 nm. 1.0 ml fractions were collected. Two major absorbance peaks were evident - one centered at 22 minlltes and the other at 36 minl-tes (reaction products and cefadroxil, respectively). Fractions corresponding to the leading edge of the first peak were pooled (3.0 ml, 3.5 A 280). 300 ~11 of 100 mM
beta-mercaptoethanol was added to the mixture which was then filtered using a sterile Whatman 0.45 micron Puradisc. The MIC of the putative S-hydroxyethylthio maleimidomethyl cyclohexane carboxyl-N-cefadroxil ester was determin~d to be 1.6 A280 against Staph. aureus co",~ed to a MIC of 0.028 A280 for native cefadroxil. Thus, the derivatized cefadroxil was relatively inactive.
Derivatization Of Vancomycin With Sulfo-LC-SPDP, Sulfo-MBS, Sulfo-SIAB, And Sulfo-SMPB.
In the following example vancomycin, an antibiotic active against gram-positive bacteria, was reacted with four different heterobifunctional cro~slinking agents.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/l2381 2151~
Vancomycin in phosphate buffer was reacted with each of the following compounds:sulfosuccinimidyl 6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamide] hexanoate ("sulfo- LC- SPDP"), m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester ("sulfo-MBS"), sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl) aminobenzoate ("sulfo-SIAB"). and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl) butyrate ("sulfo-SMPB"). All four cro~linkin~ agents react with a primary amino group on the vancomycin molecule, resulting in the formation of an amide bond. Vancomycinderivatized by sulfo-LC-SPDP possesses a sulfhydryl group which can be exposed under the proper conditions and can be reacted with a maleimide on derivatized IgG. Vancomycin derivatized by sulfo-MBS possesses a maleimide group which can react with a sulfhydryl group on either reduced IgG or derivatized IgG, by addition to the maleimide's carbon-carbon double bond. Finally, vancomycin derivatized by sulfo-SIAB posesses an iodo group, which can also react with a sulfhydryl group on either reduced IgG or derivatized IgG, by nucleophilic substitution for the iodo group. Sulfo MBS, sulfo SIAB, sulfo SMPB or sulfo SMCC (Pierce) were dissolved with mixing at a concentration of 20 mM in a solution of lO
mM vancomycin (ICN) in 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.l5. The ~ Lules were incubated with agitation at ambient te--.pe.~LIlre. P.~ci~ Les formed in all four mixtures and the products of the reaction were not further pursued.
Conjugation Of Vancomycin To IgG With Iminothiolane And Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane- l -carboxylate Because of the lln~ti~f~tory results of the previous example in obtaining a soluble derivatized vancomycin suitable for further conjugation to immunoglobulin, an alternative cro~linking method was investigated using iminothiolane ("Traut's Reagent") to derivatize the vancomycin and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxylate ("sulfo-25 SMCC") to derivatize the IgG. The reaction proceeds in three steps which are outlinedbelow. First, vancomycin is derivatized with Traut's Reagent. Second, non-specific immunoglobulin is derivatized with sulfo-SMCC. Third, the derivatized vancomycin and the derivatized IgG are reacted with each other forming a conjugate.
21~38~ ~
a) Reaction Of VancomYcin With Iminothiolane 33.4 mg of vancomycin (ICN) was dissolved in 2.0 ml of freshly (leg~c~ed 50 mM
triethanolamine, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 buffer. 34.5 mg of Traut's Reagent (Pierce) was dissolved~ and N2 gas was blown into the vial which was then tightly capped. The vial was 5 incubated with agitation for 1 hour and 15 minl-te~
The mixture (0.5 ml) was applied to a 1.5 x 13 cm column of Sephadex G10 (Pharmacia).
The eluent was freshly ~leg~se~l 50 mM phosphate, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.65 buffer flowing at 0.5 ml/min. 1.0 ml fractions were collected and the fractions in the first peak (void volume of column) were pooled (3.0 ml).
The pool from the G10 column was applied to a 4 ml, 1.0 cm diameter column of Bio-Rad Affi-Gel 501, an organomercury resin. The 501 resin had been previously washed with 25 ml 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.0 (acetate buffer), 25 ml of 4.0 mM mercuric acetate in acetate buffer, 25 ml of acetate buffer and the equilibrated to 50 mM phospha te, 1.0 mM
EDTA, 0.5% Tween 20, pH 6.65. The pool was applied at 0.2 ml/min using 50 mM
15 phosphate, 1.0 mM EDTA, 0.5% Tween 20, pH 6.65 to wash the column. The flow was increased to 1.0 ml/min after 13 min~ltes Washing continued for a total time of 85 minlltPc to remove native, nonthiolated vancomycin. Thiolated vancomycin was eluted from the Affi-Gel 501 resin at 1.0 ml/min using freshly prepared 10 mM beta-mercaptoethanol in 50 mM
phosphate, 1.0 mM EDTA, 0.5% Tween 20, pH 6.65. The first 5 fractions, 1.0 ml each, had 20 A280 significantly greater than baseline and were pooled (0.116 A280 or 29 ug/ml, 5.0 ml). The MIC for the putative iminothiolated vancomycin was clet~?rmined to be 2.4 ug/ml with S. aureus. The MIC of vancomycin is 1-2 ~Lg/ml.
The derivatized vancomycin was concentrated on a Labconco Centravap, 1.0 ml of water was added, and the material was applied to a 1.5 X 13 cm column of Sephadex G10 25 (Pharmacia). The column was eluted with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, 1.0 mM EDTA, 0.5% TWEEN 20, pH 6.65. The material in the void volume was collected and pooled.
b) Reaction Of I~G With Sulfo-SMCC
In general, 15 moles of sulfo-SMCC were used per mole of IgG. Higher molar ratios of crosslinker than this resulted in precipitation of IgG. 40 mg human IgG (Sigma? Cat #
30 I4506, Lot # 063H-8875I) was dissolved in 2 ml of 50 mM phosphate pH 7.1 buffer and 1.6 mg sulfo-SMCC (Prochem, Cat # CL207, Lot # 03092) was added with mixing. The llli?~iUl~
2~138~
was incubated at room temperature for 45 min and excess crosslinker was removed by chromatography on an AcA 202 gel filtration column. A 2 ml sample was applied to a 2.5 x 20 cm ACA 202 gel filtration column (Spectrum) equilibrated and eluted with 50 mM MES, 0.5% Tween-20, pH 6.5 buffer. The first peak corresponding to the activated IgG was collected and absorbance at 280 nm was monitored.
c) Coniu~ation Of Derivatized Vancomycin And Derivatized I~G
For the final conjugation of the derivatized vancomycin and the derivatized IgG? 2.95 ml of 4.4 mg/ml SMCC:IgG (from step b above) was added to 14 ml of 0.74 mg/ml iminothiolated vancomycin (from step a above). The solution was incubated at ambient temperature on a rotary shaker at 200 rpm. After one hour and five minutes~ lO0 ~ll of 3.5 mg/ml 2-mercaptoethanol was added and the incubation was continued for an additional 25 min~-tes The solution was concentrated to approximately 2 ml using an Amicon Centricon 30.
The sample was loaded onto a 2.5 x 20 cm column of Spectra Gel ACA 202 resin lS (Spectrum) and eluted, at l.0 ml/min, with PBS plus 0.1% Tween 20. 1.5 ml fractions were collected. The fractions in the void volume were pooled and sterile filtered. The activity of the conjugate was (l~t~rrninçd by standard MIC testing against S. aureus. The conjugate against S. aureus was found to be inactive at l.l mg/ml.
Conjugation Of Vancomycin To IgG With S-Acetyl Mercapto Succinic Anhydride ("SAMSA") And Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-Maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-Carboxylate ("Sulfo-SMCC") Because of the l1n~ti~f~çtory results of the previous example in obtaining a vancomycin-IgG conjugate with antibacterial activity, an alternative cro~linkin~ method was investig~ted using S-acetyl mercapto succinic anhydride ("SAMSA") to derivatize the vancomycin and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxylate ("sulfo-SMCC") to derivatize the IgG. The reaction proceeds in five steps which are outlined below.
First, vancomycin is derivatized with SAMSA. Second, both derivatized vancomycin and free unreacted vancomycin are separated from any unreacted cro~linking agent. Third~ the WO 94/14437 PCTIUS93/12381 ~
2~ 5~38~ ' ' derivatized vancomycin is separated from the free unreacted vancomycin. Fourth~ non-specific immunoglobulin is derivatized with sulfo-SMCC. Fifth, the purified derivatized vancomycin and the derivatized IgG are reacted with each other forming a conjugate.
a) Reaction Of Vancomycin With SAMSA
20.4 mg vancomycin (Sigma, Cat # V2002, Lot # 43H1090) ~14 ~lmoles] was dissolved in 200 ~11 of water. 1.2 ml of saturated sodium succinate was added slowly with stirring and this mixture was cooled to 4C by placing the reaction mixture on ice. The mixture appeared slightly cloudy. To this mixture was added 121.8 mg of SAMSA (Sigma, Cat # A1251, Lot 3 # 120H5017) dissolved in 200 ,LI of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO,Mallinckrodt, Cat # 5507, Lot # 5507 KLDL). The pH was monitored. The beginning pH
was 8.1, and after addition of the SAMSA, it was 6.8. The reaction mixture was incubated at 4C for one hour followed by another one hour incubation at room temperature, while stirring constantly.
b) Separation Of Excess Crosslinker To remove excess crosslinker from modified and unmodified vancomycin, the lni~Lule was applied to a G-10 colurnn (2.5 x 20 cm, Pharmacia) equilibrated with 50 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.1. The first peak which contained both modified and unmodified vancomycin was collected and stored at 4C.
c) Purification Of Modified Vancomycin From Unmodified Vancomycin BY AffinitY
Chromato~raphY On Or~anomercurical Column A 5ml Affi Gel 501 Organomercurial agarose column (Bio-Rad) was prepared according to the m~nnf~cturer's instructions. The column was equilibrated with 50 mM
phosphate, pH 7.1. SAMSA modified vancomycin contains protected sulfhydryl groups which were deprotected with hydroxylamine hydrochloride before applying to the column.
Hydroxylamine hydrochloride was added to the modified vancomycin solution to a final concentration of 0.2 M and the mixture was incubated at room temperature for five minlltes The sample was applied to the Affi Gel 501 column at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min and the column was then washed with 10 mM 2-(N-Morpholino) ethane sulfonic acid, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% Tween-20, pH 6.5 buffer until the baseline A280 was obtained. The bound modified ~ 21~1386 vancomycin was eluted with the same wash buffer cont~inin~ 20 mM 2-mercaptoethanol. The activity of the modified vancomycin was determined to be 2.6 ~g/ml by MIC testing against S. aureus.
d) Reaction Of I~G With Sulfo-SMCC
This reaction was carried out as described in example 35, step b (above).
e) Conju~ation Of Derivatized Vancomycin And Derivatized I~G
Modified vancomycin was in a buffer cont~ining 20 mM 2-mercaptoethanol which wasremoved by dialysis, using benzoylated dialysis tubing (Sigma Cat # D7884, Lot # 43H7085).
750 ~g vancomycin (~0.5 ,umole) and 7.5 mg (0.05 ,umole) maleimide activated IgG was used.
10 The mixture was incl-hate-l at room temperature for one hour. Unreacted maleimide sites were blocked by adding 30 moles of 2-mercapto ethyl amine per mole of IgG and incubating the mixture at room temperature for 20 min. The conjugate was purified ~rom excess 2-mercapto ethyl arnine and unreacted vancomycin by gel filtration chromatography. The sample was applied to a AcA 202 gel filtration colurnn (2.5 x 20 cm, Spectrurn) equilibrated 15 with 0.01 M phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.2 with 0.1% Tween-20. Absorbance at 280 nm was monitored. The first peak co.,~ g vancomycin-IgG conjugate was collected. The activity of the conjugate was (letennined by MIC testing against S. aureus. MIC of this conjugate against S. aureus was found to be 0.438 mg/ml. This example demollsllales that conjugation of vancomycin derivatized by SAMSA with IgG derivatized by sulfo-SMCC
20 results in an active conjugate. This conjugate was found to be an effective anti-microbial agent when tested against S. aureus.
Conjugation Of Limulus Antilipopolysaccharide Factor to IgG By Periodate Oxidation of IgG
This exarnple describes the conjugation of Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor25 (LALF) to hurnan immunoglobulin by periodate oxidation of the IgG. LALF is a single chain peptide known to bind and neutralize endotoxin. See H.S. Waver et al. Infection and T--.---l-..ily 60:2506 (1992). The sequence of the peptide is shown in Figure 13. After conjugation of the LALF to the IgG was accomplished, the conjugate was tested for binding wo 94/14437 PCr/US93/12381 2 ~
to both E.coli Olll:B4 lipopolysaccharide (LPS) and E.coli HB101. The binding of LALF ~-and PMB conjugates to LPS was also compared.
a) P~ Lion of LALF-I~G Conju~ate Purification is achieved by using a speckophotometric LAL assay to monitor S inhibition of LPS-in-luced Iysate activation. Briefly, amoebocytes from L. polyphemus are collected under endotoxin-free conditions, Iysed by the addition of ~ tillecl water, and ce,~lliruged at 5,000 x g for 30 min. The pellet is extracted with 3 M urea. The extract is filtered through a membrane with a 30,000-Da cutoff and conræ..~ ed by a membrane with a 8,000-Da cutoff. The retentate is applied to a cation exchange column (CM Sepharose) equilibrated with 3 M urea-10 mM ammonium acetate (pH 5.5) and step eluted with NaCI at 0.15, 0.25, 0.5M. The 0.5 M NaCl peak is directly applied to a C-4 reversed-phase column (Vydac, Hesperia, Calif.) equilibrated with water-0.2% trifluoroacetic acid. The column is step eluted with 25, 35, and 50% iSc~lU~ lOl CO1ll;~ ;11g 0.2% trinuoroact;lic acid. The 50%
iSOpl`OIJallOl peak is lyophili7tod and lcco~ iLI.~ed immecli~tely before use. The final product is typically found to be >95% pure by reversed-phase high-p~.ro,ll,ance liquid chromatography and SDS-PAGE.
In this case, purified LALF was obtained from Associates of Cape Cod. Lyophili7~LALF was dlssolved at 15 mg/ml in 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 5Ø The MIC of this native LALF against E; coli HB101 was found to be 16 ug/ml.
10 mg of purified, human IgG (Sigma) was dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 mM sodium phosph~te7 pH 7.1. 10.7 mg of sodium meta-periodate was added to the IgG solution and dissolved with mixin~. The llli~lur~ was in~llb~teA at ambient tt;lll~ Lure on a rotary shaker at 180 rpm for 30 minlltes The mixture was applied to a 2.5 x 20 cm column of Spectra-Gel ACA 202 (Spectrum) resin and eluted at 2.0 ml/min with 50 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.7. The abso,l~1ce at 280 nm was monitored and 2.0 ml fractions were collected. The fractions corresponding to the void volume of the column (oxidized IgG) were collected.
0.66 ml of the above 15 mg/ml LALF solution was added dropwise with mixing to 1.3 ml of the oxidized IgG (2.1 mg/ml). The n,ix~ul~ was incubated on a rotary shaker at 180 rpm for ~plu~ ately 18 hours. 39 ,ul of 1.0 N HCl was added with mixing The mixture was incubated at 180 rpm for 3.0 hours at ambient t~l"peld~LIre.
wo 94l14437 PCT/US93112381 ~ 21~138~
The mixture was applied to a 1.5 x 20 cm column of Spectra-Gel ACA 202 resin andwas eluted at 1.0 ml/min. with PBS plus 0.1% Tween 20. The eluent corresponding to the void volume, cont~ining the LALF:IgG conjugate, was collected. The MIC of the LALF:lgG
conjugate against E. coli HBIOI was determined to be 300 mg/ml.
b) Assav of LPS and E. coli HBIOI Bindin~ of LALF-I~G Conju~ate E. coli 0111 :B4 lipopolysaccaride (LPS) was obtained from Sigma and was dissolved at 0.02 mg/ml in PBS plus 0.005% thimerosol. E. coli HBIOI was diluted to 10,000,000 CFU/ml in PBS. 100 ~1 aliquots of LPS solution, E. coli HBIOI suspension or PBS were added to wells of Falcon Pro-Bind 96 well microtiter plates. The plates were incubated for 18 hours at 2-8C . The wells were washed 3 times with PBS. 100 ,ul of PBS plus S mg/ml BSA (Sigma Chemical Co.) was added to each well of the plates and the plates were incubated for 2.0 hours at room temperature. The plates were dec~nted and 100 ,ul of sample (e.g. conjugate, antibody, etc.) was added per well and the plates were incubated at arnbient temperature for 2.0 hours. The wells were washed 6 times with BBS (0.125 sodium borate, 1.0 M NaCl, pH 8.3) plus 0.5% Tween 20, 3 times with 50 mM sodium carbonate, pH 9.5.
Three Sigma 104 phosphatase substrate tablets were dissolved in 15 ml of 50 mM sodium carbonate buffer plus 10 mM MgCl~ and added at 100 ml per well. After approximately 20 min~l~ec at ambient temperature, the abso~ ce at 410 nm of each well was determined. The results are shown in Table 40.
Table 40 Absorbance at 410 nm.
Concentration of A4,0 LALF:IgG, ~g/ml LPS PLATES E. coli HB101 Plates 1.52 057 4.0 1.40 0.32 0.8 0.08 0.06 $Net A4l0 = A4l0 Sample - A4l0 of PBS Coated Plate ~,~5~86 Another LALF:IgG and a PMB:IgG conjugate were prepared as described above.
Binding data for PMB:IgG, LALF:IgG and control IgG to LPS-coated and uncoated (PBS) plates is given in the table below. The binding of both conjugates to the LPS-coated plates is significant~ with greater binding of the LALF:IgG to LPS at 4 and 0.8 ~lg/ml. The LALF:IgG
5 and PMB:IgG conjugates bind LPS in a specific manner, since binding of controlunconjugated IgG to LPS-coated plates and binding of both conjugates to PBS-coated plates are low. Thus, binding is me~ ted by the LALF and PMB portions of the conjugates.
Table 41 Binding of Conjugates to LPS
1 0 Conjugate Conjugate A4,0 C~ c~ aLion PMB: IgG LALF: IgG Control IgG
,uglml LPS Plates PBS Plates LPS Plates PBS Plates LPS Plates PBS Plates 1.56 0.13 1.72 0.25 0.03 0.02 1S 4 0.18 0.23 0.95 0.04 O.Ol 0.02 0.8 0.02 0.04 0.12 0.02 0.01 0.02 0. 1 6 0.0 1 0.02 0.02 0.0 1 Neutralization of the in vivo Effects of Endotoxin by LALF-IgG
In order to ~letermine whether LALF-IgG conjugate is capable of neutralizing thelethal effects of endotoxin, the murine model of endotoxic shock discussed in Example 16 (see above) was utili7e~1. Neutralization of endotoxin lethality was assessed by LALF-IgG.
The minim~l effective lethal dose of endotoxin was 15 ng, and the injection volume was 200 25 ~11 per mouse.
E. coli Ol l l :B4 endotoxin (Sigma) was prepared as described in Example 23 (see above)~ except that the diluent used was PBS and Ø1% Tween-20 (without BSA). The WO 94l14437 21 S 13 8 6 PCTIUS93/1238 endotoxin and variable amounts of LALF-IgG were incubated in varying amounts as in Example 16(b) (see above). The results are shown in Table 42. As shown in Table 42, the LALF-IgG conjugate was 100% effective at 5 ~g per mouse in neutralizing the lethal dose of 15 ng endotoxin per mouse.
Table 42 Results of In Vivo Neutralization of Endotoxin #Survivors/Total p Value 125 ,ug Control IgG 0/5 <0.004 125 ,ug LALF: IgG 5/5 <0.003 25 ~lg LALF: IgG 6/6 <0.004 5 ~lg LALF: IgG 5/5 <0.004
The results in Table 28 show that the positive control antibody, as expected, bound to PMB. This validates that the design of ELISA is capable of detecting PMB-binding15 antibodies. The results in Table 29 (shown as A4l0 readings of duplicate samples) indicate that none of the rabbit serum samples bound to PMB, indicating the absence of anti-PMB
antibodies. These results demonstrate that PMB is not immnnQgenic, even on an heterologous protein carrier with repeated injections when given intravenously.
The lack of immllnc)genicity of this peptide may be related to its D-amino acid 20 content, as these residues may not be recognized by the immune system.
Binding Of Chicken Antibodies To PMB
Abso~ ce At 410 nm Dilution Of Antibody Preimmllne Egg Anti-PMB Egg Yolk Antibodies Yolk Antibodies ,~
1 :10 0.149 1.741 1: 100 0.083 1.732 1: 1,000 0.026 1.700 1 :10,000 0.015 0.686 1:100,000 0.006 0.100 ~151386 IgG PMB Is Not Toxic In order to investigate the safety with which IgG-PMB conjugate can be lltili7~.1 a toxicity study was performed. Female Sprague-Dawley rats (Harlan Sprague- Dawley) 5 weighing 250-300 g were given 2 relatively high doses of conjugate (approximately 16 mg/kg) intravenously. Serum samples, taken at various times during the study. and major organs were then analyzed for any indication of pathology.
Binding Of Rabbit Antiserum To PMB Coated Wells As Determined By ELISA
Ab~nballcc At 410 nm 10Rabbit Dilution of BleedingDates IdentificationAntiserum .çWeek 2Week 4 Week 7 Week 9 Rabbit #1 1:10 0.000 0.005 0.004 0.015 0.018 Control 1: 100 0.004 0.008 0.000 0.001 0.005 Group 1: 1,000 0.008 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.004 153 mg HlgG 1:10,000 0.012 0.012 0.004 0.004 0.002 Rabbit #2 1:10 -- 0.000 0.003 0.013 0.005 Control 1: 100 -- 0.009 0.004 0.009 0.000 Group 1: 1,000 -- 0.014 0.002 0.005 0.000 3 mg HlgG 1:10,000 -- 0.012 0.000 0.009 0.001 20Rabbit #3 1:10 0.013 0.004 0.105 0.111 0.026 E~.c.i~c~ l 1:100 0.010 0.006 0.013 0.012 0.000 Group 3 mg 1:1,000 0.008 0.006 0.002 0.007 0.000 PMB-HlgG 1:10,000 0.007 0.007 0.000 0.004 0.002 Rabbit #4 1:10 -- 0.000 0.061 0.039 0.001 25Experimental1: 100 -- 0.009 0.006 0.007 0.003 Group 3 mg 1:1,000 -- 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.001 PMB-HlgG 1:10,000 -- 0.000 0.001 0.007 0.005 Ig4437 PCT/US93/12381 The study consisted of 5 groups, 3 rats per group. After a 7 day acclimation period, rats in groups 1, 2, and 3 received intravenous injections of 4 mg of rat IgG conjugated to PMB (see (E) below for conjugation of PMB to rat IgG) on day 0 and again on day 2; group 4 rats received 4 mg of unconjugated rat IgG intravenously on day 0 (IgG control); and group 5 5 rats served as a normal control (no injection of either conjugate nor normal rat IgG). The rats were bled by cardiac puncture and sacrificed for organ pathology as indicated in Table 30.
Study Design Group Day O Day 2 Day 5 Day 7 Day 14 Bleed; Remove 4 mg IgG-PMB,4 mg IgG-PMB
Kidney, Liver, I.V. I.V.
Spleen Bleed; Remove 4 mg IgG-PMB,4 mg IgG-PMB, Kidney, Live~, I.V. I.V.
Spleen 4 mg IgG-PMB,4 mg IgG-PMB, 3 BleedBleed l.V. I.V.
4 mg Rat IgG, Bleed; Remove 4 .I.V. (IgG Kidney, Liver, Control) Spleen Bleed; Remove Normal Control Kidney, Liver, Spleen Tmme~ tely following cardiac puncture, blood smears (2 slides/rat) were prepared and stained with Diff-Quik (Baxter Healthcare, McGaw Park, IL) for white blood cell differential counts. The rem~inin~ blood (2-7 mls) was allowed to clot at 2-8C. The clot was pelleted by centrifugation at 2000 rpm for 10 minl-tes, and the serurn was removed and frozen at 20 -70C in 2 aliquots for blood chemi~try analysis (SMAC 12) and measurement of complement activation by the CH50 EZ Complement assay (Diamedix Corporation, Miami, FL). The organs ~ ~1513~
of interest (kidney, liver, and spleen) were removed from each rat as indicated in Table 30, and fixed imrnediately in phosphate buffered formalin (50 mM sodium phosphate, 10%
formaldehyde) until sections were made for histopathology slides.
A. Biochemical Serum Analysis For Liver And Kidney Function All rat serum samples (18 total: 3 from groups 1, 2, 4~ and 5; and 6 from group 3) were analyzed on the DuPont Dimension AR (DuPont Co., Wilmington, DE) for the following 12 tests (SMAC 12): glucose, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), cle~ P, uric acid, calcium, alburnin, total protein, cholesterol, total bilirubin, ~Ik~line phosphatase, aspartate transferase (SGOT/AST), and lactate dehydrogenase (LDH). The values for each group were averaged (Table 31) and the ~xl~c;l;lllental groups (1, 2, and 3) were compared with the control groups (4 and 5) to detect any significant differences. The laboratory results were also compared to the normal ranges for each assay, deterrnined by analyzing laboratory data for 20 female Sprague-Dawley rats (data provided by Harlan Sprague-Dawley).
The standard laboratory tests for liver disease include measurement of serum levels of bilirubin, AST, alkaline phosph~t~e, LDH, albumin, and, to a lesser extent, glucose. Kidney function can be ~e~ed by measuring plasma levels of urea, ~ P, and calcium. [J. F.
Zilva, P.R. Pannall, Clinical Chemistry in Diagnosis and Treatment, Yearbook Medical Publishers, Chicago, IL (1984).] With the exception of the lactate dehydrogenase value (LDH), which will be tli~c~ e~l below, Table 31 shows no significant differences when the values for the ~ ,.hllental groups 1, 2, and 3 are co~ )~ed with the control groups 4 and 5.
Furthermore, all the values are within or close to the normal ranges for each assay for this strain of rat.
The values for LDH vary considerably from group to group, and most of the valuesalso exceed the norrnal range for rat serum LDH (data from Harlan Sprague-Dawley).
Lactate dehydrogenase is found in high concentrations in the liver, heart, skeletal muscle, brain, kidney and in erythrocytes. Elevated values of particular isozymes can indicate liver or " cardiac muscle damage. however in this study the control rats also show elevated LDH values, suggesting the elevated LDH values are not associated with the IgG-PMB conjugate.
Hemolysis, which may have occurred in vitro (as the blood samples were being drawn, or if the serum was not separated from the blood cells soon enough), also increases serum LDH
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~
2 ~ 8 ~
values (J. F. Zilva and P. R. Pannall, Clinical Chemistry in Diagnosis and Treatment, supra) .
and may explain the elevated values in this study.
It is also worth noting that the measurements for serum samples drawn on day 5 (3 days after the second injection), day 7 (5 days after the second injection) and day 14 (12 days 5 after ~he second injection) show no significant differences that can be attributed to the ~lmini.~tration of the IgG-PMB conjugate. In other words~ the day S, 7 and 14 values for all of the serum components measured are ~vithin or close to their respective norrnal ranges (except LDH) and show little or no significant change over time~ as would be expected if the conjugate brought about any acute changes in the condition of the test rats.
Blood Chemistry Analysis*
Group 1Group 2Group 3Group 3Group 4Group 5 Test Day 5 Day 14 Day 7 Day 14 Day 14 Day 14 Glucose (mg/dl) 121 111 135 92 100 85 BUN (mg/dl) 16 19 15 16 19 21 15Creatinine (mg/dl) 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 Uric Acid (mg/dl) 2.4 3.0 2.2 3.4 2.8 2.8 Calcium (mg/dl) 10.2 9.9 9.9 9.7 9.6 9.8 Albumin (g/dl) 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 Total Protein (g/dl) 5.6 5.8 5.9 6.0 5.8 6.0 20Cholesterol (mg/dl) 79 81 81 82 83 80 Total Bilirubin (mg/dl) 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Alkaline Pho~ e (U/L) 112 100 99 112 101 111 SGOT/AST (U/L) 194 203 180 215 362 207 LDH (U/L) 880 3083 939 3333 2830 2660 25 * The Value For Each Measurement Rel),ese~ The Average For All 3 Rats In Each Group.
2 ~ 3 8 ~
B. White Blood Cell Differential Blood smears from each rat were examined under oil immersion (lOOOX) to determine the white blood cell differential. At least one hundred white blood cells were counted on each slide~ and the percentages of each cell type (Iymphocyte, monocyte, neutrophil, 5 eosinophil, and basophil) were calculated to determine the white blood cell differential for each rat. The differentials for rats in each group were averaged and dirr~lclllials from groups 1, 2, and 3 were compared with the dirrer~ ials from groups 4 and 5, to detect any significant differences in white blood cell populations. In addition, the red blood cells on each slide were examined for morphology, and a crude estim~te of the nurnber of platelets 10 present was made. The results of the differential cell counts are summarized in Table 32.
White Blood Cell Differentials*
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Cell Type Day 5 Day 14 Day 7 Day 14 Day 14 Day 14 Lymphocytes 80 84 81 86 89 84 15Monocytes 4 7 1 1 8 5 7 Neutrophils 16 8 6 4 3 6 Eosinophils -- 1 2 2 3 2 Basophils -~
* Numbers Given R~plesellt The Percentage For Each Cell Type (Mean Values for Each Group).
Table 32 shows no significant differences in the percentages of each cell type from group to group. The dirrerc;-llials do show some variation from the normal reference values for rats obtained from Harlan Sprague-Dawley (about 5-10% more Iymphocytes and 5-10 %
fewer neutrophils than expected), however this is found in both the normal control and 25 ~t;l;.l.ental groups, suggesting this finding is not related to the ~tlrnini~tration of the IgG-PMB conjugate. The red blood cell morphology appeared normal, and platelets were abundant on all slides examined.
C. Organ Histopathology The organs of interest were removed and fixed in phosphate buffered formaldehyde.
5 Sections were made as described below and stained with hematoxylin and eosin.
Kidney: Full length mid-longitudinal section through center Liver: Transverse section through hepatic lobule Spleen: Transverse section The slides were examined for organ pathology and no abnormalities were found.
D. Analysis Of Serum Complement Activity Immunoglobulin and immlln~globulin complexes have the potential to activate the complement system. Complement activation of this type, mediated by IgG-PMB conjugates.
would exacerbate the infl~mm~tory response to endotoxemia or bacteremia. In addition, inhibition of normal complement function would impair complement-m~ te-l host defense 15 mech~ni~m~. In this example, the in vivo effect of IgG-PMB conjugate on serum complement activity was investig~teA
Rat serum samples were analyzed for total hemolytic complement activity (CH50) using the EZ Complement CHso Assay (Diamedix Corp., Miami, FL). In order to determine the effect of the conjugate on complement activity, the resulting CH50 values obtained from 20 u~ e~d control rats were compared to the CHso values obtained from the IgG and IgG-PMB
conjugate-treated rats.
WO 94/14437 2 ~ 6 PCT/US93/1238 Analysis Of Serum Complement Activity*
GroupTreatment (I.V.) Day 5 Day 7 Day 14 4 mg Conj. on Days 0,2 303.8 2 4 mg Conj. on Days 0,2 -- -- 312.2 3 4 mg Conj. on Days 0,2 -- 290.4 299.8 4 4 mg Rat IgG on Day 0 -- -- 338.6 Untreated Control -- -- 298.2 * Each Measurement Represents The Mean CH50 Value Determined For The 3 Rats In Each Group.
Referring to Table 33 above, there were no significant differences in the CH50 values between any of the groups tested. If IgG-PMB conjugate-merli~t~cl complement activation was occurring in vivo, this effect would have been reflected as a decrease in the CH50 values of the conjugate-treated rats (groups 1, 2, and 3), as compared against the untreated control 15 rats (group 5), due to depletion of complement components in the treated ~nim~l~. Similarly, inh~bition of normal complement function would have been indicated by a decrease in CH50 values in the conjugate-treated groups as compared with the untreated control group.
Unconjugated IgG was also found to have no effect on serum complement activity (group 4).
Therefore, these results show that intravenous ~lmini~tration of IgG-PMB conjugate has no 20 adverse effect on serum complement activity.
E. Conjugation Of PMB Rat IgG Using Periodate Oxidation Of IgG In NaPO4 PMB was conjugated to rat IgG using periodate oxidation of IgG. This involved a)periodate oxidation of IgG in phosphate buffer followed by conjugation of PMB to the 25 periodate-oxidized IgG.
a) Periodate oxidation of IgG in phosphate buffer was achieved by dissolving 25 mg rat IgG (Sigma) in 1 ml of 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 buffer and adding 10.7 mg of sodium 21S13~g metaperiodate (final concentration 50 mM ). After 30 minutes of incubation at room temperature with gentle vortexing every S minutes, the periodate was removed by gel filtration on a 15 ml Swift desalting column (Pierce) equilibrated with 50 mM NaPO4, pH 7.2 buffer. The peak fractions cont~ining highest amount of antibody as monitored by A,80 5 absorbance were pooled.
b) Conjugation of periodate-oxidized IgG with PMB was carried out by adding 75 mg PMB to oxidized IgG at 4C overnight with gentle ~h~king followed by reduction with 0.1 mg/ml of NaBH3CN in 20 mM NaPO4, pH 6.5 for 2-3 hours at room temperature. The PMB-IgG was separated from the rest of the reaction products by gel filtration on a 15 ml 10 Swift desalting column equilibrated with 50 mM phosphate cont~ining 150 mM NaCL pH 7.5 (PBS).
The activity of PMB-rat IgG conjugate was detçnninç~ by LPS binding assay as described previously. Results in Table 34 indicate that PMB-rat IgG conjugate had excellent LPS binding activity.
LPS Binding Activity Of PMB-Rat IgG Conjugate As Determin~-l By ELISA (A28o) Conjugate IgG ConcentrationLPS-Coated Wells No Antigen Wells 100 ~g/ml 1.756 0.110 20,ug/ml 1.756 0.079 20 4 llg/ml 1.737 0.017 0.8,ug/ml 1.521 0.036 0.16 ,ug/ml 0.998 0.021 0.032 ~lg/ml 0.506 0.016 WO 94/14437 21 S 1~ 8 6 PCT/US93l12381 Demonstration Of Opsonophagocytic Activity Of IgG-PMB Conjugates Opsonic IgG class antibodies mediate an important immune effector function by enhancing the phagocytic clearance of extracellular bacteria [Raff, e~ al., J. Infect. Dis.
5 163:346-354 (1991).] In this way, opsonic IgG plays a critical role in host defense meçh~ni~m.~ against bacterial pathogens. [Rozenberg-Arska, et al. J. Med. Microbiol.
22:143-149 (1991).] The purpose of this example was to investigate whether the IgG
component of IgG-PMB conjugates retains this important effector function. This was done by ~c~es.cing whether the pre-treatment of E. coli org~ni.~m~ with IgG-PMB conjugate potentiates 10 phagocytic uptake (opsonophagocytosis) by the human monocytic cell line U937.Opsonophagocytosis assays provide a useful means by which the potential therapeutic efficacy of immunoglobulin ple~,aldlions, used for the tre~tment of bacterial infection, can be assessed.
[Hill, et al. Am. J. Med. 61-66 (1984).] This example involved (a) Assay for opsonophagocytic activity of IgG-PMB conjugate, and (b) Determin~tion of the minimllm 15 effective concentration of IgG-PMB conjugate.
A. Assay For Opsonophagocytic Activity Of IgG-PMB
Conjugate Opsonophagocytic activity of IgG-PMB conjugates was measured using an assay procedure which was modified from published methods. [Gemmell, et al., J. Clin. Invest.
20 67:1249-1256 (1981) and Bohnsack, et al., J. Tmmllnol. 143(10):3338-3342 (1989).] E. coli strain HB101 was grown for ~ oxhnately 20 hours at 37C on TSA ~BBL). The or~ni~m~
were then suspended in PBS, pH 7.2, at a concentration of 1 x 108 CFU./ml. Aliquots of 1.0 ml volumes of this suspension were placed into separate microfuge tubes and the tubes centrifuged at approximately 14,000 x g for 5 min. at 4C. Each of the resulting pellets was 25 then resuspended in a 1.0 ml volume of one of the following opsonin or control solutions:
1. IgG-PMB Conjugate (prepared by periodate oxidation, as described in Example 14(a)) at the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.062mg/ml) (The MIC was deterrninecl as described in Example 12).
2. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 2x the MBC for E. coli HB101 (0.25 mg/ml) (The MBC was ~letermined as described in Example 12).
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~138~ ~
3. IgG Control (unconjugated) at 0.062mg/ml (control for #1 above; s this was the same IgG as that used for production of the conjugate).
4. IgG Control (unconjugated) at 0.25mg/ml (control for #2 above).
5. PBS Control (no IgG or conjugate). PBS, pH 7.2 only.
The five suspensions were opsonized by incubation at 37C for 60 min. with periodic mixing. Following opsonization, the suspensions were centrifuged as above~ and the resulting pellets were each resuspended in 0.5ml of RPMI 1640 medium which was supplemented with 10% FCS (this will be referred to as "medium" for the r~m~in(ler of this example). Into each of 5 separate polypropylene culture tubes (S/P) was placed 1.0 ml of a U937 cell suspension, which was prepared in medium, and contained 1 x 10~ U937 cells/ml. To each tube, O.lml of one of the opsonized E. coli suspensions prepared above was also added. A sixth control group was also prepared which contained 1.0 ml of the U937 cell suspension and 0.1 ml of PBS(PBS control). At this point, each tube contained 1 x 106 U937 cells, and 2 x 107 E. coli org~ni~m.~, thus providing an E. coli to U937 cell ratio of 20:1. The 6 tubes were then incubated at 37C for 60 min. with constant ~h~king, in order to allow phagocytosis to occur.
Following incubation, the tubes were placed on ice for several minl1tes to prevent further phagocytosis. The 6 tubes were then centrifuged for 10 min. at 500 x g at 4C. The resulting pellets were washed three times (centrifuging as in the previous step) with chilled PBS, to remove extracellular E. coli org~ni~m.c. The final pellets were each resuspended in 0.2 ml of chllledPBS, and smears were ~ parcd by applying 40 ~11 volumes of the suspensions to glass microscope slides. The smears were allowed to air-dry, and were then fixed by immersion in 100% methanol for 5 sec. and again allowed to air-dry.
The smears were stained using a modified version of the Sowter-McGee staining procedure [Sowter and McGee. J. Clin. Pathol. 29:433-437 (1976)], which chromatically differentiates between intracellular bacteria and the surrounding cytoplasm of the host cells.
The slides were hydrated by immersion in water for approximately 60 sec., and were then placed in a methyl green-pyronin (MGP) solution (Sigma) for 5 min. The slides were washed in water for 15-20 sec. and then immersed in light green counterstain (0.25% Sigma Light Green SF Yellowish in distilled H~O) for 3-5 sec. Following a 15-20 sec. rinse in water, the slides were dipped in 100% ethanol for 5 sec., and then in xylene for 5 sec. The slides were allowed to air-dry, and were then mounted with glass coverslips.
WO 94tl4437 PCT/US93/12381 Seoring of opsonophagocytosis was performed in a blind manner, by light mieroseopy..
For eaeh experimental group. a total of 100 U937 eells were randomly counted to determine the pereentage of those eells whieh contained one or more intraeellular E. coli org~ni.~m.~.
The results of this study are presented in Table 35.
,.
U937 Cells Whieh Contained One Or More Opsonization Tre~tme~t E. coli IgG-PMB ~ MIC (0.062 mg/ml) 65%
IgG-PMB @ 2 x MIC (0.25 mg/ml) 56%
IgG (~ 0.062 mg/ml 0%
10IgG ~ 0.25 mg/ml 3%
PBS Control 0%
U937 Cells Only (No E. coli) 0%
Trç~tment of E coli org~ni.em.c with IgG-PMB conjugates at eoneentrations that were equivalent to the MIC and 2x the MBC for that organism resulted in the phagocytic uptake of 15 the org~ni.~m.~ by greater than 50% of the U937 cells. Tre~tment of the org~ni~m~ with comparable coneent~ations of the uneonjugated form of the same IgG resulted in minim~l to no uptake. In the absenee of IgG-PMB eonjugate or IgG, no phagoeytic uptake of the E. coli org~ni~m~ occurred (PBS eontrol group). These results demonstrate that the IgG portion of the IgG-PMB conjugate retains opsonic effeetor function, and that IgG-PMB conjugates 20 potentiate the phagocytic clearanee of baeterial org~ni~m~
B. Determination Of The Minimum Effective Concentration Of IgG-PMB ConJugate The minimum concentration of IgG-PMB required to mediate opsonophagocytosis was let(~.rmined by testing the eonjugate at the MIC and at fraetional eoncenkations of the MIC
25 (sub-MIC). As an additional control, a parallel series of albumin-PMB (Alb-PMB) conjugate ~5~ 38~
solutions were also tested at concentrations comparable to the IgG-PMB conjugate. The following conjugate and control solutions were assayed for opsonophagocytic activity by the procedure described in part (a) of this example: ~
1. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as that used in part (a) of this Example) at the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.062 mg/ml).
2. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 1/2 the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.031 mg/ml).
3. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 1/4 the MIC for E. coli HB101 (0.0155 mg/ml).
4. IgG-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 1/8 the MIC for E. coli HB101 (7.75 ~Lg/ml).
5. Alb-PMB Conjugate (prepared as described in Example 18(a)) at 0.062 mg/ml (this group served as a control for #1 above).
6. Alb-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 0.031 mg/ml (this group served as a control for #2 above).
7. Alb-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 0.0155 mg/ml (this group served as a control for #3 above).
8. Alb-PMB Conjugate (same as above) at 7.75 ~Lg/ml (this group served as a control for #4 above).
9 IgG Control (unconjugated) at 0.062 mg/ml.
10. PBS Control (no IgG or conjugate). PBS, pH 7.2 only.
The results of this study are presented in Table 36.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 21S1~6 U937 Cells Which Opsoni~ation Tre~tment Contained One Or More E. coZi IgG-PMB (~ MIC (0.062 mg/ml) 38%
IgG-PMB (~1/2 MIC (0.031 mg/ml) 41%
5lgG-PMB ~1/4 MIC (0.0155 mg/ml) 14%
IgG-PMB ~1/8 MIC (7.75 ~lg/ml) 10%
Alb-PMB (~ 0.062 mg/ml 2%
Alb-PMB (~ 0.031 mg/ml 0%
Alb-PMB (~10.0155 mg/ml 2%
10Alb-PMB (~ 7.75 llg/ml 5%
IgG (~ 0.062 mg/ml 2%
PBS Control 0%
Tre~tment of E. coli org~ni~m~ with IgG-PMB conjugates, using collcellll~lions at or below the MIC for the conjugate, resulted in the increased phagocytic uptake of the org~ni~m~
15 by the U937 cells at all IgG-PMB concentrations tested. The parallel series of Alb-PMB
conjugate concentrations tested did not r~ nol,~l,dl~ significant levels of opsonophagocytic activity, nor did the unconjugated IgG control. These results demon~ te that IgG-PMB
conjugates possess significant levels of opsonophagocytic activity at clinically-relevant, sub-MIC concentrations, and that both the functional PMB and IgG portions of the conjugate 20 are required ~imlllt~neously in order for the conjugate to be capable of me~ ting opsonophagocytosis .
~513~6 ~
Antimicrobial Activity Of IgG-PMB
Conjugates Against Clinically-Relevant Bacterial Strains MIC and MBC values were determined for IgG-PMB conjugate and native PMB
5 control against bacterial strains which are known to be human pathogens (see Exarnple 29 below). This exarnple involved (a) Plcpald~ion of the Conjugate, (b) Preparation of the Bacterial Inocula, and (c) Deterrnination of the MIC and MBC.
A. Preparation Of The Conjugate The IgG-PMB conjugate was prepared by periodate oxidation as described in Exarnple 10 14(a) with the following modification, which was pclro~ ed in order to more effectively remove free (unconjugated) PMB from the final conjugate pl~dldLion. The final conjugate solution was adjusted to contain 1.0% Tween-20, and then was chromatographed on a P-10 column using PBS co~ i"g 0.1% Tween-20 as the eluent. The material in the void volume was concentrated and then further purified by column chromatography as described in the 15 previous sentence.
B. Preparation Of The Bacterial Inocula Org~ni~m.c were grown, and ~ep~d~e inocula were prepared for the following test org~ni~m~, as described in Exarnple 12 (a): E. coli strain EC 5; Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain ATCC 27312; Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain Strong; and Pseudomonas aeruginosa 20 strain 3.
C. Deter~ir~tion Of The MIC And MBC
The MIC and MBC of IgG-PMB conjugate and native PMB control were determined for each of the test org~ni~m~, as described in Examples 12(b) and 12(c).
The results of the MIC ~ ""i"~tion are shown in Table 37.
wO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~151386 Test OrganismConjugate MIC PMB Control MIC
E. coli, EC 50.03125 mg/ml 0.156 ~lg/ml P~ aeruginosa, ATCC 27312 0.25 mg/ml not done S P. aeruginosa, Strong 0.25 mg/ml not done P. aeruginosa, Strain 3 0.25 mg/ml 1.0 ~lg/ml The results of the MBC determinations are shown Table 38.
Test Organism Conjugate MBC PMB Control MBC
10E. coli, EC 5 0.0625 mg/ml 0.156 ~Lg/ml P. aeruginosa, ATCC 27312 >0.5 mg/ml not done P. aeruginosa, Strong 0.25 mg/ml not done P. aer~ginosa, strain 3 0.25 mg/ml 1.0 ~g/ml The bacteriostatic and bactericidal activity of IgG-PMB conjugates against pathogenic 15 bacterial strains demonstrate that these compounds may be effective for the prophylaxis and/or tre~tment of bacteremia.
Prophylactic A-lminictration Of IgG-PMB Conjugate Protects Rats Against An Escherichia coii Bacteremia Gram negative bacteremia and endotoxic shock can trigger a lethal reaction in vivo.
Indeed, overwhelming gram negative bacteremia has become a leading cause of death from infection in the hospital. [S.M. Wolf, N. Eng. J. Med. 307;1267-1268 (1982).] In particular, E. coli sepsis cl ntinll~s to be associated with an unacceptably high mortality rate, despite the availability of potent antibiotics. E. coli strains with the Kl c~rsul~r type have been identified as the etiologic agent in up to 24% of blood culture isolates [G. W. Count and M. ~ e Turck, J. Clin. Microbiol. 5:490 (1977)], 80% of the cases of neonatal meningitis. [L.D.
Sarff et al, Lancet 1:1099 (1975).] It is the most frequent cause of nosocomial gram negative bacteremia in adults [M.P. Weinstein et al., Rev. Infect. Dis. 5:35-53 (1983)] and 5 pyelonephritis in children. [G.H. McCracken et al., Hosp. Pract. 9:57 (1974).] In addition to the Kl type, human blood E. coli isolates also possess an O antigen serotype, with 018 lipopolysaccharide being most frequently associated with bacteremia. [A.S. Cross et al., J.
Infect. Dis. 149:184-193 (1984).] E. coli serotype 018:Kl is a very virulent human pathogen, as defined by either D. Rowley, Br. J. Exp. Pathol. 35:528-538 (1954) or H. Smith, J. Gen.
10 Microbiol. 136:377-383 (1990), they can grow in vivo from a small inoculum, evade host defenses and cause ~xL~ stin~l infections.
To test the IgG-PMB conjugate for in vivo efficacy against bacteremia caused by a virulent bacterium such as E. coli 018:Kl, the established animal infection model described by D.E. Schiff et al., Infect. Tmmlln 61:975-980 (1993) was l-tili7~-1 This model fulfills - 15 many criteria important in evaluating the toxicity, efficacy and safety of immunoth-,.dpculics, some of which have been outlined by A.S. Cross et al., Infect. Immun. 61:2741-2747 (1993).
Specifically, the model is an infection rather than an intoxication model in which rats are challenged with low doses of a virulent bacteria instead of using large doses of an avirulent strain. Experimental evidence indicates that models of infection, in contrast to intoxication 20 models, more accurately reflect the course of human sepsis. Infection models: a) use bacteria that cause human sepsis pos~es~ing an invasive phenotype with virulent factors (i.e., a particular K antigen or smooth LPS antigen) [I. Orskov and F. Orskov, J. Hyg. Camp.
95:551-575 (1985)]; b) mimic the normal progression of sepsis from a focal site to colonization; c) generate levels of circulating bacteria c-~n~i~t~nt with clinical bacteremia [D.E.
25 Dietzman et al., J. Pediatr. 85:128-131 (1974)]; and d) produce endotoxin levels and induce physiological cytokine responses such as triggering TNF kinetics similar to the clinical experience. [Reviewed by A.S. Cross et al., Infect. Tmm~n 61:2741-2747 (1993).]
In this Example, we tested whether the prophylactic tre~tment of neonatal rats with IgG-PMB could protect against bacteremia and death caused by E. coli 018:Kl. This 30 example involved: (a) determin~tion of the lethal dosage of E. coli 018:Kl in rat pups; and (b) in vivo protection against E. coli 018:Kl using IgG-PMB.
wO 94/14437 PCT/US93/12381 ~151386 A. Determination Of Lethal Dosage Of E. coli 018:K1 In Newborn Rats Five day old pathogen-free Sprague-Dawley rats (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, MA) were inoculated subcutaneously with different doses of E. coli 01 8:K1.
The E. coli (strain de~ign~tion C5) obtained from K.S. Kim, Children's Hospital (Los Angeles, CA), was isolated from the cerebrospinal fluid of a child. An overnight culture of E. coli C5 in brain heart infusion (BHI) medium was diluted 1 :40 in fresh medium and grown to early log phase to an OD620 of 0.25 which replese~ approximately 1 x 108 bacteria/ml.
The cells were washed twice by centrifugation with sterile saline (0.9% NaCl) and diluted to different cell densities in saline. Each dilution was streaked onto a BHI agar plate and incubated at 37C to l~t~rmine actual cell number.
A~ v~hllately 370 to 2620 bacteria in 100 ,ul of sterile saline were inoculated subcutaneously into the rats. A typical lethal infection with E. coli 018:KI produced a bacteremia within 18 hours, and death within 24-72 hours post-infection. We found that about 300 bacteria lc~cst;ll~:d an LD50 and killed about 50% of the pups, whereas, 1500 bacteria was usually sufficient to kill most or all rats. Since between 1500-2500 bacteria represent the minim~l effective lethal dose, this concentration of E. coli was utilized in the in vivo bacteremia protection studies using IgG-PMB.
B. In vivo P~ lion Against E. coli 018:Kl (C5) Using IgG-PMB Conjugate To ~iet~rmine if the ~lmini.~tration of IgG-PMB conjugate can protect in vivo, rat pups were ~lcLlc~Led with IgG-PMB or control IgG followed by an ~-lmini~tration of a lethal dose of E. coli C5. The IgG used as the carrier in the conjugate and as the control was a human myeloma protein which was shown to be unreactive to the E. coli CS by ELISA. Themyeloma IgG was used as the carrier to produce the PMB-conjugate, in order to ensure the reactivity between the E. coli and IgG-PMB conjugate was exclusively due to binding between PMB and lipopolysaccharide.
Eleven to twelve 4-5 day-old Sprague-Dawley rats (weighing 10 gm) in each group were given 30 ,ug, 100 ~Lg or 300 ~Lg of an IgG-PMB conjugate or control IgG in 100 ~Ll of endotoxin-free PBS intraperitoneally. An untreated group was given only PBS (conjugate diluent). Two hours later, each rat received approximately 2560 E. coli C5 bacteria in 100 ~1 WO 94/14437 PCT/USg3/12381 ~ ~ 5 ~
of PBS subcutaneously behind the head. After 24 hours post-infection, the nurnber of survivors, survivors with focal lesions and dead were recorded. The results are shown in Table 39. The focal lesions appeared very hemorrhagic and were located at or near the site of inoculation. All pups displaying focal lesions were found to be bacteremic and subsequently 5 died within 24-48 hours of apl)e~ce of the lesion. Bacteremia was detected by collecting blood from the tail vein, diluted 20-fold in BHI broth and 20 ~11 aliquots were plated onto (5% sheep red cells) blood agar plates.
The results show that 30 ~g of IgG-PMB conjugate/pup or a 300~1g/Kg dose was sufficient to completely protect all the ~nim~ against the generation of a focal lesion or 10 death by E. coli for 24 hours post-infection. In contrast, no protection was afforded by doses of 30 or 100 ,ug of IgG/pup co~ ared to the untreated group. Pups treated with IgG at the highest dose (300 ~lg) were protected (probably leplesP~ g a nonspecific phenomenon).
These fin~ling~ demonstrate that IgG-PMB conjugate given prophylactically can prevent the progression of sepsis due to E. coli. This was shown by the prevention of death 15 in the pups and also the protection against focal lesions. These results imply that the conjugate is capable of systemic distribution throughout the body to regions outside the vascular cc",-p~l",ent and inhibiting infection.
D~.;vali~lion Of 7-Aminocephalosporanic Acid With Sulfo-MBS
This example describes the ~tt~l~hmPnt of a heterobifunctional cros~linkin~ agent to an antibiotic precursor. This example outlines the derivatization of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid, an antibiotic ~,e~ or exhibiting no significant anti-microbial plol)~,lies, with m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester ("sulfo-MBS").
For the derivatization of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid, 2.9 mg of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid (Sigma) were dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH
6.65) and 10.7 ~LI of 1.0 N NaOH were added during mixing to return the pH to 6.65. Then 4.6 mg of sulfo-MBS (Pierce) were added and dissolved with mixing. The mixture was incubated at ambient temperature with agitation for 4.5 hours. 10 mg of ethanolamine were added and the incubation was continued for 17 additional minntec 2 ~ 8 6 The reaction mixture (0.5 ml) was applied to a 1.5 x 20 cm column of Bio-Rad P2 resin. The eluent was 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.65) flowing at 0.5 ml/minute. The eluate (i.e. the liquid collected at the bottom of the column) was monitored for absorbance at 280 nm. 0.5 ml fractions were collected. Two major absorbance peaks were evident - one S centered at 42 minutes and the other at 47.5 minlltes (aminocephalosporanic acid and reaction products, respectively). Fractions corresponding to the leading edge of the first peak were pooled (2.0 ml, 3.42 A 280). 1.4 ~Ll of 100% beta-mercaptoethanol was added to the mixture which was then filtered using a sterile Whatman 0.45 micron Puradisc. The MIC of the putative S-Protection Against A Lethal E. coli 018:Kl Bacteremia Using IgG-PMB Conjugate Treatment Number o~ Focal Tre~tm~:nt Number Dead Number Alive Lesions Untreated (PBS) 4 3 4 15IgG (30 ,ug/lOO~l) 4 4 4 IgG (lOO~lg/lOO,ul) 1 9 2 IgG (300~1g/100~l1) 1 2 9 IgG-PMB (30~1g/100~1) 0 0 12 IgG-PMB (lOOIlg/lOO,ul) 1 0 11 20IgG-PMB (300~1g/100~1) 0 0 12 hydroxyethylthio-maleimidoben_oyl-N-aminocephalosporanic acid ester was determined to be 0.86 A280 with Staph. aureus compared to 3.7 A280 for 7-aminocephalosporanic acid.
Controls were also tested for the above deriv~i7~ted precursor. Sulfo-MBS, beta-mercaptoethanol and ethanolamine were plcp~-,d at concentrations used above and assessed 25 for activity against S. aureus. The compounds were inactive.
W O 94/14437 PCTrUS93/12381 21~g~ `
Derivatization Of 6-Aminopenicillanic Acid With Sulfo-MBS
This example describes the ~tt~rllment of the heterobifunctional crosslinkinp agent of Example 31 to a different antibiotic precursor. This example outlines the derivatization of 6-aminopenicillanic acid, an antibiotic precursor exhibiting no significant anti-microbial ~,.ol,c"ies, with sulfo-MBS.
For the derivatization of 6-aminopenicillanic acid, 12.1 mg of 6-aminopenicillanic acid (ICN) was dissolved in 2.5 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.65). The solution was continuously mixed with a stir bar and m~gnP~tic stirrer and the pH was monitored. Sulfo-MBS (24.1 mg, Prochem, Inc.) was added and the pH was adjusted to 6.85 with a 1.0 N
sodium hydroxide solution. The lnixLulc was incl-b~ted at ambient temperature for 2.5 hours.
The reaction mixture was applied to a 1.5 x 20 cm column of Whatman LRP-2 resin (C18 reverse phase), equilibrated with 10% methanol in water. The column was developed at 1.0 ml/min. with 10% methanol for 5 min., followed by a linear, 30 min. gradient of 10 to 90% methanol in water. The eluate co.~L~;,.i-.g the last peak of material absorbing at 280 nm (eluted at 26 min.) was collected and conccllL.dl~d to dryness under reduced ~les~ulc using a Labconco Cc~lLldVd~l conccl.~,dlor. The derivatized aminopenicillanic acid was dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer plus 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.65. The MIC of the derivatized aminopenicillanic acid was let~rmined to be 8~lg/ml against S. aureus, compared to 250 ~Lg/ml for the native aminopenicillanic acid.
Purified human IgG (40 mg, Sigma) was dissolved in 2.5 ml of 50 mM
triethanolamine, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and continuously stirred with a m~gnPtic stir bar and stirrer. 100 ,ul of 13 mg/ml iminothiolane (Traut's Reagent, Prochem) in water was added.
The pH was monitored and adjusted to 8.0 with 1.0 N. sodium hydroxide. The llli~Lule was incubated at ambient lclllpcl~c for 2 hours. The mixture was then applied to a 2.5 X 20 cm column of Spectra/Gel ACA 202 (Spectrum). The column was eluted at 2.0 ml/min with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.5. The absoll,~lce at 280 nm was "
monitored. The material in the void volume, co,~ g iminothiolated IgG, was collected and pooled. The concentration of the iminothiolated IgG was 5.0 mg/ml.
21~13~
The derivatized aminopenicillanic acid (0.5 ml, 9.0 mg/ml) was mixed with 1.75 ml of iminothiolated IgG and incubated at ambient temperature for 10 min with mixing and then at 2^8C overnight. The mixture was transferred to ambient temperature and incubated with agitation. After 20 minutes, 146 ~1 of 10 mM N-ethylmaleimide (Pierce) was added and the 5 incubation was continued for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was passed through a Uniflo-Plus filter (S&S) and applied to a 2.5 X 20 cm column of Spectra/Gel ACA 202 (Spectrum). The column was eluted at 2.0 ml/min with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.5. The absorbance at 280 nm was monitored. The material in the void volume, cont~ining MBS
aminopenicillanic acid:IgG was collected, pooled, concentrated using a Centricon concentrator 10 (Amicon) and passed through a Uniflo-Plus filter (S&S). The MBS aminopenicillanic acid:IgG was found to be inactive at 0.65 mg/ml against S. aureu,s.
Controls were also tested for the above deriv~ti7~tPcl precursor. Sulfo-MBS~ beta-mercaptoethanol and ethanolamine were prepared at concentrations used above and ~essed for activity against S. aureus. The compounds were inactive.
Derivatization Of Amoxicillin with Sulfo SMCC
This example outlines the derivatization of amoxicillin, an antibiotic exhibiting significant anti-microbial properties, with sulfo-SMCC. For the derivatization of amoxicillin, 23 mg of amoxicillin trihydrate (ICN) was added to 2.5 ml of 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH
6.65). The suspension was continuously mixed with a stir bar and magnetic stirrer and the pH was monitored. Sulfo SMCC (23 mg, Prochem, Inc.) was added and the pH was adjusted to 7.0 (and periodically readjusted to 7.0) with 1.0 N sodium hydroxide. The mixture was incubated at ambient temperature for 4 hours. (The reaction mixture was initially turbid due to suspended amoxicillin, but the mixture became clear with time.) The reaction mixture was applied to a 1.5 X 20 cm column of Whatman LRP-2 resin (C18 reverse phase), equilibrated with 10% methanol in water. The column was developed at 1.0 ml/min. with 10% methanol for 5 min., followed by a linear, 30 min. gradient of 10 to 90% methanol in water. The eluate cont:~ining the last peak of material absorbing at 280 nm (eluted at 27.5 min.) was collected and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure in a Labconco Centravap concentrator. This derivatized amoxicillin was dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 WO 94/14437 PCT/US93/123~1 , 215~ 38~
mM phosphate buffer plus 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.65. The MIC of the derivitized amoxicillin was determined to be 8 ug/ml against S. aureus, compared to 250 ug/ml for native amoxicillin Derivatization Of Cefadroxil With Sulfo-SMCC
In the following example, cefadroxil, an antibiotic active against gram-positivebacteria, was reacted with the cros~linkin~ agent sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate ("sulfo-SMCC").
Cefadroxil (Sigma) was dissolved at 3.0 mg/ml in 50 mM phosphate (pH 6.65). sulfo-SMCC was added and dissolved at 2.6 mg/ml. After a 1 hour and 55 minute incubation at ambient temperature with agitation, ethanolamine was added at 3.4 mg/ml and the incubation was contim~ for an additional 42 mimltes The reaction mixture (0.5 ml) was applied to a 1.5 X 13 cm column of Sephadex G10 resin (Pharmacia). The eluent was 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 6.65, flowing at 0.5 ml/minute. The eluate was monitored for absorbance at 280 nm. 1.0 ml fractions were collected. Two major absorbance peaks were evident - one centered at 22 minlltes and the other at 36 minl-tes (reaction products and cefadroxil, respectively). Fractions corresponding to the leading edge of the first peak were pooled (3.0 ml, 3.5 A 280). 300 ~11 of 100 mM
beta-mercaptoethanol was added to the mixture which was then filtered using a sterile Whatman 0.45 micron Puradisc. The MIC of the putative S-hydroxyethylthio maleimidomethyl cyclohexane carboxyl-N-cefadroxil ester was determin~d to be 1.6 A280 against Staph. aureus co",~ed to a MIC of 0.028 A280 for native cefadroxil. Thus, the derivatized cefadroxil was relatively inactive.
Derivatization Of Vancomycin With Sulfo-LC-SPDP, Sulfo-MBS, Sulfo-SIAB, And Sulfo-SMPB.
In the following example vancomycin, an antibiotic active against gram-positive bacteria, was reacted with four different heterobifunctional cro~slinking agents.
Wo 94/14437 PCT/US93/l2381 2151~
Vancomycin in phosphate buffer was reacted with each of the following compounds:sulfosuccinimidyl 6-[3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionamide] hexanoate ("sulfo- LC- SPDP"), m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester ("sulfo-MBS"), sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl) aminobenzoate ("sulfo-SIAB"). and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl) butyrate ("sulfo-SMPB"). All four cro~linkin~ agents react with a primary amino group on the vancomycin molecule, resulting in the formation of an amide bond. Vancomycinderivatized by sulfo-LC-SPDP possesses a sulfhydryl group which can be exposed under the proper conditions and can be reacted with a maleimide on derivatized IgG. Vancomycin derivatized by sulfo-MBS possesses a maleimide group which can react with a sulfhydryl group on either reduced IgG or derivatized IgG, by addition to the maleimide's carbon-carbon double bond. Finally, vancomycin derivatized by sulfo-SIAB posesses an iodo group, which can also react with a sulfhydryl group on either reduced IgG or derivatized IgG, by nucleophilic substitution for the iodo group. Sulfo MBS, sulfo SIAB, sulfo SMPB or sulfo SMCC (Pierce) were dissolved with mixing at a concentration of 20 mM in a solution of lO
mM vancomycin (ICN) in 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.l5. The ~ Lules were incubated with agitation at ambient te--.pe.~LIlre. P.~ci~ Les formed in all four mixtures and the products of the reaction were not further pursued.
Conjugation Of Vancomycin To IgG With Iminothiolane And Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane- l -carboxylate Because of the lln~ti~f~tory results of the previous example in obtaining a soluble derivatized vancomycin suitable for further conjugation to immunoglobulin, an alternative cro~linking method was investigated using iminothiolane ("Traut's Reagent") to derivatize the vancomycin and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxylate ("sulfo-25 SMCC") to derivatize the IgG. The reaction proceeds in three steps which are outlinedbelow. First, vancomycin is derivatized with Traut's Reagent. Second, non-specific immunoglobulin is derivatized with sulfo-SMCC. Third, the derivatized vancomycin and the derivatized IgG are reacted with each other forming a conjugate.
21~38~ ~
a) Reaction Of VancomYcin With Iminothiolane 33.4 mg of vancomycin (ICN) was dissolved in 2.0 ml of freshly (leg~c~ed 50 mM
triethanolamine, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 buffer. 34.5 mg of Traut's Reagent (Pierce) was dissolved~ and N2 gas was blown into the vial which was then tightly capped. The vial was 5 incubated with agitation for 1 hour and 15 minl-te~
The mixture (0.5 ml) was applied to a 1.5 x 13 cm column of Sephadex G10 (Pharmacia).
The eluent was freshly ~leg~se~l 50 mM phosphate, 1.0 mM EDTA, pH 6.65 buffer flowing at 0.5 ml/min. 1.0 ml fractions were collected and the fractions in the first peak (void volume of column) were pooled (3.0 ml).
The pool from the G10 column was applied to a 4 ml, 1.0 cm diameter column of Bio-Rad Affi-Gel 501, an organomercury resin. The 501 resin had been previously washed with 25 ml 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.0 (acetate buffer), 25 ml of 4.0 mM mercuric acetate in acetate buffer, 25 ml of acetate buffer and the equilibrated to 50 mM phospha te, 1.0 mM
EDTA, 0.5% Tween 20, pH 6.65. The pool was applied at 0.2 ml/min using 50 mM
15 phosphate, 1.0 mM EDTA, 0.5% Tween 20, pH 6.65 to wash the column. The flow was increased to 1.0 ml/min after 13 min~ltes Washing continued for a total time of 85 minlltPc to remove native, nonthiolated vancomycin. Thiolated vancomycin was eluted from the Affi-Gel 501 resin at 1.0 ml/min using freshly prepared 10 mM beta-mercaptoethanol in 50 mM
phosphate, 1.0 mM EDTA, 0.5% Tween 20, pH 6.65. The first 5 fractions, 1.0 ml each, had 20 A280 significantly greater than baseline and were pooled (0.116 A280 or 29 ug/ml, 5.0 ml). The MIC for the putative iminothiolated vancomycin was clet~?rmined to be 2.4 ug/ml with S. aureus. The MIC of vancomycin is 1-2 ~Lg/ml.
The derivatized vancomycin was concentrated on a Labconco Centravap, 1.0 ml of water was added, and the material was applied to a 1.5 X 13 cm column of Sephadex G10 25 (Pharmacia). The column was eluted with 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, 1.0 mM EDTA, 0.5% TWEEN 20, pH 6.65. The material in the void volume was collected and pooled.
b) Reaction Of I~G With Sulfo-SMCC
In general, 15 moles of sulfo-SMCC were used per mole of IgG. Higher molar ratios of crosslinker than this resulted in precipitation of IgG. 40 mg human IgG (Sigma? Cat #
30 I4506, Lot # 063H-8875I) was dissolved in 2 ml of 50 mM phosphate pH 7.1 buffer and 1.6 mg sulfo-SMCC (Prochem, Cat # CL207, Lot # 03092) was added with mixing. The llli?~iUl~
2~138~
was incubated at room temperature for 45 min and excess crosslinker was removed by chromatography on an AcA 202 gel filtration column. A 2 ml sample was applied to a 2.5 x 20 cm ACA 202 gel filtration column (Spectrum) equilibrated and eluted with 50 mM MES, 0.5% Tween-20, pH 6.5 buffer. The first peak corresponding to the activated IgG was collected and absorbance at 280 nm was monitored.
c) Coniu~ation Of Derivatized Vancomycin And Derivatized I~G
For the final conjugation of the derivatized vancomycin and the derivatized IgG? 2.95 ml of 4.4 mg/ml SMCC:IgG (from step b above) was added to 14 ml of 0.74 mg/ml iminothiolated vancomycin (from step a above). The solution was incubated at ambient temperature on a rotary shaker at 200 rpm. After one hour and five minutes~ lO0 ~ll of 3.5 mg/ml 2-mercaptoethanol was added and the incubation was continued for an additional 25 min~-tes The solution was concentrated to approximately 2 ml using an Amicon Centricon 30.
The sample was loaded onto a 2.5 x 20 cm column of Spectra Gel ACA 202 resin lS (Spectrum) and eluted, at l.0 ml/min, with PBS plus 0.1% Tween 20. 1.5 ml fractions were collected. The fractions in the void volume were pooled and sterile filtered. The activity of the conjugate was (l~t~rrninçd by standard MIC testing against S. aureus. The conjugate against S. aureus was found to be inactive at l.l mg/ml.
Conjugation Of Vancomycin To IgG With S-Acetyl Mercapto Succinic Anhydride ("SAMSA") And Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-Maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-Carboxylate ("Sulfo-SMCC") Because of the l1n~ti~f~çtory results of the previous example in obtaining a vancomycin-IgG conjugate with antibacterial activity, an alternative cro~linkin~ method was investig~ted using S-acetyl mercapto succinic anhydride ("SAMSA") to derivatize the vancomycin and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxylate ("sulfo-SMCC") to derivatize the IgG. The reaction proceeds in five steps which are outlined below.
First, vancomycin is derivatized with SAMSA. Second, both derivatized vancomycin and free unreacted vancomycin are separated from any unreacted cro~linking agent. Third~ the WO 94/14437 PCTIUS93/12381 ~
2~ 5~38~ ' ' derivatized vancomycin is separated from the free unreacted vancomycin. Fourth~ non-specific immunoglobulin is derivatized with sulfo-SMCC. Fifth, the purified derivatized vancomycin and the derivatized IgG are reacted with each other forming a conjugate.
a) Reaction Of Vancomycin With SAMSA
20.4 mg vancomycin (Sigma, Cat # V2002, Lot # 43H1090) ~14 ~lmoles] was dissolved in 200 ~11 of water. 1.2 ml of saturated sodium succinate was added slowly with stirring and this mixture was cooled to 4C by placing the reaction mixture on ice. The mixture appeared slightly cloudy. To this mixture was added 121.8 mg of SAMSA (Sigma, Cat # A1251, Lot 3 # 120H5017) dissolved in 200 ,LI of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO,Mallinckrodt, Cat # 5507, Lot # 5507 KLDL). The pH was monitored. The beginning pH
was 8.1, and after addition of the SAMSA, it was 6.8. The reaction mixture was incubated at 4C for one hour followed by another one hour incubation at room temperature, while stirring constantly.
b) Separation Of Excess Crosslinker To remove excess crosslinker from modified and unmodified vancomycin, the lni~Lule was applied to a G-10 colurnn (2.5 x 20 cm, Pharmacia) equilibrated with 50 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.1. The first peak which contained both modified and unmodified vancomycin was collected and stored at 4C.
c) Purification Of Modified Vancomycin From Unmodified Vancomycin BY AffinitY
Chromato~raphY On Or~anomercurical Column A 5ml Affi Gel 501 Organomercurial agarose column (Bio-Rad) was prepared according to the m~nnf~cturer's instructions. The column was equilibrated with 50 mM
phosphate, pH 7.1. SAMSA modified vancomycin contains protected sulfhydryl groups which were deprotected with hydroxylamine hydrochloride before applying to the column.
Hydroxylamine hydrochloride was added to the modified vancomycin solution to a final concentration of 0.2 M and the mixture was incubated at room temperature for five minlltes The sample was applied to the Affi Gel 501 column at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min and the column was then washed with 10 mM 2-(N-Morpholino) ethane sulfonic acid, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% Tween-20, pH 6.5 buffer until the baseline A280 was obtained. The bound modified ~ 21~1386 vancomycin was eluted with the same wash buffer cont~inin~ 20 mM 2-mercaptoethanol. The activity of the modified vancomycin was determined to be 2.6 ~g/ml by MIC testing against S. aureus.
d) Reaction Of I~G With Sulfo-SMCC
This reaction was carried out as described in example 35, step b (above).
e) Conju~ation Of Derivatized Vancomycin And Derivatized I~G
Modified vancomycin was in a buffer cont~ining 20 mM 2-mercaptoethanol which wasremoved by dialysis, using benzoylated dialysis tubing (Sigma Cat # D7884, Lot # 43H7085).
750 ~g vancomycin (~0.5 ,umole) and 7.5 mg (0.05 ,umole) maleimide activated IgG was used.
10 The mixture was incl-hate-l at room temperature for one hour. Unreacted maleimide sites were blocked by adding 30 moles of 2-mercapto ethyl amine per mole of IgG and incubating the mixture at room temperature for 20 min. The conjugate was purified ~rom excess 2-mercapto ethyl arnine and unreacted vancomycin by gel filtration chromatography. The sample was applied to a AcA 202 gel filtration colurnn (2.5 x 20 cm, Spectrurn) equilibrated 15 with 0.01 M phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.2 with 0.1% Tween-20. Absorbance at 280 nm was monitored. The first peak co.,~ g vancomycin-IgG conjugate was collected. The activity of the conjugate was (letennined by MIC testing against S. aureus. MIC of this conjugate against S. aureus was found to be 0.438 mg/ml. This example demollsllales that conjugation of vancomycin derivatized by SAMSA with IgG derivatized by sulfo-SMCC
20 results in an active conjugate. This conjugate was found to be an effective anti-microbial agent when tested against S. aureus.
Conjugation Of Limulus Antilipopolysaccharide Factor to IgG By Periodate Oxidation of IgG
This exarnple describes the conjugation of Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor25 (LALF) to hurnan immunoglobulin by periodate oxidation of the IgG. LALF is a single chain peptide known to bind and neutralize endotoxin. See H.S. Waver et al. Infection and T--.---l-..ily 60:2506 (1992). The sequence of the peptide is shown in Figure 13. After conjugation of the LALF to the IgG was accomplished, the conjugate was tested for binding wo 94/14437 PCr/US93/12381 2 ~
to both E.coli Olll:B4 lipopolysaccharide (LPS) and E.coli HB101. The binding of LALF ~-and PMB conjugates to LPS was also compared.
a) P~ Lion of LALF-I~G Conju~ate Purification is achieved by using a speckophotometric LAL assay to monitor S inhibition of LPS-in-luced Iysate activation. Briefly, amoebocytes from L. polyphemus are collected under endotoxin-free conditions, Iysed by the addition of ~ tillecl water, and ce,~lliruged at 5,000 x g for 30 min. The pellet is extracted with 3 M urea. The extract is filtered through a membrane with a 30,000-Da cutoff and conræ..~ ed by a membrane with a 8,000-Da cutoff. The retentate is applied to a cation exchange column (CM Sepharose) equilibrated with 3 M urea-10 mM ammonium acetate (pH 5.5) and step eluted with NaCI at 0.15, 0.25, 0.5M. The 0.5 M NaCl peak is directly applied to a C-4 reversed-phase column (Vydac, Hesperia, Calif.) equilibrated with water-0.2% trifluoroacetic acid. The column is step eluted with 25, 35, and 50% iSc~lU~ lOl CO1ll;~ ;11g 0.2% trinuoroact;lic acid. The 50%
iSOpl`OIJallOl peak is lyophili7tod and lcco~ iLI.~ed immecli~tely before use. The final product is typically found to be >95% pure by reversed-phase high-p~.ro,ll,ance liquid chromatography and SDS-PAGE.
In this case, purified LALF was obtained from Associates of Cape Cod. Lyophili7~LALF was dlssolved at 15 mg/ml in 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 5Ø The MIC of this native LALF against E; coli HB101 was found to be 16 ug/ml.
10 mg of purified, human IgG (Sigma) was dissolved in 1.0 ml of 50 mM sodium phosph~te7 pH 7.1. 10.7 mg of sodium meta-periodate was added to the IgG solution and dissolved with mixin~. The llli~lur~ was in~llb~teA at ambient tt;lll~ Lure on a rotary shaker at 180 rpm for 30 minlltes The mixture was applied to a 2.5 x 20 cm column of Spectra-Gel ACA 202 (Spectrum) resin and eluted at 2.0 ml/min with 50 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.7. The abso,l~1ce at 280 nm was monitored and 2.0 ml fractions were collected. The fractions corresponding to the void volume of the column (oxidized IgG) were collected.
0.66 ml of the above 15 mg/ml LALF solution was added dropwise with mixing to 1.3 ml of the oxidized IgG (2.1 mg/ml). The n,ix~ul~ was incubated on a rotary shaker at 180 rpm for ~plu~ ately 18 hours. 39 ,ul of 1.0 N HCl was added with mixing The mixture was incubated at 180 rpm for 3.0 hours at ambient t~l"peld~LIre.
wo 94l14437 PCT/US93112381 ~ 21~138~
The mixture was applied to a 1.5 x 20 cm column of Spectra-Gel ACA 202 resin andwas eluted at 1.0 ml/min. with PBS plus 0.1% Tween 20. The eluent corresponding to the void volume, cont~ining the LALF:IgG conjugate, was collected. The MIC of the LALF:lgG
conjugate against E. coli HBIOI was determined to be 300 mg/ml.
b) Assav of LPS and E. coli HBIOI Bindin~ of LALF-I~G Conju~ate E. coli 0111 :B4 lipopolysaccaride (LPS) was obtained from Sigma and was dissolved at 0.02 mg/ml in PBS plus 0.005% thimerosol. E. coli HBIOI was diluted to 10,000,000 CFU/ml in PBS. 100 ~1 aliquots of LPS solution, E. coli HBIOI suspension or PBS were added to wells of Falcon Pro-Bind 96 well microtiter plates. The plates were incubated for 18 hours at 2-8C . The wells were washed 3 times with PBS. 100 ,ul of PBS plus S mg/ml BSA (Sigma Chemical Co.) was added to each well of the plates and the plates were incubated for 2.0 hours at room temperature. The plates were dec~nted and 100 ,ul of sample (e.g. conjugate, antibody, etc.) was added per well and the plates were incubated at arnbient temperature for 2.0 hours. The wells were washed 6 times with BBS (0.125 sodium borate, 1.0 M NaCl, pH 8.3) plus 0.5% Tween 20, 3 times with 50 mM sodium carbonate, pH 9.5.
Three Sigma 104 phosphatase substrate tablets were dissolved in 15 ml of 50 mM sodium carbonate buffer plus 10 mM MgCl~ and added at 100 ml per well. After approximately 20 min~l~ec at ambient temperature, the abso~ ce at 410 nm of each well was determined. The results are shown in Table 40.
Table 40 Absorbance at 410 nm.
Concentration of A4,0 LALF:IgG, ~g/ml LPS PLATES E. coli HB101 Plates 1.52 057 4.0 1.40 0.32 0.8 0.08 0.06 $Net A4l0 = A4l0 Sample - A4l0 of PBS Coated Plate ~,~5~86 Another LALF:IgG and a PMB:IgG conjugate were prepared as described above.
Binding data for PMB:IgG, LALF:IgG and control IgG to LPS-coated and uncoated (PBS) plates is given in the table below. The binding of both conjugates to the LPS-coated plates is significant~ with greater binding of the LALF:IgG to LPS at 4 and 0.8 ~lg/ml. The LALF:IgG
5 and PMB:IgG conjugates bind LPS in a specific manner, since binding of controlunconjugated IgG to LPS-coated plates and binding of both conjugates to PBS-coated plates are low. Thus, binding is me~ ted by the LALF and PMB portions of the conjugates.
Table 41 Binding of Conjugates to LPS
1 0 Conjugate Conjugate A4,0 C~ c~ aLion PMB: IgG LALF: IgG Control IgG
,uglml LPS Plates PBS Plates LPS Plates PBS Plates LPS Plates PBS Plates 1.56 0.13 1.72 0.25 0.03 0.02 1S 4 0.18 0.23 0.95 0.04 O.Ol 0.02 0.8 0.02 0.04 0.12 0.02 0.01 0.02 0. 1 6 0.0 1 0.02 0.02 0.0 1 Neutralization of the in vivo Effects of Endotoxin by LALF-IgG
In order to ~letermine whether LALF-IgG conjugate is capable of neutralizing thelethal effects of endotoxin, the murine model of endotoxic shock discussed in Example 16 (see above) was utili7e~1. Neutralization of endotoxin lethality was assessed by LALF-IgG.
The minim~l effective lethal dose of endotoxin was 15 ng, and the injection volume was 200 25 ~11 per mouse.
E. coli Ol l l :B4 endotoxin (Sigma) was prepared as described in Example 23 (see above)~ except that the diluent used was PBS and Ø1% Tween-20 (without BSA). The WO 94l14437 21 S 13 8 6 PCTIUS93/1238 endotoxin and variable amounts of LALF-IgG were incubated in varying amounts as in Example 16(b) (see above). The results are shown in Table 42. As shown in Table 42, the LALF-IgG conjugate was 100% effective at 5 ~g per mouse in neutralizing the lethal dose of 15 ng endotoxin per mouse.
Table 42 Results of In Vivo Neutralization of Endotoxin #Survivors/Total p Value 125 ,ug Control IgG 0/5 <0.004 125 ,ug LALF: IgG 5/5 <0.003 25 ~lg LALF: IgG 6/6 <0.004 5 ~lg LALF: IgG 5/5 <0.004
Claims (80)
1. An antibiotic-antibody conjugate, comprising antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin having an Fc region, wherein said conjugate is capable ol binding to bacteria via said antibiotic.
2. The conjugate of Claim 1, wherein said immunoglobulin is IgG.
3. The conjugate of Claim 2, wherein said IgG is capable of binding to phagocytic cells via said Fc region.
4. The conjugate of Claim 1, wherein said conjugate is bacteriostatic.
5. The conjugate of Claim 1, wherein said conjugate is bactericidal.
6. The conjugate of Claim 1, wherein said bacteria are gram positive bacteria.
7. The conjugate of Claim 1, wherein said bacteria are gram negative bacteria.
8. The conjugate of Claim 7, wherein said conjugate is capable of binding lipopolysaccharide on said gram,negative bacteria.
9. The conjugate of Claim 7, wherein said conjugate is also capable of binding free endotoxin.
10. The conjugate of Claim 9, wherein said conjugate is capable of neutralizing free endotoxin.
11. The conjugate of Claim 10, wherein said antibiotic is a polymyxin.
12. The conjugate of Claim 11, wherein said polymyxin is polymyxin B.
13. An antibiotic-antibody conjugate, comprising an endotoxin-binding compound covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin having an Fc region.
14. The conjugate of Claim 13, wherein said immunoglobulin is IgG.
15. The conjugate of Claim 14, wherein said IgG is capable of binding to phagocytic cells via said Fc region.
16. The conjugate of Claim 13, wherein said conjugate is capable of binding to gram negative bacteria.
17. The conjugate of Claim 16, wherein said conjugate is bacteriostatic.
18. The conjugate of Claim 16, wherein said conjugate is bactericidal.
19. The conjugate of Claim 13, wherein said endotoxin-binding compound is a polymyxin.
20. The conjugate of Claim 19, wherein said polymyxin conjugate is also capable of binding free endotoxin.
- 21. A therapeutic preparation, comprising surface-active antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin, wherein said preparation is bactericidal for both gram-positive and gram-negative organisms, and wherein said preparation after administration demonstrates a circulating serum half-life greater than forty-eight hours.
22. The therapeutic preparation of Claim 21, wherein said antibiotic is selectedfrom the group consisting of cephalosporins and penicillins.
23. The therapeutic preparation of Claim 21, further comprising:
i) a first conjugate consisting of a first antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin; and ii) a second conjugate consisting of a second antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin.
i) a first conjugate consisting of a first antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin; and ii) a second conjugate consisting of a second antibiotic covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin.
24. The therapeutic preparation of Claim 23, wherein said first antibiotic is polymyxin and said second antibiotic is bacitracin.
25. The therapeutic preparation of Claim 21, wherein two different antibiotics are covalently bound to the same immunoglobulin molecule.
26. The therapeutic preparation of Claim 25, wherein one of said antibiotics is capable of binding to gram-positive organisms and the other of said antibiotics is capable of binding to gram-negative organisms.
27. A method of treatment, comprising:
a) providing a mammal for treatment;
b) providing a therapeutic preparation, comprising an surface-active antibiotic compound covalently bound via a crosslinker to non-specific Ig; and c) administering said preparation to said mammal prior to any symptoms of bacterial infection.
a) providing a mammal for treatment;
b) providing a therapeutic preparation, comprising an surface-active antibiotic compound covalently bound via a crosslinker to non-specific Ig; and c) administering said preparation to said mammal prior to any symptoms of bacterial infection.
28. The method of Claim 27, wherein said endotoxin binding compound is a polymyxin.
29. The method of Claim 27, wherein said protein is non-specific immunoglobulin.
30. The method of Claim 27, wherein said immunoglobulin is IgG.
31. The method of Claim 27, wherein said administering is intravenous.
32. A method of treatment, comprising:
a) providing a mammal at risk for developing sepsis;
b) providing a therapeutic preparation, comprising an antibiotic capable of binding to a microorganism, covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin; and c) administering said preparation to said mammal, prior to the onset of any symptoms of sepsis.
a) providing a mammal at risk for developing sepsis;
b) providing a therapeutic preparation, comprising an antibiotic capable of binding to a microorganism, covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin; and c) administering said preparation to said mammal, prior to the onset of any symptoms of sepsis.
33. The method of Claim 32, wherein said mammal at risk of developing sepsis is selected from the group comprising neonatal calves and foals.
34. The method of Claim 32, wherein said mammal at risk of developing a sepsis is selected from the group comprising surgical patients, and trauma and burn victims.
35. The method of Claim 32, wherein said mammal at risk of developing a sepsis is an immunocompromised patient.
36. The method of Claim 32, wherein said administering is intravenous.
37. The method of Claim 32, wherein said mammal is at risk of developing sepsis due to potential exposure to gram-negative bacteria.
38. The method of Claim 32, wherein said antibiotic is comprised of D-amino acids.
39. The method of Claim 38, wherein said antibiotic comprises a polymyxin.
40. The method of Claim 39 wherein said polymyxin is polymyxin B.
41. The method of Claim 38 wherein said non-specific immunoglobulin is immunoglobulin G.
42. The method of Claim 32,.wherein said mammal is at risk of developing sepsis due to potential exposure to gram-positive bacteria.
43. The method of Claim 42, wherein said therapeutic preparation is capable of binding to gram-positive bacteria.
44. The method of Claim 43, wherein said therapeutic preparation comprises bacitracin covalently bound to non-specific immunoglobulin.
45. The method of Claim 32, wherein said mammal is at risk of developing sepsis due to potential exposure to gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria.
46. The method of Claim 45, wherein said therapeutic preparation comprises an antibiotic which is bactericidal for both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria.
47. The method of Claim 46, wherein said antibiotic is selected from the group consisting of cephalosporins and penicillins.
48. The method of Claim 46, wherein said therapeutic preparation comprises a mixture of a first conjugate comprising an antibiotic capable of reacting with a surface component present on a gram-positive bacteria covalently bound to a non-specificimmunoglobulin and a second conjugate comprising an antibiotic capable of reacting with a surface component present on a gram-negative bacteria covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin.
49. A method of diagnosis, comprising:
a) providing:
i) an antigen associated with the surface of a pathogenic organism immobilized to a solid support;
ii) a conjugate comprising a surface-active antibiotic covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin; and iii) a competitor comprising said surface antigen present in solution;
b) incubating said immobilized antigen with said conjugate in the presence of said competitor;
c) washing said immobilized surface antigen to remove unbound conjugate and competitor; and d) detecting the presence of said conjugate bound to said immobilized surface antigen.
a) providing:
i) an antigen associated with the surface of a pathogenic organism immobilized to a solid support;
ii) a conjugate comprising a surface-active antibiotic covalently bound to a non-specific immunoglobulin; and iii) a competitor comprising said surface antigen present in solution;
b) incubating said immobilized antigen with said conjugate in the presence of said competitor;
c) washing said immobilized surface antigen to remove unbound conjugate and competitor; and d) detecting the presence of said conjugate bound to said immobilized surface antigen.
50. The method of Claim 49, wherein said immobilization of said surface antigen is achieved by the attachment of said surface antigen to the well of a microtiter plate.
51. The method of Claim 50 wherein said surface antigen is isolated from bacterial organisms,
52. The method of Claim 51 wherein said bacterial organisms are gram negative bacteria.
53. The method of Claim 52 wherein said gram negative bacteria comprises Escherichia coli.
54. The method of Claim 49 wherein said surface antigen comprises lipopolysaccharide isolated from Escherichia coli.
55. The method of Claim 54 wherein said competitor is a lipopolysaccharide isolated from gram negative bacteria.
56. The method of Claim 55 wherein said gram negative bacteria is selected from the group consisting of E.scherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Vibrio cholerae, Shigella flexneri, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enteritiditis, Serratia marcescens and Rhodobacter sphaeroides.
57. A method of synthesizing a conjugate comprising the steps of:
a) reacting an antibiotic with a crosslinking agent, to form a derivatized antibiotic; and b) reacting said derivatized antibiotic with non-specific immunoglobulin, to form a conjugate.
a) reacting an antibiotic with a crosslinking agent, to form a derivatized antibiotic; and b) reacting said derivatized antibiotic with non-specific immunoglobulin, to form a conjugate.
58. The method of Claim 57, wherein said antibiotic binds to the surface of microorganisms .
59. The method of Claim 58, wherein said antibiotic is a peptide.
60. The method of Claim 59, wherein said peptide is Limulus antilipopolysaccharide factor
61. The method of Claim 59, wherein said peptide is a D-amino acid-containing peptide.
62. The method of Claim 61, wherein said peptide binds endotoxin.
63. The method of Claim 62, wherein said antibiotic is a polymyxin.
64. The method of Claim 63, wherein said polymyxin is polymyxin B.
65. The method of Claim 64, wherein said antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-negative bacteria.
66. The method of Claim 57, wherein said antibiotic is bactericidal to gram-positive bacteria.
67. The method of Claim 66, wherein said antibiotic is vancomycin.
68 The method of Claim 67, wherein said non-specific immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region.
69. A method of synthesizing a conjugate comprising the steps of:
a) reacting a non-specific immunoglobulin with a first modifying reagent to form an oxidized immunoglobulin preparation;and b) reacting said oxidized immunoglobulin preparation with an antibiotic and a second modifying reagent to form an antibiotic-immunoglobulin conjugate.
a) reacting a non-specific immunoglobulin with a first modifying reagent to form an oxidized immunoglobulin preparation;and b) reacting said oxidized immunoglobulin preparation with an antibiotic and a second modifying reagent to form an antibiotic-immunoglobulin conjugate.
70. The method of Claim 69, wherein said immunoglobulin consists of an Fc region.
71. The method of Claim 69, wherein said first modifying reagent is an oxidizingagent.
72. The method of Claim 71, wherein said oxidizing agent is periodate.
73. The method of Claim 69, wherein said second modifying reagent is a reducing agent.
74. The method of Claim 73, wherein said reducing agent is sodium borohydride.
75. A method of synthesizing a conjugate comprising the steps of:
a) reacting an antibiotic precursor with a first crosslinking agent, said antibiotic precursor possessing limited bactericidal activity to form a derivatized antibiotic precursor, said derivatized antibiotic precursor possessing increasedbactericidal activity;
b) reacting non-specific immunoglobulin with a second crosslinking agent, to form a derivatized immunoglobulin; and c) reacting said derivatized antibiotic precursor with said derivatized immunoglobulin to form a covalent bond between said derivatized antibiotic precursor with said derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
a) reacting an antibiotic precursor with a first crosslinking agent, said antibiotic precursor possessing limited bactericidal activity to form a derivatized antibiotic precursor, said derivatized antibiotic precursor possessing increasedbactericidal activity;
b) reacting non-specific immunoglobulin with a second crosslinking agent, to form a derivatized immunoglobulin; and c) reacting said derivatized antibiotic precursor with said derivatized immunoglobulin to form a covalent bond between said derivatized antibiotic precursor with said derivatized immunoglobulin to form a conjugate.
76. The method of Claim 75, wherein said antibiotic precursor is selected from the group consisting of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid and 6-aminopenicillanic acid.
77. The method of Claim 76, wherein said first crosslinking agent is bifunctional.
78. The method of Claim 77, wherein said first bifunctional crosslinking agent is m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester.
79. The method of Claim 75, wherein said second crosslinking agent is bifunctional.
80. The method of Claim 79, wherein said second bifunctional crosslinking agent is iminothiolane.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US99538892A | 1992-12-21 | 1992-12-21 | |
US07/995,388 | 1992-12-21 | ||
US16406793A | 1993-12-08 | 1993-12-08 | |
US08/164,067 | 1993-12-08 | ||
US08/169,701 | 1993-12-17 | ||
US08/169,701 US5545721A (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1993-12-17 | Conjugates for the prevention and treatment of sepsis |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2151386A1 true CA2151386A1 (en) | 1994-07-07 |
Family
ID=27388964
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002151386A Abandoned CA2151386A1 (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1993-12-20 | Prevention and treatment of sepsis |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0679083A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH08504824A (en) |
AU (1) | AU693433B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2151386A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1994014437A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6579696B1 (en) * | 1992-12-21 | 2003-06-17 | Promega Corporation | Polymyxin B conjugates |
US6030613A (en) * | 1995-01-17 | 2000-02-29 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Receptor specific transepithelial transport of therapeutics |
US6485726B1 (en) | 1995-01-17 | 2002-11-26 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Receptor specific transepithelial transport of therapeutics |
US6086875A (en) * | 1995-01-17 | 2000-07-11 | The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Receptor specific transepithelial transport of immunogens |
WO2007038623A2 (en) * | 2005-09-28 | 2007-04-05 | Ventria Bioscience | Oral formulation for enteric disorders and/or rehydration |
WO2023080797A1 (en) * | 2021-11-05 | 2023-05-11 | Koru Diagnostics Limited | Method for detecting pathogenic gram-negative microorganisms and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4067776A (en) * | 1975-11-25 | 1978-01-10 | Research Foundation Of Children's Hospital | Method for differential diagnosis of meningitis with a limulus lysate test |
CA1203164A (en) * | 1982-03-09 | 1986-04-15 | Thomas J. Mckearn | Antibody conjugates |
US4867973A (en) * | 1984-08-31 | 1989-09-19 | Cytogen Corporation | Antibody-therapeutic agent conjugates |
JPS59186924A (en) * | 1983-04-08 | 1984-10-23 | Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd | Antitumor agent bonded with human immunoglobulin |
US4666884A (en) * | 1984-04-10 | 1987-05-19 | New England Deaconess Hospital | Method of inhibiting binding of von Willebrand factor to human platelets and inducing interaction of platelets with vessel walls |
US4918163A (en) * | 1985-09-27 | 1990-04-17 | Pfizer Inc. | Monoclonal antibodies specific for lipid-A determinants of gram negative bacteria |
WO1989004672A1 (en) * | 1987-11-20 | 1989-06-01 | The Upjohn Company | Derivatives of lincosaminide antibiotics |
EP0434765B1 (en) * | 1988-09-30 | 1995-11-08 | Neorx Corporation | Targeting substance-diagnostic/therapeutic agent conjugates having schiff base linkages |
AU639952B2 (en) * | 1989-11-15 | 1993-08-12 | Novartis Ag | Polymyxin conjugates |
DE69232307T2 (en) * | 1991-05-16 | 2002-07-18 | Associates Of Cape Cod, Inc. | ENDOTOXIN BINDING AND NEUTRALIZING PROTEIN AND USES THEREFOR |
EP0664814A1 (en) * | 1993-08-18 | 1995-08-02 | MorphoSys AG | Lipopolysaccharide-binding and neutralizing peptides |
-
1993
- 1993-12-20 AU AU62269/94A patent/AU693433B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-12-20 WO PCT/US1993/012381 patent/WO1994014437A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1993-12-20 JP JP6515349A patent/JPH08504824A/en active Pending
- 1993-12-20 CA CA002151386A patent/CA2151386A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-12-20 EP EP94909422A patent/EP0679083A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO1994014437A1 (en) | 1994-07-07 |
AU693433B2 (en) | 1998-07-02 |
AU6226994A (en) | 1994-07-19 |
EP0679083A1 (en) | 1995-11-02 |
JPH08504824A (en) | 1996-05-28 |
EP0679083A4 (en) | 1999-03-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US5545721A (en) | Conjugates for the prevention and treatment of sepsis | |
US6579696B1 (en) | Polymyxin B conjugates | |
US6660267B1 (en) | Prevention and treatment of sepsis | |
Gough et al. | Antiendotoxin activity of cationic peptide antimicrobial agents | |
US7795402B2 (en) | Anti-Staphylococcus aureus antibodies | |
JP4656728B2 (en) | Staphylococcal antigens and vaccines | |
JPH07501545A (en) | How to treat non-streptococcal bacterial infections | |
US5955074A (en) | Directed human immune globulin for the prevention and treatment of staphylococcal infections | |
US10870710B2 (en) | Synthetic oligosaccharide subunits of the Psl exopolysaccharide of pseudomonas aeruginosa and uses thereof | |
KR20090019007A (en) | Use of alpha-toxin to treat and prevent Staphylococcus infection | |
Poynton et al. | Use of IgM enriched intravenous mmmMMlLLL (Pentaglobin) in bone marrow transplantation | |
AU693433B2 (en) | Prevention and treatment of sepsis | |
US5998381A (en) | Compounds that bind bacterial pili | |
WO1993017044A1 (en) | Directed human immune globulin for the prevention and treatment of staphylococcal infections | |
EP2865384A1 (en) | Agent for treating or preventing systemic inflammatory response syndrome | |
AU6553899A (en) | Prevention and treatment of sepsis | |
Trautmann et al. | Endotoxin release due to ciprofloxacin measured by three different methods | |
Morhart et al. | Evaluation of enzyme immunoassay for Candida cytoplasmic antigens in neutropenic cancer patients | |
JPH05505592A (en) | Sepsis therapeutic formulation products | |
Torney et al. | Comparative therapeutic efficacy of teicoplanin and vancomycin in normal and in neutropenic mice infected with Staphylococcus haemolyticus | |
Traub | Interactions of Antimicrobial Drugs and Combined Phagocytic/Serum Bactericidal Activity of Defibrinated Human Blood against Serratia marcescens: I. Cotrimoxazole, Nalidixic Acid, Nitrofurantoin, and Trimethoprim | |
EP4212168A1 (en) | Novel composition for prevention or treatment of staphylococcus aureus infectious disease | |
Aldridge et al. | Antibody to endotoxin core glycolipid reverses reticuloendothelial system depression in an animal model of severe sepsis and surgical injury | |
Cross et al. | Use of monoclonal antibody combinations in the prevention of bacteremia caused by Escherichia coli 018: K1: H7 | |
Uknis et al. | Nosocomial infections and sepsis syndrome in critically ill surgical patients |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Dead |